当前位置:感恩诗句网 > 读书感想 高一英语必修1-4册教材总复习(译林牛津版高一英

高一英语必修1-4册教材总复习(译林牛津版高一英

2021-04-25 02:18:44来源:高一英语必修1-4册教材总复习(译林牛津版高一英编辑:

文章导读
高一英语必修1-4册教材总复习(译林牛津版高一英语必修四教案教学设计)第一章重点词汇第一节动词A.通常是不及物动词1.Astherocketroseslowlyi...
高一英语必修1-4册教材总复习(译林牛津版高一英语必修四教案教学设计)

第一章 重点词汇

第一节 动词

A. 通常是不及物动词

1. As the rocket rose slowly into the air we began to feel the pull of the earth (B3U4天文) In the distance, they could see the misty cloud that rose from the great Niagara Falls(B3U5加拿大)The chair began to rise. (2高一英语必修1-4册教材总复习(译林牛津版高一英语必修四教案教学设计)-4生物) We hope the number of panda will soon rise. (2-4生物) The sun is just rising over Gombe National Park in East Africa. (B4U1妇女)

2. On the coast north of Vancouver some of the oldest and most beautiful forests in the world still remain. (B3U5加拿大)It remained when the rest has been destroyed. (2-1古迹) The part of ancient walls remain as good as before. (2-1古迹) What happened to the city remained a mystery. (2-1古迹) Huge questions remain to be answered (B3U4天文)

3. She has argued for them to be left in the wild and not used for entertainment or advertisements. (B4U1妇女)Putting natural waste from animals in their fields, they argue, makes the soil richer in minerals and so more fertile. (B4U2农业)

4. I wonder why the universe exists. (B3U4天文)

5. A new situation arises. (2-3电脑)

6. Sherlock Holmes looked up at the stars and whispered, “What do you think of?” (B4U3幽默)

7. My mind wanders. (2-3电脑)

8. He sighed. “yes, ” he added(接着说), “and I would miss my dumplings and fatty pork.(B3U2饮食)

9. I’m hoping to find work. As a matter of fact, I landed in Britain by accident. (B3U3 百万英镑)

10. Dr Yuan awoke from his dream with the hope of producing a kind of rice that could feed more people. (B4U2农业)

11. I wonder how long the universe has lasted and how vast the sky is. (B4U3幽默)

12. Chaplin produced, directed, and wrote the movies he starred in. (B4U3幽默)

B. 通常是及物动词

1. The meal cost more than a good meal in his own restaurant. (B3U2饮食)It’ll cost a tiny bit. (B3U3 百万英镑)The search has cost a lot of time. (2-4生物) Wishing for things costs nothing. (B4U2农业)

2. The drug affects mosquitoes. (2-4生物) What he did affects the wildlife in his area. (2-4生物) It affects me when I watch the wild chimps. (B4U1妇女)

3. She has gained a doctor's degree for her studies. Later she taught the women to sew, knit and make a little money for themselves and gain some self-respect. Her kindness helped her gain the friendship of the prisoners. (B4U1妇女)Recently the term“organic farming”has gained another meaning. (B4U2农业) He helped gain India’s independence from Britain. (B3U1节庆)

4. The most ancient festivals would celebrate the end of the cold weather. (B3U1节庆)Easter celebrates the death and return of Jesus. (B3U1节庆)Families celebrate the lunar New Year together. (B3U1节庆)Celebrate their time as a real band(2-5音乐)

5. admire the ice sculptures everywhere in the city (B3U1节庆)In China and Japan there are mid-autumn festivals, when people admire the moon. (B3U1节庆)

6. We’d like to advertise the city as a holiday place(B3U5加拿大)Make a poster to advertise a sporting event. (2-2奥运)

7. Nunavut was created in 1999 as a special area for Inuit people. (B3U5加拿大)We can work together to create an even better system. (2-3电脑)

8. She would never forgive him. (B3U1节庆)

9. Slimming foods are served in the restaurant. (B3U2饮食)They are served the ice ream. (B3U2饮食)

10. We value you. (B3U2饮食)

11. The next morning I’d just about given myself up for lost when I was spotted by a ship. (B3U3 百万英镑)

12. Permit me to lead the way, sir. (B3U3 百万英镑)

13. That table’s reserved(B3U3 百万英镑)

14. Two notes in this amount have been issued by the Bank of England this year.(B3U3 百万英镑)

15. His writing lost most of its humour. (B3U3 百万英镑)He is lost in London. (B3U3 百万英镑)As he rode through countryside on his journeys for his work he looked out at the fields and was lost in thought. (B4U2农业)

16. The discoveries have revolutionized the way we think. (B3U4天文)

17. It is surrounded by mountains on the north and east(B3U5加拿大)

18. They like ice fishing and photographing polar bears. (B3U5加拿大)

19. The candles lit the room. (2-1古迹)

20. Don’t endanger wild animals any more. (2-4生物)

21. The insect contains a powerful drug. (2-4生物)

22. No one could recognize me. (2-3电脑)Even when he wore sunglasses people recognize him. (2-5音乐)

23. No one will be pardoned. (2-2奥运)

24. The olive wreath has been replaced. (2-2奥运)

25. They set the number of animals to be hunted. (2-4生物)

26. The last thirty years have seen the greatest number of laws stopping our rights. (1-5英雄)

27. She has achieved everything she wanted to do. (B4U1妇女)

28. It was a small book explaining how to cut the death rate from having and caring for babies. (B4U1妇女)

29. Women who lived in the countryside could not reach a doctor. (B4U1妇女)

30. deliver a baby for a poor family who could not pay her. (B4U1妇女)Instead, she made sure that about 50,000 babies were safely delivered to their mothers. (B4U1妇女)

31. Her husband supported and encouraged her, so she continued working to help improve the lives of poor prisoners till she died. (B4U1妇女)

32. He wants everyone to call him a farmer, for that’s how he regards himself. (B4U2农业)

33. He gives millions of yuan to equip others for their research in agriculture. (B4U2农业)

34. His other hobbies include playing mah-jong, swimming and reading. (B4U2农业)

35. Developing a healthy soil reduces diseases in crops. (B4U2农业)

36. The insect attacked the crop every year. (B4U3幽默)

37. I intend to hide it in the cave. (2-4生物) The book was intended for women who lived in the countryside. (B4U1妇女)He intended to do something to make Chinese farming even better. (B4U2农业)

C. 情感动词(典型及物动词)和情感形容词

1. Write a letter to encourage others to help save the cultural relics. (2-1古迹) Athletes are encouraged to do their best. (2-2奥运) He encouraged me to have music lessons(2-5音乐) They do not encourage violence.(1-5英雄) He encouraged his children with good stories. (1-5英雄) The hanging boxes will encourage birds to visit the area. (2-4生物) These plants multiplied and filled the first oceans and seas with oxygen. This encouraged the development of early shellfish. (B3U4天文) Her work encouraged many other women to become doctors. (B4U1妇女)

2. We were tired but also very excited. (1-3游记) An excited elephant(2-4生物) He was an excited supporter of Coco Li(2-5音乐) The waterfall is even more exciting to see. (1-3游记) She was able to replace her usual afternoon’s work by watching some exciting sports. (2-2奥运)It was so exciting when my letter became neat and tidy. (2-3电脑) A most exciting experience(2-5音乐) “That was very exhausting but very exciting too," I exclaimed. (B3U4天文)

3. She was amazed when they heard of the rules. (2-2奥运) Daisy was amazed. (2-4生物) We watched, amazed as fire broke out. (B3U4天文) It is amazing how warm these ice houses can be! (B3U1节庆)It’s amazing how much pleasure you get out of the simple things in life. (B3U3 百万英镑)I never would have believed it. Why, that is amazing, man! (B3U3 百万英镑)What amazes you most about the modern Olympics? (2-2奥运)

4. It was painful for me and I felt frightened. (2-3电脑) I saw many frightened cows rush up Market Street. (1-4地震) It was a frightening night. (1-4地震) But returning to the earth was very frightening. (B3U4天文)

5. Anne was very upset that her family had to move. (1-1朋友) Everyone was very upset. (2-2奥运) What upsets you most about the project? (2-2奥运) Children will not be allowed to make a noise and upset the competitors. (2-2奥运) I do not want to upset my friends. (2-4生物)

6. The word is confusing to me.(1-2英语) It is important to explain this again or we will get confused.

7. All his music was written for God and some of it is very moving.(2-5音乐)

8. When scientists look at it carefully they find high levels of fat. This is very worrying. (B3U2饮食)

9. His entertaining silent movies are still popular today. (B4U3幽默) So how did he make a sad situation entertaining? (B4U3幽默)

10. Your tour sounds interesting. (1-3游记)

11. His charming character The Little Tramp is well known throughout the world. (B4U3幽默)

12. He was very disappointed. (B3U4天文) Henry, I’m disappointed in you. (B3U3 百万英镑)

13. He sat in his empty restaurant feeling very frustrated.(B3U2饮食)

14. Roderick seems very surprised to see Portia. (B3U3 百万英镑)

15. The waiter is shocked. (B3U3 百万英镑)So they were shocked to find the next day that they had all believed an April Fool’s joke. (B4U3幽默)

16. She was determined to work with animals in their own environment. (B4U1妇女)She gave me a determined look. (1-3游记)

17. He is not satisfied with his life. (B4U2农业)

18. Farmers often grow the same crop year after year. As a result, the soil gets exhausted. (B4U2农业)

19. But don’t you get tired quickly? (B3U2饮食)

20. She inspires those who want to cheer the achievements of women. (B4U1妇女)Some actors can astonish us with the deep feelings they can inspire in us for a character they are playing. (B4U3幽默)

D.既是及物又是不及物动词

1. Developing a healthy soil reduces diseases in crops. (B4U2农业) Develop a program(2-3电脑) Music lessons will let you develop your sense of rhythm.(2-5音乐) Man developed new methods of growing food, hunting and moving around. (B3U4天文) That made it possible for life to begin to develop. (B3U4天文)

2. When we got there, I wanted to explore immediately. (B3U4天文) I’d like to explore ideas about this sport. (2-3电脑) Now Dr Yuan has another dream: to export his rice so that it can be grown all over the world. (B4U2农业) The programmes explored problems and progress all over world. (B4U3幽默)

3. Pretend that you are a judge. (2-1古迹) Close your eyes and pretend you are Coco Li. (2-5音乐) They pretended to sing the song. (2-5音乐)

4. They dress up and try to frighten people. (B3U1节庆)You can dance outside to the music of a band, who are all dressed in heavy clothes – even some of their instruments are dressed up for winter. (B3U1节庆)some of their instruments are dressed up for winter. (B3U1节庆)Dressed in the finest clothes, he drove by the brothers’ house. (B3U3 百万英镑)

5. Jane helped people understand how much they behave like humans. The prisoners behaved badly because they were being treated like animals. (B4U1妇女)

6. A cultural relic is something that survived for a long time. (2-1古迹) The buildings survived the earthquake. (1-4地震)

7. Dr Yuan searched for a way to increase rice harvests without expanding the area of fields. (B4U2农业) And our galaxy in a universe is infinite and expanding (B3U4天文)

8. He took the friendly bank-note to the bank and cashed. (B3U3 百万英镑)

9. The dust began to slowly combine into a ball moving around the sun. (B3U4天文)

10. It seemed as if the dust would multiply and become a new planet. (B3U4天文)

11. Their number has grown rapidly. (2-4生物)

12. They would starve if food was difficult to find.(B3U1节庆)

13. The village can’t afford to build a school. (1-3游记)

14. A bear is about to approach a boy. (1-2英语)

15. An outline will prepare you to write a better story. (1-4地震)

16. Yuan Longping works the land to do his research. (B4U2农业)

17. Dr Yuan is now circulating his knowledge in some less developed countries to increase their rice harvests. (B4U2农业)

18. He wanted to prove that organic farming methods were better for the soil than using chemical fertilizers. (B4U2农业)

19. His research helps end hunger in the world. (B4U2农业)

E. 既是动词又是可以作名词

1. Some festivals are held to honour the dead, or satisfy and please the ancestors. Festivals can be held as an honour to famous people or to the gods. One of these is the Dragon Boat Festival in China, which honours the famous ancient poet, Qu Yuan. (B3U1节庆)Yale and Oxford Universities honoured him for his writing. (B3U3 百万英镑)In India there is a national festival to honour Gandhi, the leader who helped gain India’s independence from Britain. (B3U1节庆)It’s a great honor. (2-2奥运) I had the honor to be chosen again. (2-3电脑) They compete against each other for the honor of winning. (2-2奥运) The park was built to honor those who helped the survivors. (1-4地震) I am honored that you would ask me for advice. (2-5音乐) Just having you sit here is a great honour! (B3U3 百万英镑)

2. The search for the relic continued. (2-1古迹) The search has cost a lot of time. (2-1古迹) The Dutch went to the island in search of supplies. (2-1古迹) Search for the room(2-1古迹) search the Internet for more information. (B3U5加拿大)He searched the city for all of his friends. (2-1古迹)

3. Write a short reply to the letter. (2-1古迹)

4. The earthquake hit Alaska. (1-4地震) a big hit(2-5音乐)

5. The number was small before concern. (2-4生物)

6. I have a good shot for a goal. (2-3电脑)

7. Do this several times until everyone has had a go. (1-5英雄)

8. Go straight for two blocks. (1-2英语)

9. He has struggled for the past five decades to help farmers. (B4U2农业)

10. They will be given time to tour Beijing. (2-2奥运)

第三节 名词

A. 可数名词

1. She soon looked like a model! (B3U2饮食)

2. We’ll go and see the winners of this year’s awards for best band and best costumes. (B3U1节庆)

3. The job was a reward for what I had done for the boss.(1-5英雄)

4. Over the next two decades he was a printer, a riverboat pilot and a newspaper reporter. (B3U3 百万英镑)He has struggled for the five past decades to help farmers. (B4U2农业)

5. You mustn’t worry about that. It’s an advantage. (B3U3 百万英镑)

6. She gives Oliver a wink of the eye. (B3U3 百万英镑)

7. They can ski in the Rocky Mountains and sail in the harbour. (B3U5加拿大)

8. The reporter arrived in a northern community called Iqaluit. (B3U5加拿大)

9. When you buy items in packets, you need to look at the side of the packet. (B3U5加拿大)

10. At last we slowed almost to a stop and we were able to look around us. (B3U4天文) Their next stop would be Calgary. (B3U5加拿大)

11. Her research showed the connections between chimps and human beings. (B4U1妇女)

12. Each ear of rice was as big as an ear of corn and each grain of rice was as huge as a peanut. (B4U2农业)

13. Read some of these customer and waiter jokes. (B4U3幽默)

14. the snow is piled up along the sidewalks(B3U1节庆)

B. 不可数名词

1. A passbook is a book that shows your identity. (1-5英雄) He wrote a new dictionary, giving American English its own identity. (1-2英语)

2. Another festival is Columbus Day in the USA, in memory of the arrival of Christopher Columbus in America. (B3U1节庆)The earth was different because of the arrival of small plants growing in the water on its surface (B3U4天文)

3. They left home for safety. (1-4地震)

4. Curiosity drove him inside. (B3U2饮食)

5. You’re going to see great scenery on your trip. (B3U5加拿大)

6. He feels it gives him less freedom to do his research. (B4U2农业)

7. He seems to eat every mouthful with great enjoyment. (B4U3幽默)

8. Carbon dioxide, oxygen, nitrogen and other gases were to make the earth’s atmosphere. (B3U4天文)

9. Nobody before has fully understood chimp behaviour. (B4U1妇女)

C.有时可数,有时不可数名词

1. Their balanced menus became such a success that before long Wang Pengwei became slimmer and Yong Hui heavier. (B3U2饮食)

2. What an experience! (2-4生物) an exciting Northern experience(B3U1节庆)

3. This character was a social failure (B4U3幽默) Without it my work will end in failure. (B4U3幽默)

4. I earned my passage by working as an unpaid hand, which accounts for my appearance. (B3U3 百万英镑)

5. In 1974, he became the first agricultural pioneer in the world to grow rice that has a high output. (B4U2农业)

6. They plant some crops that use the surface of the soil and others that need a deeper level of soil. (B4U2农业)

7. Can you match the joke with the explanation? (B4U3幽默)

8. I tried to make sense of what I see. (B3U4天文) develop your sense of rhythm, feel a sense of success

9. I do a lot of exercise. (2-1古迹)

10. We ate an early supper. (1-3游记) another beer(B3U3 百万英镑)

第四节 形容词

A. 普通形容词

1. People are grateful because their food is gathered for the winter(B3U1节庆)

2. The most energetic and important festivals(B2U1节庆)a cloud of energetic dust (B3U4天文)

3. Easter is an important religious and social festival in Christian countries. (B3U1节庆)

4. She was the most lovely of the daughters. (B3U1节庆)They spent the afternoon in the lovely shops(B3U5加拿大)What a lovely autumn day! (1-2英语)

5. Jane spent many years observing and recording chimps’ daily activities. (B4U1妇女)

6. He was amazed to find one needed three main kinds of foods to stay healthy. (B3U2饮食)

7. It allowed the earth to dissolve harmful gases into oceans and seas. (B3U4天文)

8. Last month I was lucky enough to have a chance to make a trip into space (B3U4天文) There are not enough words in the biggest dictionary to describe it. (B3U3 百万英镑)

9. And our galaxy in a universe that is infinite and expanding (B3U4天文)

10. Do you think the bank–note is genuine? (B3U3 百万英镑)

11. It’ll cost a tiny bit. (B3U3 百万英镑)

12. You have got a job open that I want. (B3U3 百万英镑)

13. The average winter temperature in Nunavut is –35 degrees. (B3U5加拿大)

14. Some festivals are held to honour the dead, or satisfy and please the ancestors(B3U1节庆)

15. The man had a plan ready. (B3U3 百万英镑)

16. It is a rare Ming Dynasty vase. (2-1古迹) A rare new species of dinosaur (2-4生物)

17. But the evening makes it all worthwhile. (B4U1妇女)

18. It was unusual for a woman to live in the forest. (B4U1妇女)

19. He became famous for using a particular form of acting. (B4U3幽默)

20. You are not alone. (B4U3幽默)

21. Perhaps it makes us feel more content with our life because we feel there is someone else worse off than ourselves. (B4U3幽默) Not content with such a strange dinner, he went into the garden and started to eat a particular flower of mine. (B4U3幽默)

22. I can see nothing but good if this company comes to build its restaurant in our town.

23. a quiet man(B3U5加拿大)

24. Further reading(B4U1妇女)

25. Soong Chingling was one of the top leaders in modern Chinese history. (B4U1妇女)

26. the latest, cool clothes

27. feel fit(B3U2饮食)

28. A fragile head(2-3电脑)

B.分词形容词和合成形容词

29. a balanced diet(B3U2饮食)

30. I don’t want to upset you but I found your menu so limited that I stopped worrying and started advertising the benefits of my food. (B3U2饮食)Towards nightfall I found myself carried out to sea by a strong wind. (B3U3 百万英镑)

31. Indeed, his sunburnt face and arms and his slim, strong body are jut like those of millions of other Chinese farmers. (B4U2农业)

32. He was given a special Oscar for his lifetime outstanding work. (B4U3幽默)

33. A well-paid job (B4U3幽默) His charming character The Little Tramp is well known throughout the world. (B4U3幽默) Well designed buildings(2-1古迹) The house is well repaired. (1-4地震) I was better educated. (1-5英雄)

34. Be hidden(2-1古迹)

35. Our image of the universe today is full of strange sounding ideas, and remarkable truths. (B3U4天文) They went through a wheat-growing province(B3U5加拿大)

36. Li Fang was heart-broken. (B3U1节庆)

37. It is time-consuming. (2-1古迹)

C. 形容词特殊用法

1. He came to school very upset. (1-1朋友)

2. Your dream will come true. (2-5音乐) Something would come true. (2-5音乐) The dream had finally come true. (1-3游记)

3. He fits his new software free in very computer. (1-5英雄)

4. Let your imagination run wild(2-3电脑)

5. Then things went wrong. (2-5音乐)

6. I grew crazy. (1-1朋友)

7. Stay awake(1-1朋友) (1-3游记)

8. Languages do not always stay the same. (1-2英语)

9. Our legs felt heavy. (1-3游记)

10. The fruit goes bad easily. (1-4地震)

11. It feels as hard as a stone. (2-1古迹)

1. It felt strange. (2-5音乐)

2. It sounds very simple. (2-3电脑)

3. Fall ill(2-3电脑)

4. My mouth went dry and I closed my eyes. (B3U4天文)

第五节 副词

1. Gradually the weight lessened and I was able to talk to him. (B3U4天文)

2. Our area needs jobs badly. (B3U2饮食)

3. It is so wet there that the trees are extremely tall.” (B3U5加拿大)

4. The population of Canada is only slightly over thirty million. (B3U5加拿大)

5. Two notes in this amount have been issued by the Bank of England this year. Any way, it can’t be fake. (B3U3 百万英镑)

6. In exactly an hour and a half. (B3U3 百万英镑)

7. Personally, I think the other team cheated. (2-3电脑)

8. Nobody before has fully understood chimp behaviour. (B4U1妇女)

9. From the dictionary you will know how to use the word properly. (2-4生物)

10. It died out more recently.(2-4生物)

11. They had truly become stars. (2-5音乐) I have truly been built to serve people. (2-3电脑)

12. The spaceship moved sideways from the “black hole. (B3U4天文)

13. The competition was on! (B3U2饮食)If you don’t catch the ball, you are out.(2-2奥运) The programme was over. (2-5音乐) Then we were off. (B3U4天文)

14. Go right ahead. (B3U3 百万英镑)And make the steak it extra thick. (B3U3 百万英镑)

15. The competition centres will be placed close to each other. (2-2奥运)When the bike gets too close to something it rings the bell. (2-3电脑)I landed close to the finishing line. (2-3电脑) People who are not close enough to each other(2-3电脑) Then English became closer to the language you are learning now. (1-2英语) This city is close to the centre of the country. (B3U5加拿大)Old Montreal is close to the water. (B3U5加拿大)

第二章 短语搭配

第一节 动词性

I. Be动词短语

1. I am crazy about everything to do with nature. (1-1朋友) They were very serious about their work. (2-5音乐) He was very confident about his singing. (2-5音乐) His mother was worried about his health. (1-5英雄) The Games are about being able to run faster, jump higher and throw further. (2-2奥运)

2. Tell him that you are concerned about him. (1-1朋友) I believe you are concerned about animals disappearing. (2-4生物) I am really concerned about the wildlife in the rain forest. (2-4生物) They will be concerned about providing parking for the cars in our main street. (B3U2饮食)

3. Be honest with yourself. (2-5音乐) Be careful with your money. (2-1古迹) They would be satisfied with their festival. (B3U1节庆)He is satisfied with his life. (B4U2农业)

4. Elizabeth was not content with her easy life and her growing family. (B4U1妇女)

5. After reading, he realised what was wrong with her restaurant. (B3U2饮食)

6. Be familiar to me(1-3游记) His friends are dear to him. (2-1古迹) A fathom is equal to six feet. (B3U3 百万英镑)Be grateful to (1-1朋友) He is very grateful to you for the help(2-5音乐) Cambodia is in many ways similar to Laos. (1-3游记) People were unkind to him. (B4U3幽默)

7. Be proud of(1-4地震) Festivals let us be proud of our customs and forget our daily life for a little while. (B3U1节庆) Green food is free of chemical fertilizers. (B4U2农业)

8. He was very popular at public readings. (B3U3 百万英镑)I am expert at high flying exercises. (2-3电脑)

9. He is active in school activities. (1-5英雄)

10. They were all thankful for the delicious food, and that spring was coming soon. (B3U1节庆)

11. It was ready for the people to celebrate the 300th birthday of the city. (2-1古迹) Be ready to(1-1朋友)

12. We were tired from the long bike trip. (1-3游记) Be tired of fat(B3U2饮食)

13. English was based on German(1-2英语) Their music is based loosely on their school life. (2-5音乐)

14. Some objects in the home are the most likely to hurt us. (1-4地震) Are you willing to do public services without pay? (1-5英雄)He was willing to continue to fight. (1-5英雄) He was lucky enough to be chosen to repair the Hubble space telescope. (B3U4天文)

15. The tents were easy to move so the people could follow the animals. (B3U5加拿大)

16. Be sure to give an example(2-1古迹) When the parachute was about to open there was a shout from the people. (2-3电脑) You’re about to hear the most incredible tale(B3U3 百万英镑)If you come, you must be prepared to keep moving, as it is too cold to stand and watch for long. (B3U1节庆)You are a producer of green food---that is to say your food is certain to be healthy. (B4U2农业)

17. The city is known as the “Brave City of China” (1-4地震) They are known as Bikers for the Blind. (1-4地震) April Fool’s Day, or April 1st, is known in many countries as a day for playing jokes on others. (B4U3幽默)

18. The film is set in California Chaplin in the middle of the nineteenth century. (B4U3幽默)

We were caught by the gravity of a “black hole”. (B3U4天文) They are caught on the edge of a mountain in a snowstorm. (B4U3幽默) One of the books caught my eye. (B4U1妇女)It is usually a time when children make fun of each other but sometimes other people can get caught in the fun too. (B4U3幽默)

19. As he rode through countryside on his journeys for his work he looked out at the fields and was lost in thought. (B4U2农业)

20. It is worth spending the money. (2-1古迹) All the exercise and training was worth it. (2-2奥运) A tour of the place is well worth your time.(1-3游记)

II. 动词+名词

1. Walk the dog(1-1朋友) Avoid his company(1-1朋友) Tell the difference(2-1古迹) Sign the book(2-1古迹) Spoil the chances. (2-1古迹) Host the Olympic Games(2-2奥运) Reach the standard(2-2奥运) Do the dishes(2-3电脑) Mop the floors(2-3电脑) Raise money. (1-4地震) Solve a math problem(2-3电脑) Build a good relationship(2-4生物) Lay eggs(2-4生物) Leave a note(2-5音乐) Pay bills(2-5音乐) Form a band(2-5音乐) Copy others’ performance(2-5音乐) Earn some extra money(2-5音乐) The computer can operate the bike(2-3电脑) Spread the secrets far and wide(1-1朋友) They hope to collect 1 million yuan to help the blind in Tibet. (1-4地震) Ask direction(1-2英语) Push your way to the door(1-2英语) He doesn’t easily lose heart when he is in trouble. (1-5英雄) They thought the ancestors could return either to help or to do harm. (B3U1节庆)He would drown his sadness in coffee. (B3U1节庆)He wiped the tables. (B31U节庆)She would keep her word. (B3U1节庆)If they are not given anything, the children might play a trick. (B3U1节庆)Festivals are a time to enjoy each other’s company and have fun with our friends. (B3U1节庆)pay the bill (B3U3 百万英镑)change this bank-note. (B3U3 百万英镑) entered our little eating place(B3U3 百万英镑)Reptiles produced young generally by laying eggs. (B3U4天文) Some huge animals developed. They laid eggs too. (B3U4天文) He collected information from good farmers, studied it, and did experiments to find the best way. (B4U2农业) Collect information(B3U5加拿大)Scientist spends two years training to mend the space telescope (B3U4天文) So he was trained to do repairs on spaceships and telescopes. (B3U4天文) He was going to take them to the train station to catch “The True North” the cross-Canada train(B3U5加拿大).

2. have a healthier diet(B3U5加拿大)

3. We hope to have a complete picture of the universe we live in. (B3U4天文)

4. At that time women’s education was always placed second to men’s. (B4U1妇女)

5. He was loved by all who watched the films for his determination in overcoming difficulties (B4U3幽默).

6. He lived the last years of his life in Switzerland. (B4U3幽默)

7. take a bicycle trip(1-3游记) Take some measures(2-1古迹) Take photos(2-1古迹) Take my picture(2-4生物) take this gentleman’s order, Horace. (B3U3 百万英镑)Well, we have to take a chance. (B3U3 百万英镑)They decided to take the train from west to east across Canada in September(B3U5加拿大)He took the bet because they thought it was unbelievable that anybody could walk so far in one day. (B3U3 百万英镑)Change his mind(1-3游记) (2-2奥运)

8. Make progress(2-4生物) Make your choice(2-3电脑) Make a better environment(2-4生物) Make an effort to change the situation. (1-1朋友) Make a decision(2-3电脑) make a promise(B3U2饮食)In this way the man made his appearance at the foot of the mountain before nightfall. (B3U3 百万英镑)

9. I follow instructions with cards with holes. (2-3电脑) More people follow what he does. (2-1古迹) If others follow him, so much the better. (2-1古迹)

10. Give commands(1-2英语) Give some performances(1-3游记) Give a performance to a camera. (2-5音乐) The truck gave the man a ride. (B3U3 百万英镑)Give us directions(1-3游记) Give sb. the directions(2-5音乐) Portia walks over to Roderick and gives him a hug. (B3U3 百万英镑)

11. Support the star fiercely(2-5音乐) Support the project(2-4生物)

12. English plays a very important role. (1-2英语) Geography plays a part in making dialects. (1-2英语) Women play a very important role. (2-2奥运) He played a poor and homeless person, who wore worn-out shoes and a small round black hat. (B4U3幽默)

13. Try to have fun with English. (1-2英语) Have fun(2-5音乐)

14. His friends offer him help when he needed it most. (2-1古迹) Offer the children free education(2-3电脑) Offer help(2-4生物) Be offered a ticket to the concert(1-1朋友)

15. He was not going to hold his breath for her to apologise. (B3U1节庆)

16. They lit fires and made music because they thought these festivals would bring a year of plenty. (B3U1节庆) light incense(B3U1节庆) light lamps(B3U1节庆)

17. join the snowmobile races join the crowd join us for dinner (B3U1节庆) Maybe they could join together to make a better menu. (B3U2饮食)

18. The surface of the moon produced a lot of dust. (B3U4天文) Produce a record(2-5音乐) Reptiles produced young generally by laying eggs.

19. The spaceship began to increase its speed (B3U4天文) In this way you can increase your vocabulary and knowledge. (B3U5加拿大)

III. 动词+名词+介词

1. Make a list of(1-2英语) Take the place of(2-2奥运)

2. After a while I got the hang of it and we began to enjoy ourselves. (B3U4天文)

3. Shakespeare made use of a wider vocabulary. (1-2英语) To be a good learner, you must make full use of the library books. (2-3电脑)

4. Someone will take care of you on the river. (1-3游记) We need to take care of things properly before the earthquake comes. (1-4地震) I’ll take care of this. (B3U3 百万英镑)Human beings are not taking care of the earth very well. (B3U4天文)

5. I tried to make sense of what I see. (B3U4天文)

6. I don’t want the flowers to remind me of her. (B3U1节庆)

7. She, herself, was more concerned to rid China of poorly grown vegetables. (B4U2农业)

8. To get rid of hunger is very important in some African countries. (B4U2农业)

9. The band was formed of these musicians. (2-5音乐)

10. Add more details to the design(2-1古迹)

11. People didn’t pay attention to cultural relics in the old days. (2-1古迹) He told all the people present to pay more attention to education. (2-5音乐) You should pay closer attention to the rain forest. (2-4生物) She paid attention to all the information she can collect. (2-4生物) The good news is that great attention is being paid to wildlife protection. (2-4生物)

12. Offer presents to the God(2-1古迹) They offer food, flowers and gifts to the dead. (B3U1节庆)

13. Join the computer to the Internet(2-3电脑)

14. Be sentenced to prison for life. (1-5英雄)

15. She devoted all her life to medical work for Chinese women and children. She had devoted her whole life to her patients and had chosen not to have a family of her own. (B4U1妇女)He has devoted his life to finding ways to grow more and more rice. (B4U2农业)

16. lead the ancestors back to earth(B3U1节庆)The printer has been connected to the computer. (2-3电脑)

17. she showed kindness and consideration to all her patients. (B4U1妇女)

18. People will give too much attention to a bank-note of this amount. (B3U3 百万英镑)

19. Rubbing protects me from mosquitoes. (2-4生物) Those cars try to park and prevent other cars from moving quickly through our town. (B3U2饮食) Carbon dioxide prevents heat from escaping from the earth into space. (B3U4天文) When farmers use this kind of natural fertilizer they keep the air, soil and water as well as the food supply free from chemicals. (B4U2农业)

20. All of us get equal turns in talking to the class. (2-2奥运)

21. take part in a week of activities. (B3U1节庆)

22. Mark Twain spent his boyhood in Hannibal(B3U3 百万英镑)

23. Have a lot in common(2-3电脑)

24. The Village will be turned into a residential area. (2-2奥运)

25. She decided to do some research into what foods should be eaten(B3U2饮食)I am treated like a real person. (2-3电脑)

26. Taking carbon dioxide from the atmosphere and filling the air with oxygen helped life to develop. (B3U4天文) The last years of his life were filled with sad events, loneliness and the loss of much money. (B3U3 百万英镑)Share information with others(2-3电脑) She concerned herself with(关心) welfare projects. (B4U1妇女)

27. She kisses him on the cheek. (B3U3 百万英镑)I sat down at the computer to do some research on Lin Qiao zhi(B4U1妇女)Then he gave advice on turning over the soil. (B4U2农业) Pop music has the same effect on your life. (2-5音乐)

28. Play jokes on sb. (2-5音乐)

29. Some animals are killed for food. (2-4生物) Some people might win awards for their animals. (B3U1节庆)

30. Many of them have a gift for working with animals(B3U5加拿大)

31. People trusted the Panorama programme for its careful research and serious information. (B4U3幽默)

32. She has a strong love for cultural relics(2-1古迹)

33. Take tourists around the place(1-5英雄)

34. We learned a lot about being a band. (2-5音乐)

35. The athletes will be provided with apartments in the Olympic village. (2-2奥运) The information has been provided for visitors. (2-1古迹)

36. Be admitted to the Games(2-2奥运) He was admitted into the skating club in 2003. (2-2奥运)Athletes from all over the world are admitted as competitors. (2-2奥运)

IV. 动词+介词/副/形+名词

1. Fall in love(1-1朋友) They fell in love. (B3U1节庆)Live in peace(1-1朋友) The large city lay in ruins. (1-4地震) The building had fallen in ruins(1-4地震) Fill in the form(2-3电脑) fill in the forms(B4U1妇女)

2. We had to change from our trousers into shorts. (1-3游记) Look into the report. (2-1古迹) Look into the sky at night and try to find out the names of some of the stars. (B3U5加拿大)It happened long before humans came into being. (2-4生物) bump into someone else (B4U3幽默) knock into someone (B4U3幽默)

3. Deal with information(2-3电脑) They came up with a name for their band. (2-5音乐) Stay with what is true in your heart(2-5音乐) Communicate with each other(2-3电脑) (1-1朋友) (1-2英语) People found it hard to do with the ruins. (1-4地震) I am getting along well with a boy in my class. (1-1朋友) Do you get on well with your classmates(1-5英雄) I wanted my shoes to go with this dress. (B3U1节庆)Get together with your friends.(B3U5加拿大)All the houses shone with bright lights. (B3U5加拿大)

4. At last he came to himself. (2-3电脑) Come to power(1-5英雄) Look up to the sky(2-1古迹) What she said doesn’t relate to the facts. (2-2奥运)The words are related to each other in meaning. (2-2奥运)

5. They can be tied to the tables or stuck to them so they won’t easily move around. (1-4地震) Make a special time for practicing and stick to it. (2-5音乐) You will be fine as long as you stick to the rules.(2-5音乐)

6. dance outside to the music of a band(B3U1节庆)He explained to me that the force of gravity would change three times on our journey (B3U4天文) Organic farming also refers to crops growing with natural rather than chemical fertilizers. (B4U2农业)

7. The most energetic and important festivals are the ones that look forward to the end of winter and to the coming of spring. He had looked forward to meeting her all day. We think that long ago people looked forward to the celebrations. (B3U1节庆)He did not look forward to being in debt because his restaurant was no longer popular. (B3U2饮食)

8. Ask for help from sb(2-2奥运) ask for a good salary for the job (B3U3 百万英镑)He asked for the way to the theatre. (2-5音乐) People can find hope for a brighter future even after a bad earthquake. (1-4地震) Let’s hope for greater success(2-3电脑)

9. Feel sorry for(1-1朋友) The Milu deer is being well cared for in the center. (2-4生物) It was a small book explaining how to cut the death rate from having and caring for babies by following some simple rules for keeping babies clean and healthy. (B4U1妇女)Dr Yuan searched for a way to increase rice harvests without expanding the area of fields. (B4U2农业) hope for the best (B4U3幽默) I earned my passage by working as an unpaid hand, which accounts for my appearance. (B3U3 百万英镑)

10. He closed his restaurant and set out for the library. (B3U2饮食) Li Fang set off for home. (B3U1节庆)

11. They were not leaving for Montreal until later, so they went on a tour of the city. (B3U5加拿大)the waiter leaves for the kitchen. (B3U3 百万英镑)

12. In American, McDonald’s does not allow Unions to operate in its restaurants and these are people who speak up for the workers. (B3U2饮食)

13. Put up our tents. (1-3游记) Put up shelters for the homeless(1-4地震) Pick up the apple (2-2奥运) pick up gold (B4U3幽默) Set up a company (1-5英雄) Blow up buildings(1-5英雄) Make up a story(1-4地震) Make up new moves(2-3电脑) Clean it up(2-4生物) I had to pack up my things very quickly. (1-1朋友) Hang up the phone(2-5音乐)

14. Have you ever dreamed of being in front of thousands of people, with everyone clapping? (2-5音乐)I used to dream of being famous. (2-5音乐) dream about(1-3游记) Realize our dream of making all races equal(1-5英雄) The cousins dreamed of French restaurants and red maple leaves. (B3U5加拿大)

15. They thought little of the events. (1-4地震) Think highly of(2-1古迹) They thought very highly of our design. (2-5音乐)

16. This made me feel good about myself. (1-5英雄) If you are careful, you don’t need to worry about losing them. (2-1古迹)

17. The Russian didn’t care about the Amber room. (2-1古迹) She doesn’t care about details. (1-3游记)He cares less about himself. (2-1古迹) He cares little about spending the money on himself or leading a comfortable life. (B4U2农业) He also doesn’t care about being famous. (B4U2农业)

18. Go on a picnic(1-1朋友) Instead, organic farmers insist on changing crops every two or three years. (B4U2农业) Work on the dictionary(1-2英语) He began to work on an engine in 1918. (1-5英雄) Whether life will continue on the earth for millions of years to come will depend on whether this problem can be solved. (B3U4天文)

19. The cultural relics are well looked after. (2-1古迹) Animals have to look after themselves. (2-4生物) Looking after the forest helps with wildlife protection. (2-4生物)

20. She decided to apply for some money. (2-4生物) She decided to apply for some money. As a result, a special butterfly became protected. (2-4生物) The companies applied to be allowed to hunt some of the elephants for a fee. (2-4生物)

21. They compete against each other for the honor of winning. (2-2奥运) He will compete with other athletes from foreign countries. (2-2奥运) No one can compete with his software. (1-5英雄) Do you compete for money too? (2-2奥运)

22. What does the robot look like? (2-3电脑) look on the waiter’s face (B3U3 百万英镑)He is looking at them over his left shoulder. (B3U3 百万英镑)They looked out of the windows at the wild scenery. (B3U5加拿大)They went up the tall CN Tower, and looked across the lake. (B3U5加拿大)They sat in a café looking over the broad St Lawrence River. (B3U5加拿大)

23. The Chinese fought against Japanese invaders during World War II. (1-5英雄) He fought for his countries to be free from the UK in a peaceful way. (1-5英雄)

24. No one could escape from the prison. (1-5英雄) Escape from technology(2-3电脑)

25. I began as a simple machine. (2-3电脑) The band began as a TV show. (2-5音乐)

26. The room served as a small reception hall. (2-1古迹) She dressed as a man and went to fight for the French. (B4U1妇女)She went to the stadium dressed as a man reporter. (2-2奥运)

27. Their friendship has gone through tests of life and death. (1-1朋友)

28. Stay overnight(2-1古迹) Watch over the child(2-3电脑)

29. Small clever animals appeared and spread all over the earth. (B3U4天文) That night as the train was speeding along the St Lawrence River(B3U5加拿大)

30. She did not look happy but glared at him as she moved round the customers. (B3U2饮食)

31. There was frost on the ground----fall had arrived in Canada. (B3U5加拿大)The story of how we arrive at this picture is the story of learning to understand what we see. (B3U4天文)

32. Figure out an idea(B3U5加拿大)

33. In this way they cut down the fat and increased the fibre in the meal. (B3U2饮食)

V. 动词词组

37. The spaceship warned me to be ready as we were approaching the “black hole”. (B3U4天文) F If you happen to have some cultural relics, will you give them to the government? (2-1古迹) They promise to play fairly(2-2奥运)

38. If I lost something, I wouldn’t expect to get it back(2-1古迹) He expects his son to get high scores for his college entrance exams. (1-2英语) Those who report the news were expected to speak excellent English. (1-2英语)

1. Some rivers are considered to be wonders of the world. (2-1古迹) The book was considered to be an important summary of the knowledge of farming. (B4U2农业)

2. He had worked for the emperor and when he got old, he was able to go to his hometown to relax. (B4U2农业)

3. The building was designed to look like both a traditional and western hotel. (2-1古迹) Be allowed to(1-5英雄) estivals are meant to celebrate important events. (B3U1节庆)

4. Decide not to do(2-1古迹) tell sb not to do(2-1古迹) I don’t know which to believe and which not to believe(2-1古迹) Many countries agree not to use landmines. (B4U1妇女)But he seemed not to hear. (B3U2饮食)

5. He advised farmers to choose seed-heads which had the best colour. (B4U2农业) He advised farmers to clear weeds from the ground before planting crops. (B4U2农业)

6. She made as many men as she should share her pain. (2-2奥运) I would rather not tell you. (2-4生物) He had better do some research! (B3U2饮食)You had better play in a band. (2-5音乐) And he would rather keep time for his hobbies. (B4U2农业) Chinese farmers would rather use methods they understood and live a comfortable life. (B4U2农业)

7. He used to walk to his rice fields twice a day, but now he prefers to ride his motorcycle. (B4U2农业) Some organic farmers prefer planting grass between crops to prevent wind or water from carrying away the soil. (B4U2农业)

8. I feel like attacking the animal. (2-4生物) I know what it feels like to be an android. (2-3电脑)

9. The athletes enjoy competing in winter. (2-2奥运) Enjoy being famous(2-5音乐)

10. You must stop your parents from eating more whale meat. (2-4生物) My heart stopped beating. (2-3电脑) We should not be stopped from studying. (1-5英雄)

11. What should you do if you are kept waiting. (2-4生物) It can keep your bicycles from running into other bikes. (2-3电脑) How can we keep buildings from falling down? (1-4地震) I kept asking her. (1-3游记)

12. He spent all of their lives trying to collect words for the dictionary. (1-2英语) He found Alice sitting in the corner(2-5音乐)

13. He suggested changing crop in the field every year. (B4U2农业)

14. Do you find it funny to see someone sliding on a banana skin? (B4U3幽默)

15. Finally he tries cutting and eating the bottom of the shoe. (B4U3幽默)

16. Wang Ping’s reward was to get sunburnt from the many hours she had spent in the sun! (B4U2农业) Farmers often grow the same crop year after year. As a result, the soil gets exhausted. (B4U2农业) It is important to explain this again or we will get confused. (B4U2农业) Wang Wei got them interested in cycling. (1-3游记) He hurried to get dressed.(2-4生物) They got married secretly, and they were very happy. Her daughter was married to a human, (B3U1节庆)If we get lost in the crowd, we should meet at the parking lot by eight o’clock.

17. The dog got loose. (1-1朋友) Have you got everything ready? (1-3游记) He made speeches to get others to help him. (2-1古迹) He got his servant to drive a large truck(B3U3 百万英镑)How do people get to form a band? (2-5音乐) People love to get together to eat, drink and have fun with each other. (B3U1节庆)You’ll have to go slowly for a while, until you get used to the music and the heat.

18. Sherlock Holmes and Doctor Watson went camping in a mountainous area. (B4U3幽默)

19. They rang the BBC to find out how to grow their own noodle tree. (B4U3幽默) Just then the lights on our spaceship went out (B3U4天文)

20. I rushed across the garden to save it but suddenly fell over and hurt the skin on my arm. (B4U3幽默)

21. She didn’t turn up. She could be with her friends right now laughing at him(B3U1节庆)The band broke up in about 1970. (2-5音乐) I cheered up immediately (B3U4天文)

22. That afternoon in the train the cousins settled down in their seats. (B3U5加拿大)As the earth cooled down, water began to appear on its surface. (B3U4天文)

23. Die out(2-4生物) Take apart(2-1古迹) A competition is coming on(2-3电脑) We get together to play a football game. (2-3电脑) Get together(1-3游记)

24. The water in the wells rose and fell(1-4地震)

25. Elizabeth helped improve prison conditions. Her work helped the Quakers get the Nobel Peace Prize in1947. Jody Williams helped found an international campaign to stop the use of landmines. Jane helped people understand how much they behave like humans. Her study of their body language helped her work out their social system. For forty years Jane Goodall has been helping the rest of the world understand and respect the life of these animals. (B4U1妇女)

第二节 名词性

I. 名词词串

1. National Natural Protection Zone(2-4生物)Nature reserve(2-4生物)The best quality wool sweater(2-4生物) Wildlife protection(2-4生物) Friendship and understanding. (2-4生物) Study tour(2-5音乐) Solo piano concert(2-5音乐) Terror and fear(1-5英雄) Field trip(1-3游记) The school speaking competition(1-4地震) Shuttle bus(2-1古迹) Rights and progress(1-5英雄) School fees and bus fare(1-5英雄) Train fare(1-3游记) The present day English(1-2英语) The present day Olympics(2-2奥运) Information technology(2-3电脑) Easter a time of hope and promise. (B3U1节庆)Valentine’s Day(B3U1节庆)mutton kebabs(B3U2饮食)the front window (B3U3 百万英镑)I wanted to put it into the next flower show. (B4U3幽默) roast pork(B3U2饮食)McDonald’s restaurant(B3U2饮食)

2. I should phone her from a telephone booth. (B3U5加拿大)

3. In this way they can keep the food supply free from chemicals. (B4U2农业) Leaving chemicals in the ground for a long time is not good for the water supply. (B4U2农业) Green food is grown away from dirty water supplies. (B4U2农业)

4. A good environment(2-4生物) A powerless drug(2-4生物) Musical ability(2-5音乐) Classical music (2-5音乐) folk music(2-5音乐) country music(2-5音乐) A rock band(2-5音乐) Wooden boxes(2-1古迹) wooden houses (B4U3幽默) Sweetest memories(2-1古迹) Physical exercise(2-2奥运) Healthy food(2-1古迹) A Chinese saying(2-2奥运) Everyday English conversation(2-5音乐) Lively musicians(2-5音乐) lucky money in the red paper(B3U1节庆)

5. Free computer training(2-3电脑) free education(2-3电脑)

6. Artificial intelligence(2-3电脑) A technological revolution(2-3电脑) Electronic brain(2-3电脑) The dead (1-4地震) agricultural college (B4U2农业) Then it is difficult for them to get top prices on the world markets.” (B4U3幽默)

7. Each one has its own standard. (2-2奥运)

8. A sporting robot(2-3电脑) parking lots (B3U1节庆)The starting place(2-3电脑) neighboring town(1-2英语)

9. Applied physics(1-5英雄)A spoilt child(2-3电脑) Endangered wildlife(2-4生物) an unexpected disaster. (1-4地震) A sad Chinese story about lost love. (B3U1节庆)

10. The moon gave far too much light. (1-1朋友) Too much hunting(2-4生物)

11. After some time the found that their business cooperation had turned into a personal one(B3U2饮食)I may not return for some time. (B3U3 百万英镑)

12. Many millions of years later the first green plants began to appear on land. They became the most important animals on the earth for millions of years. (B3U4天文) Whether life will continue on the earth for millions of years to come will depend on whether this problem can be solved. (B3U4天文) They can win thousands of dollars in prizes. (B3U5加拿大)

13. two orders of ham and eggs(B3U3 百万英镑)

14. He has just finished every bit of food. (B3U3 百万英镑)Did the people of London have a good time with this bit of news? (B3U3 百万英镑)

15. The cousins were invited to have dinner in downtown Chinatown. (B3U5加拿大)

16. The city has a French culture. (B3U5加拿大)

17. Just the thought of food made him feel sick. (1-1朋友) The sound of the name of Robben Island made us afraid. (1-5英雄) I was excited at the thought of meeting Yang Liwei. (2-3电脑)

18. China has tens of thousands of cultural relics. (2-1古迹) Tens of millions of years ago. (2-4生物)Billions of people(2-3电脑) Tens of thousands of, hundreds of thousands of(1-4地震) There are thousands of jokes in English, which use a "play on words" to be funny. (B4U3幽默)

19. Loss of bamboo growing areas(2-4生物) A piece of music(2-5音乐) A sign of friendship(1-1朋友) A waste of time(2-5音乐) Try many different styles of music(2-5音乐) A difficult period of life(1-5英雄) A set of sentences(1-5英雄) The rest of his life(1-5英雄) the spirit of the Olympics(2-2奥运) A sport of your choice(2-1古迹) Two sets of Games(2-2奥运) This special strain of rice (B4U2农业) An ear of rice (B4U2农业) a week of activities(B3U1节庆) students of agriculture (B4U2农业) When scientists look at it carefully they find high levels of fat. This is very worrying. (B3U2饮食)a second plate of dumplings

20. Exercise to the music(2-2奥运) The threats to the environment(2-4生物)

21. gold medal for the event(2-2奥运) I won a silver medal for my performance. (2-3电脑) The ticket for the concert(2-5音乐)

22. Read page after page of a book(2-1古迹) There was story after story of how Lin Qiao zhi, tired after a day’s work, went late at night to…(B4U1妇女)She threw the apples one after another. (2-2奥运)

23. The pictures above(2-3电脑)

24. Less than two hours(2-1古迹)

II. 介词+名词搭配

1. In a short period of time(1-5英雄) In a light rain(1-3游记) In the 1600s(1-2英语) In the mid-1980s(2-5音乐) In the early 1960s(2-3电脑) In the 1950s very few British people traveled abroad for their holidays and even fewer of them ate noodles. (B4U3幽默)

1. In the open air(1-4地震) In the wild(2-4生物) In peace(2-4生物) In my opinion(1-5英雄) (2-3电脑) In the thick rain forest(2-4生物) In your free time(2-5音乐) I shout in computer language. (2-3电脑) Write down your ideas in any order. (1-5英雄) He was not in good health(1-5英雄) We ran in that direction. (1-4地震) The winds blew upon the city from every direction. (1-4地震) Go away in different directions(2-5音乐) They are in danger of disappearing. (2-4生物) In return, the Czar gave the king a gift of friendship. (2-1古迹) He’s in rags. (B3U3 百万英镑)

2. They tried to break the law in a peaceful way(1-5英雄) Our band was formed in an unusual way. (2-5音乐) There was one band that started in a different way. (2-5音乐)In a way, my programmer is like my coach. (2-3电脑) In some ways they are different from one another. (1-2英语) This will help the wildlife in one way or another. (2-4生物) Ask for advice from your teacher. In this way you will become more confident. (2-2奥运) That way he got a large part of the software market. (1-5英雄) in a rude manner(B3U3 百万英镑)

3. On this important feast day, people might eat food in shape of skulls(B3U1节庆)

4. in less than two minutes(B3U1节庆)In less than a hundred years, we have found a new way to think of ourselves. (B3U4天文)

5. Charlie Chaplin was born in poverty in 1889 . (B4U3幽默)

6. When gold was discovered and thousands of people rushed there in search of it. (B4U3幽默)

7. They were lying in the open air under the stars. (B4U3幽默)

8. In Japan the festival is called Obon, when people should go to clean the graves and light incense in memory of their ancestors. The festival of Halloween had its origin as an event in memory of the dead. Another is Columbus Day in the USA, in memory of the arrival of Christopher Columbus in America. (B3U1节庆)These farms are thousands of square kilometres in size. (B3U5加拿大)We watched in shock and amazement as a large sun suddenly disappeared into the hole. (B3U4天文) There were signs and ads in French(B3U5加拿大)The earth exploded loudly with fire and rock, which in time to produce the water vapour. (B3U4天文)

9. Cut the mountains into two halves(1-3游记) The amber can be made into any shape. (2-1古迹) A trip into the countryside(1-2英语) (1-3游记) (1-4地震) Often he would work by candlelight into the evening. (1-2英语)

10. It’s all I have on me. (B3U3 百万英镑)They were on a trip to Canada to visit their cousins(B3U5加拿大)They visited Britain on a tour. (2-5音乐)On purpose(1-1朋友) On a magical journey(2-2奥运) Doctors will be on call 24 hours a day. (2-2奥运) On the football team(2-3电脑) There are many books on the Internet. (2-3电脑) Find the song on the Internet(2-5音乐) The information on the Internet may not be correct so always check it(B3U5加拿大)Go round the corner on your left-hand side. (1-2英语) Think about the problem on your own. (2-4生物) Of course she did not all the work on her own. (B4U1妇女)

11. The books describe people on the Mississippi. (B3U3 百万英镑)The water flows into the Niagara River and over the falls on its way to the sea. (B3U5加拿大)On this important feast day, people might eat food in shape of skulls, and cakes with “bones” on them. (B3U1节庆)There he started reading books on healthy eating. (B3U2饮食)On the way to the station(B3U5加拿大)Local Chinese food ,on the other hand, is full of fresh vegetables and fresh meat and fish. (B3U2饮食)

12. At about the same time(2-3电脑) At an altitude of(1-3游记) Be at meal, be at work, be at war, be at play, be at dinner(2-1古迹)At the edge of the area(2-4生物) It seemed that the world was at an end. (1-4地震) Twain left school at school at the age of twelve to look for work. (B3U3 百万英镑)At the Spring Festival(B3U1节庆)The train arrived in Montreal at dawn the next morning. (B3U5加拿大)

13. Go past by chance(2-5音乐) I have to admit that we won first place by chance.(2-5音乐) By the Internet(2-3电脑) By her bed(2-4生物) I’m hoping to find work. As a matter of fact, I landed in Britain by accident. (B3U3 百万英镑)by lunchtime(B3U2饮食)

14. He traveled to Europe to see the great buildings for himself. (2-1古迹) We have to speak for ourselves. (2-4生物) For a short while(1-2英语) Most people only use the dogs for competitions. (B3U5加拿大)For health reasons(1-4地震) “Twain” is an old word for “two.” (B3U3 百万英镑)When the plants grew into forests, reptiles appeared for the first time. (B3U4天文) His writing became famous for its description of common people and the way they talked. (B3U3 百万英镑)A good example for me(B4U1妇女)As a young man, he saw the great need for increasing the rice output. (B4U2农业)

15. To the north of the city(1-4地震) I have tired to find scientific answers to them. (B3U4天文) A visit to the moon (B3U4天文)

16. English changed over time. (1-2英语) The water went all over the floor. (1-4地震)

17. Under repair, under discussion, under research, under consideration, under development(2-4生物)

18. Below freezing(B3U1节庆)

19. That night, they slept as the train rushed through the night across the top of Lake Superior, through the great forests and southward towards Toronto. (B3U5加拿大)Too many young people are getting fat through eating too much fatty food. (B3U2饮食)

20. Dr Yuan awoke from his dream with the hope of producing a kind of rice that could feed more people. (B4U2农业) With the help of(2-3电脑)

21. From his point of view(1-5英雄) He became rich from the many novels and travel journals he wrote. (B3U3 百万英镑)Athletes from all over the world(2-2奥运) Fans from all over China(2-3电脑) Help is given to the pandas from all over the world. (2-4生物) From under their stomachs. (2-4生物)

22. During lunch breaks(1-5英雄)

23. The answers have always seemed well beyond our reach until now. (B3U4天文)

24. Around noon they arrived in Toronto, the most wealthy and biggest city in Canada. (B3U5加拿大)

25. I was worried about whether I would be out of work. (1-5英雄)

III. 复合介词或副词

1. right away(1-4地震) Right away he showed an interest in mathematics. (1-5英雄)

2. They went to bed as usual that night. (1-4地震) Everything was going as usual. (1-4地震)

3. Say flat instead of apartment in Britain. (1-2英语) Sand now filled the wells instead of water. (1-4地震) She persuaded us to cycle to work instead of taking the bus. (1-3游记) Instead of flying softly to earth I began to fall faster. (2-3电脑)

4. According to me, it is necessary. (1-1朋友)

5. The information must be facts rather than opinions(2-1古迹) She even began to enjoy eating all the vegetables raw rather than cooked. (B3U2饮食)They served raw vegetables with the hamburgers and boiled the potatoes rather than fried them(B3U2饮食)Rather than take the aeroplane all the way, they decided to fly from China to Vancouver(B3U5加拿大)

6. The largest English dictionary is Oxford English Dictionary, or OED for short. (1-2英语)

7. No one knows for certain how the islanders transported the statue. (2-1古迹) Nobody knows for sure. (2-4生物)

8. They played jokes on each other as well as played music. (2-5音乐) A gym as well as seats(2-2奥运) A huge park will be planned as well. (2-2奥运) He told her she could be thinner as well as healthy. (B3U2饮食)He told her she could be thinner as well as healthy if she ate more vegetables like beans. (B3U2饮食)They often provide salads as well as burgers and chips. (B3U2饮食)She felt very fit when she started eating more body-building foods as well as her usual energy–giving foods. (B3U2饮食)Amphibians were able to live on and as well as in the sea. (B3U4天文) As you go eastward, you will pass thousands of lakes, forests and wide rivers as well as cities. (B3U5加拿大)

9. Not long ago(2-1古迹) Not long ago a new species was discovered. (2-4生物) Not long ago there was a girl called Daisy. (2-4生物) Birds sing cheerfully in the forest, calling out the names from long ago. (1-3游记)

10. If others follow him, so much the better. (2-1古迹)

11. As for the bill, sir, please forget it. (B3U3 百万英镑)

12. The next morning I’d just about given myself up for lost when I was spotted by a ship. (B3U3 百万英镑)

13. Well, to be honest, I have none. (B3U3 百万英镑)

14. On the coast north of Vancouver some of the oldest and most beautiful forests in the world still remain. It’s about four hundred kilometres northeast of Toronto, so it would take too long.” (B3U5加拿大)It is in the farthest northeastern area of Canada, north of the Arctic Circle(B3U5加拿大)

15. Mammals produced their young from within their bodies. (B3U4天文) Cowboys come from all over North America to compete in riding wild horses. (B3U5加拿大)

16. He had walked all the way! (B3U3 百万英镑)

17. It is 5500 kilometres from coast to coast. (B3U5加拿大)They moved from one place to another. (1-2英语)

18. It’s dark in the day because we are so far north. (B3U5加拿大)

19. Until then everyone had thought chimps ate only fruit and nuts. (B4U1妇女)

20. Thanks to his research, the UN is trying to rid the world of hunger. (B4U2农业)

21. Because of her hard work the grain output was greatly increased. (B4U2农业)

22. In many ways, he is one of the farmers. (B4U2农业)

23. Indeed, he believes that a person with too much money has more, rather than fewer troubles. (B4U2农业) Organic farming also refers to crops growing with natural rather than chemical fertilizers. (B4U2农业)

24. However, using chemical fertilizers is a big problem. Firstly, leaving chemicals in the ground for a long time is not good for the soil or the water supply. Secondly, farmers often grow the same crop year after year. (B4U2农业)

25. Above all(2-5音乐)

26. Next to(2-1古迹) They should also grow different plants next to each other in the field. (B4U2农业)

27. The first time each year farmers should dig deeply, but the second time it should be less deep. (B4U2农业)

28. He used to walk to his rice fields twice a day. (B4U2农业)

29. Instead, organic farmers insist on changing crops every three years. (B4U2农业) Every four years(2-2奥运)

30. Farmers often grow the same crop year after year. As a result, the soil gets exhausted. (B4U2农业)

31. You are a producer of green food---that is to say your food is certain to be healthy.

32. Some humour can be cruel but some people seem to enjoy seeing other people’s bad luck at times. (B4U3幽默)

33. A year or so(2-5音乐) Sooner or later(2-5音乐)

34. The other day(2-5音乐)

35. As a matter of fact(1-5英雄) As a matter of fact, every country wants to host the Games. (2-2奥运)

36.

第三章 常见句型

第一节 基本结构

1). The way句式

1. You will hear the difference in the way people speak. (1-2英语)

2. Listen carefully to the way the boy is talking. (1-2英语)

3. I don’t understand the way that the word is used. (1-2英语)

4. The room was completed the way she wanted it. (2-1古迹)

5. The computer will change the way we do things(2-3电脑)

6. I decide to change the way I work. (2-3电脑)

7. They have built a PC the way we wanted. (2-3电脑)

8. They could tell this from the way the bones were joined together. (2-4生物)

9. Her work changed the way people think about chimps. (B4U1妇女)

10.

2). With+宾语+宾补

1. It has wide streets with trees in rows. (1-3游记)

2. We went to see the temple with floors made of silver. (1-3游记)

3. Have you ever dreamed of being in front of thousands of people, with everyone clapping? (2-5音乐) She turned round and there was an antelope with a sad face looking at her. (2-4生物)

4. On this important feast day, people might eat cakes with “bones” on them. (B3U1节庆)

5. The reporter showed many noodle trees with the farmers pulling noodles off them and putting them into baskets. (B4U3幽默)

3) Leave+宾语+宾语补足语句式

1. They are left in peace with no hunting(2-4生物)

2. Animals should be left in gardens. (2-2奥运)

3. Many children were left without parents. (1-4地震)

4. This means going back to a place where we left the chimp family sleeping in a tree the night before. (B4U1妇女)

5. She has argued for them to be left in the wild and not used for entertainment or advertisements. (B4U1妇女)

6. I left plenty of water boiling on the fire so you can make a cup of tea. (B4U3幽默)

7. Leaving chemicals in the ground for a long time is not good for the water supply. (B4U2农业)

8. Whatever the farmers grow they make sure that what is left in the ground after harvesting becomes a natural fertilizer for the next year’s crops. (B4U2农业)

9. His eyes stare at what is left of the brother’s dinner on the table(B3U3 百万英镑)

10. Nothing is left of the city. (1-4地震)

11. There are only 70000 antelopes left. (2-4生物)

4). 强调结构

1. It is because I haven’t been outdoors for so lon

徐凌云 刘艾琴

1. … VR can provide teenagers with another way to experience the world and make their dreams come true (P43)

make one’s dreams come true: realize/live one’s dream, turn one’s dream into a reality

为了实现你们的梦想,更重要是你们应该有信心。

, you should above of all have confidence.

2. An argument has been put forward that… (P43)

put forward (1) 提出,建议

他们在会上提出了一项建议. They at the meeting.

去年八月提出的和平计划还在讨论中. The peace plan last August is still under discussion.

(2)拨快

The clock has stopped. Please put forward the hands of it.

(3)推荐

我想推荐我的一个朋友担任这个职位. I’d like to for the position

put常用短语:

put(set,lay) aside put away put back

put down put off put on

put out put together put up

You can take anything from the shelf and read, but please _____the book when you’ve finished with them.

A. put on B. put down C. put back D. put off

The forest guards often find campfires that have not been _______ completely.

A. turned down B. put out C. put away D. turned over

Before the war broke out, many people ______ in safe places possessions they could not take with them.

A. threw away B. put away C. gave away D. carried away

3. Besides films, VR might also have some other uses. 除了电影之外,虚拟现实也许还有一些其它用途。

besides adv. & prep. in addition to; also除……之外还……(包括在内的除外),除汤姆去了以外,他们也都去了。They all went there Tom.

Do you play any other sports football and basketball?

I don’t like the color of the dress. , it’s too expensive.

except prep. & conj. not including; but not除……之外(不包括在内的除外),

except for: 除……之外(用以对整体肯定后面的部分局部否定

except that 后跟 从句

except wh--后跟 从句

他们都去了,只有汤姆没去。They all went there Tom.

I like all drinks whisky. (I don’t like whisky.)

The essay is well written a few spelling mistakes.

He is a good man hot temper.

I didn’t tell him anything I needed the money.

We went school it is on Sundays.

1. No one knew Mr. Benson’s address ____ his daughter.

A. except B. excepts C. only D. besides

2. Do you know any other foreign language _____ English?

A. except B. but C. beside D. besides

3. _____ his wife, his daughter also went to see him.

A. Beside B. Besides C. Except D. Except for

4. Does John know any other foreign language ____ French?

A. except B. but C. besides D. beside

5. I know nothing about the young lady _____ she pays the fare for me.

A. except B. except for C. except that D. besides

6 .The suit fitted him well _____ the color was a little brighter.

A. except for B. except that C. except when D. besides

4. For example, firefighters could be trained using RealCine without the risk of sending them into a burning building. (P43)

risk n.–冒险,风险

如果你听我的,就不会有什么损失钱的风险。

at/run/take the risk of 冒着……的危险

尽管暴风雪, 鱼民们冒险出海. Despite the storm, the fishermen

红军冒着生命危险游过河. The Read Army men to swim across the river.

risk v 冒险

He risked his life when he tried to save the child out of the fire.

我怎能冒险伤害他的感情? How can I his feelings?

●Word power

1. Mr Bezos thought that his efforts would end in failure. (P46)

end in以……为结果

His project a failure. The match a draw.

end (up) with in the end come to an end

put an end to sth

start with the aim of doing harm to others only to ruining oneself.

We were thinking about going to Switzerland, but we went to Austria.

Doctors are not allowed to a patient's life.

2. Some very interesting technologies are being developed at the moment. (P49)

at the moment现在 for the moment at any moment

for a moment

I'm afraid she's not here

Stop discussing , please.

I'm expecting her to come

He paused .他停了 一会儿。

The classroom is big enough __________, but we’ll have to move if we have more students. A. for the moment B. on the moment C. in a moment D. for a moment

3. He left university in order to concentrate on the writing. (P51)

concentrate集中于,专注于

I can't (专注于)my work with all that noise.

I'm going to concentrate on my writing for a while.

The company is concentrating on developing new products.

concentrated adj.

The company is making a concentrated effort to broaden its market.

Most of the country's population is concentrated in the north.

In the dry season, the animals tend to concentrate in the areas where there is water.

●Task-Writing a proposal

1. In my opinion, it is about time we had new computers. (P53) 我认为,是该我们有新电脑的时候了。

It’s (high/about) time (that)sb. did/should do sth.=It’s time for sb. to do sth.是某人该做某事的时候了。此句型从句通常要用虚拟语气,即从句的谓语动词用一般过去时或用should加动词原形.

你该走了。

It's high time that consumers tough with banks.(get).

It's high time something for the rural areas.(do)

It’s high time he a job. (find)

2. … we can only use one program at one time. (P53)

at one time 曾经,一度

以前,我经常饭后散步。

time 常用短语

ahead of time 提前 all the time一直,始终

at a time 一次,每次 at all times 随时,总是

at no time 从不,决不 at times 有时,间或

for the time being 暂时,眼下 from time to time 有时,不时

in no time 立即,马上 in time 及时,终有一天

on time 准时 once upon a time 从前

●Project---Writing a science fiction story

1. Scared and cold, the Time Traveller starts back towards the present. (P58) 又惊又冷,时光旅游者踏上了回到现在的旅程。

scared, cold 是形容词作伴随状语。形容词和形容词短语都可作伴随状语,表示主语实施谓语动作时伴随的状态。

One woman was lying in bed, (没有睡着), listening to the rushing winds。

They broke into the uncle's bedroom and found the man lying on the floor, . (死了)

Brave and strong, the activists talked to workers outside the factory and left a positive message about protecting the earth.

Full of fear, he ran away and dared not look back.

2. …, at a speed of 40,000 kilometres per second!(P58)

at full/top speed/at speed/with great/good speed以全速

at a speed of以…的速度

at a safe/dangerous/law/high以安全/危险/低/高的速度

pick up/gather speed 加快速度

speed (sth) up 加快速度

New maglev(磁力悬浮火车) train nowadays can travel at an amazing speed of 430 km/h.

He was driving at full speed down the motorway when it happened.

I think you need to speed up a bit (=drive faster) - we're going to be late.

More haste, less speed.欲速则不达.

●Self-assessment

1. 想象一下观众是一个以喜玛拉雅山为背景的互动电影中的人物。

2. 到达山顶时,观众就能体验到一种幸福感和成就感。

3. 观众会惊讶地发现那感觉是多么的真实。

4. 通过一根传感器吸管还可以将特殊的食品和饮料的化学物品输送到观众的嘴里。

5. 老师可以将学生置身于著名的战役之中,通过这样的方式再现历史;老师也可以通过允许学生扮演鲸鱼或者蚂蚁的方式来进行生物课的教学。

6. 电影中,正在进行一场世界杯的决赛,虚拟效果让该少年觉得自己刚刚进了一个决定胜负的球。

Module 8 unit 2 The universal language

Period One Welcome to the unit

Teaching aim

Let the students get familiar with the topic of music. Encourage the students to practice their spoken English by talking about their favourite kind of music and discussing the pictures.

Teaching important and difficult points

1. Relate the information given in the book to the students’ own experiences and let them get familiar with different kinds of music.

2. Let them talk about music fully and freely.

Teaching aids

A computer and a projector.

Teaching procedures:

Step I. Lead-in (Discussion)

Do you like music? Why or why not?

How many kinds of music do you know? Can you list some types of music?

What are the common topics of music

Step II. Ask the students to look at the pictures one by one on P17. Then ask some questions about each picture.

Step III. Enjoy some music and ask the students to tell what kind of music they are.

Step IV. Make up a dialogue.

Ask you partner what kind of music he/she likes best and why he/she likes about it.

Step V. Ask the students to tell a story about a famous musician. If there is no, introduce one to the students.

Step VI. Discussion.

Chinese opera is a kind of music with a long history. But some young Chinese don’t like it at all. Some even think that it is noisy. So what do you think about Chinese opera? How can we make more people interested in Chinese opera?

Step VII. Summary.

Step VIII. Homework.

Preview the reading part.

Period Two &Three Reading

Teaching Aims:

1. Learn and master the following words and expressions:

Cast; fall in love; feature; unconditional; be drunk with; exercise control over; break one’s promise; terrify; conduct

2. Train the students’ reading ability.

3. Get the students to learn about the Turandot..

Teaching Important Points:

1. Learn to use the following useful phrases:

Cast; fall in love; feature; unconditional; be drunk with; exercise control over; break one’s promise; terrify; conduct

2. Train the students’ reading ability.

Teaching Methods:

1. Fast reading to get a general idea of the text.

2. Careful reading to get the detailed information.

3. Pair or group work to make every student work in class.

Teaching Aids:

The multimedia

Teaching Procedure

Step 1 Greetings

Step 2 Lead-in

To start the lesson by asking the students some questions

Ask the students to talk freely in order to create an easy atmosphere to encourage the students to practise their spoken language. Ask the students to prepare some information in advance. Get the student to have a general idea of the opera.

Step 3 Reading Strategy

Explain the definition of a review to the students since different types of article have various ways of reading.

1. What’s the definition of a review?

A review is a report or an essay giving some information as well as some opinion or ideas about a book, performance, a painting or something similar.

2. What should we pay attention to while reading a review of an opera?

a. A review of opera usually starts with some background information.

b. The review can five some important such as the actor’s names and finally an evaluation.

c. The review may include lots of very descriptive words that reflect feelings.

Step 4 Fast reading

Ask the student to scan the text to finish the exercises in Part A

Step 5 Listening and comprehension

Listen to the recording and ask the students to finish the exercises on P 20 Part C1

Answers:

1. Because she felt that she could almost feel the history.

2. She is cold-hearted.

3. He was killed.

4. She does not have to marry him.

5. He promised to allow Turandot to choose her own husband.

6. Eight.

7. Turandot was played by Sharon Sweet from the USA, Liu was played by Barbara Hendricks from the USA and Calaf was sung by Kristian Johannsson form Iceland.

8. The bringing together of the group of people from many countries, the music and the setting.

Step 6 Post-reading

In order to have an accurate understanding of the text, ask the students to finish Part D on P20. And explain some more language points to the students.

1. witness n.

e.g. According to (eye) witnesses, the robbery was carried out by two teenage boys.

witness vt

witness doing sth

e.g. He arrived home just in time to witness his brother being taken away by the police.

2.star vt (e.g. The studio would like to star her in a sequel to last year’s hit.)

cast vt (e.g. The doctor decided not to cast his new film with big-name actors.)

3. setting n.

e.g. The play has its setting in a wartime prison.

be set in … (e.g. The story was set in Britain of the nineteenth century.)

4. take on

a. to accept a particular job or responsibility:

e.g. She took too much on and made herself ill.

b. to employ someone:

e.g. She was taken on as a laboratory assistant.

c. to compete against or fight someone:

e.g. The Government took on the unions and won.

d. to begin to have a particular quality:

e.g. Her voice took on a troubled tone.

5. exercise vt (to use one’s right, power or influence)

e.g. The young employer simply does not know how to exercise his power over his employees.

Since you’re a citizen of our country, you should exercise your right to vote.

6. be desperate to do desperate for sth.

( to be eager or in great need to do/for sth.)

e.g. The old man was desperate to see his son, Who had left home to study abroad.

The boy is desperate for a new pair of football shoes.

7. leave vt 常用“leave+宾语+宾补”结构

(to let sb. do sth. or be in a state/to let sth. be in a state )

e.g. My grandma is over 80 years old, so do not want to leave her alone at home.

The poor farmer died, leaving his wife and three children in poor conditions.

When the couple went on holiday, they left their pet dog in the care of a friend.

8. transform vt (to make a complete change of the appearance or character of)

e.g. Plenty of rain might transform the area from a desert into a place full of plants.

It is said that the old railway station built about 100 years ago will soon be transformed into a railway museum.

Step 7 Homework

Period Four Word power

Teaching Aims:

1. Learn to read a passage of something about an orchestra and instruments used in an orchestra.

2. Enlarge the students’ vocabulary.

Teaching Important Points:

1. Understand the meanings of words and expressions related to an orchestra.

2. Master the words in this part and use them freely.

Teaching Difficult Points:

1. Knowing the main idea of the passage.

2. Remember some new words about an orchestra.

Teaching procedures:

Step 1 Greetings

1. Greet the whole class as usual.

2. Check their homework if any.

Step 2 Brainstorming

1. What is an orchestra like?

2. What kind of music is performed by an orchestra? (classical music/opera)

3. Do you know any famous orchestras in China or in other countries around the world?

Step 3 Vocabulary learning

1. Read the web page in Part A carefully, and then complete the following chart written on the blackboard.

Complete Part B individually and then check answers with a partner to see if they have got the answers.

Suggested answers:

strings: harp, violas, double basses

brass: saxophones, trombones, tubas

woodwind: oboes, bassoons, piccolos

percussion: timpani, xylophones, gongs

2. Read the report and complete Part C individually referring to Parts A and B.

Suggested answers:

(1) orchestra (2) chamber (3) symphony

(4) strings (5) brass (6) violins

(7) cellos (8) brass (9) trumpets

(10) Flutes (11) woodwind (12) bass drums

Step 4 Vocabulary extension

Please focus on Part D and complete it individually.

Answers to D:

the instruments in red: strings

the instruments in blue: woodwind

the instruments in green: brass

the instruments in yellow: percussion

Step 5 Homework

Period Five& Six Grammar and Usage

Teaching Aim:

Introduce the ellipsis.

Teaching Important Point:

The basic usage of the ellipsis and learn to use it in different situations.

Teaching Difficult Point:

How to help the students learn when to use ellipsis and how to use it correctly.

Teaching Methods:

Teaching and practicing.

Individual or pair work.

Teaching Aid:

Multimedia.

Teaching procedures:

Step1: Introduction to ellipsis

Ellipsis means leaving out words of a sentence when the meaning can still be understood. Ellipsis is used when you do not want to repeat words or phrases that are obvious. You’re to learn when to use ellipsis and how to use it correctly.

Step 2: Presentation

Sentences on the blackboard

- How is your cousin today? ---(She is )Much better.

(You) Open the the window, please!

(It) Sounds fine to me.

(It is a ) Pity our teacher couldn’t come.

(Is there) Anything wrong?

(Have you) Found your pencil?

Read these sentences and point put the words that have been left out in each sentence.

Step 3: Instructions

1. Go over Part 1& Part 2

Ellipsis is often used in imperative sentences, in short responses, in infinitive phrases and in informal English. Ellipsis is also used after hence, some prepositions or than. You should pay attention to the case in which ellipsis is used when two clauses with the same pattern and the same verb are used in a sentence.

Read the examples in Point 2 and get to know that in some special styles, words are left out just to save space and time. When it comes to signs and labels, newspaper headlines, instructions, postcards, diaries and notes, ellipsis is often used.

2. More examples

Step 4: Practices

1. Read Part A carefully and find out the words that can be left out.

Answers:

Singer: It was a real privilege for me to be cast. It had always been one of my strongest desires to have a part in Turandot.

Jane: How were you hired for the job?

Singer: Well, I’m a musical performer,………One day, saw a poster that the production company’s Personnel Department had put up saying that they were looking for singers. I applied for the job, and they sent me an invitation to try out for a part in the chorus.

Jane: Was it difficult to try out?

Singer: Yes, it was difficult……

……

Singer: The best part was visiting Beijing because the performance was staged in the Forbidden City.

……

Singer: Yes, I would like to visit Beijing again.

Jane: Well, it’s been fun talking to you. I thank you for your time.

2.Read the instructions in Part B and finish the part individually.

Answers:

1 b 2 c 3 a 4 d 5 e

1 Bob James, the pop star dies of drug abusing.

2 This is the door to the stage.

3 The performance last night was not as good as usual.

4 Please handle this with care.

5 Turandot is really a wonderful performance, and the setting is fantastic too.

3. Do Part C1 and C2 on page110 of the Workbook. After doing the two exercises, they will know more clearly how to use ellipsis correctly.

Step 5: Exercises

1. - Are there any English story books for us students in the library?

- There are only a few, ___________.

A. if any B. if there C. if some D. if has

2. - Would you like to go with us?

- Yes, _____________.

A. I'd B. I'd like C. I'd like to D. I'd like to do

3. - Would you like to have a try once again?

- ________________.

A. Yes, I like B. No, I don’t like it

C. Yes, I want very much D. Yes, I’d like to

4. - What do you think made Mary so upset?

- ___________ her bicycle.

A. As she lost B. Lost C. Losing D. Because of losing

5. - When did they get down to the job?

- _______________.

A. Until they left B. Till they arrived

C. Since they finished it D. Not until they turned to me

6. - Are you angry?

- Yes. He should at least answer when _____________.

A. speaking B. spoken to C. spoken D. speaking to

7. Be careful while _________ the street.

A. to cross B. crossing C. he crosses D. being cross

8. _______ us for a dinner, don’t you?

A. Don’t you join B. Join C. Have to join D. Let’s join

9. I promise we’ll be there at 6, _________.

A. rainy or shine B. rains or shining

C. rain or shine D. rain or shining

10. In the car accident the child was hurt, but ___________.

A. the mother is killed B. the mother killed

C. the mother being killed D. the mother has killed

11. __________ I don’t remember where I met him.

A. Fact is which B. what the fact is that

C. The fact is what D. Fact is

12. He raised his hand __________ silence.

A. as if to command B. as though he going to command

C. as though to command D. as of he commanding

13. Francis Preston Blair, Jr., _________ born in Kentucky, lived and practiced law in Missouri.

A. was B. he was C. although D. who he was

14. We are to install this instrument ____________.

A. as originally planned B. as it originally planned

C. as was originally planned D. as it being originally planned

15. __________, people and objects are presented in a flat, often angular, abstract manner in Jacob

Lawrence’s paintings.

A. Always able to recognize B. The ability to recognize always

C. While always recognizable D. Always can be recognized

Answers:

1-5 ACDCD 6-10 BBBCB 11-15 DCCAC

Period Seven& Eight

Task Writing a website negative emotional language

Teaching Aims:

1. To train the students’ ability of listening and writing.

2. To master the skills in the writing of the life story of a composer

3. To practise writing the life story of a composer

Teaching procedure:

Step 1 Review the last period of the unit

Skills building 1: listening for facts about people

When we are listening for facts about people, there are certain things we need to listen for. These includes:

1. date when they were born and died

e.g. He/She was born/died on 26 May 1962.

2. places where they were born or died. These might be or countries.

e.g. He/She was born in London, England.

3. specific things that they did in their life. This will include dates and places such as when and where they got married or had a child, etc.

e.g. He married Jane in Paris in 1999.

4. information about why they did something and who or what influenced them.

e.g. He wrote this opera because he liked East Asia.

Step 2 Listening

While listening to the recording, ask the students to apply listening skills in practical use, such as note taking. The teacher should be responsible for the speed of the recording and make sure the student can finally understand the text as a whole. After the teacher can check the answers with the students.

Step 3 Table fill-in

In this section, the students first are required to go through three passages on p 27. Since during the listening we have just finished part of the exercise, the teacher can design a skimming and scanning practice here, asking the students to find the relevant information of the table provided on P 26. And later ask the students to check their answers by presentation.

Skills building 2: finding out about people’s lives

Sometimes you need to find out about people’s lives. You can start by asking the following questions.

Which city/country was he/she born in?

When was he/she born?

What instruments did he/she play?

When was …written?

When did he/she die?

Where did he/she die?

Did he/she have brothers/sisters? What were their names?

When did he/she get married?

Who did he/she marry?

Can you tell me any other information about him/her?

Is there anything else you can tell me about him/her?

Step 2 asking for further information

In this section, the students are supposed to work in pair to practice the skills in skills buildings 2. The teacher can encourage the students to pracise their spoken language during this part, and later the teacher can also provide the sample answers to the students.

Skills building 3: writing someone’s life story

When writing someone’s life story on an exhibition board, you need to:

1. Start with his/her name as a little with the dates of his/her birth and death underneath.

2. Perhaps use a timeline to illustrate what the person did in his/her life.

3. Write the information in the order that it happened.

4. Include pictures to make it attractive.

Step 3: writing the life story of a composer

In this section, the students should apply their learned skills to practical use. First they have to collect some facts about the composers, find out about people’s lives and then write someone’s life story. The teacher first of all should remind the students of these steps and then give some instructions to the students. If it is needed, the teacher can also give the students a sample writing to show how they are supposed to phrase their article.

Step 4 Homework

Prepare for next period.

Period Nine& Ten Project The universal language

Teaching aim

Help students use what they have learnt to finish a project by working together.

Teaching important and difficult points

1. Help the students understand the text to collect as much information as they can.

2. Ask the students to have a discussion about which singer or band they will focus on, what they will include in the project and how they can organize their webpage.

Teaching aids

A computer and a projector.

Teaching procedures:

Step 1 Dictation.

Step 2 Lead-in

In this unit, we have discussed different kinds of music. So today let’s have a closer look at the history and development of pop music.

Step 3 First reading

Ask the students to read the article “From jazz to pop” and then answer the questions.

What is this text mainly about?

It is about the history and development of pop music.

How many periods can pop music be divided into according to the writer?

Five periods. Early jazz, swing music, R&B, rock and roll, and 1960s pop music.

Step 4 Second reading

Read different parts of the text on by one.

Early jazz

1. What was the most important instruments used in jazz?

The trumpet is one of the most important instrument used in jazz

2. Who is considered as one of the founding fathers of jazz?

Louis Armstrong

From wing music to rock and roll

1. What is the difference between swing music and traditional jazz?

Swing music is faster than traditional jazz and have a sort of swinging feel to the music.

2. What are included in “big bands”?

Big bands included a pianist a violinist and a bassist, as well as others.

3. Who is considered as one of the pioneers of rock and roll?

Big Joe Turner.

1960s pop music

1. Which band was the most successful rock and roll band of the 1960s?

The Beatles.

2. What is “Beatlemania”?

The phenomenon that masses of fans of the Beatles welcome this band at the airport.

Step 5 Finish exercises B1 and B2 on the page 109

Step 6 Discussion.

Work in groups to discuss how to research and what to research about a singer or a band and then answer the questions in part B.

Step 7 Homework

Each group should choose a singer or a band to research and then divide the work among group members. Each group member will be responsible for searching for some information. Use the information collected to make a webpage after class and present them to the class on the display wall.

Module8 unit2

Reading 中知识点

1. universal adj 普遍的,共通的,公认的,宇宙的。

War causes universal misery. 战争造成了普遍的痛苦。

Television provides universal entertainment。 电视提供了大众娱乐。

a universal rule 普遍适用的规则。

2.star. vt. star (in sth) be a star ( in a play, film, etc.)在(戏剧,电影中)担任主角,主演

She is to star in a new film .她将主演一部新影片。

star sb. (in sth) present sb. As a star, feature sb.使某人担任主演,由某人主演。

My favourite film stars Marilyn Monroe.

我最喜欢的电影由玛丽梦露主演。

The director wanted to star Michael Caine in his new film.

这位导演想让麦克尔。凯恩主演他的新片子。

stardom n.明星或主演的地位,身份。

3.cast vt. (pt ,pp. cast) give (an actor ) a part in a play由……主演,使……成为明星,由……担任主角

cast sb.(as sb) , cast sb. (in sth)

He was cast as Othello/ in the role of Othello.

他将被选派担任奥赛罗这一角色。

4.outdoor adj [attr 作定语]of used in, done in or existing in the open air(outside a building or a house) 户外的,户外用的,露天的

outdoor activities 户外活动

outdoor clothing 户外穿的衣服

outdoor sport 户外运动

outdoors adv.在户外 ,在露天,在外面

Indoor adj. Indoors adv.

5.be drunk with 醉心于……,沉溺于…… 由于…… 而忘乎所以

It’s reported that many middle school students are drunk with playing computer games.

The young couple were drunk with their happy and peaceful life.

6.dare vi (with or without to),1)(用或不用 to,)敢于,敢 胆敢。

He didn’t dare (to) go

I wonder how he dares (to) say such things.

I’ve never dared (to ) ask him

2) Take the risk of, face。 敢冒(危险):面对;不惧

He will dare any danger. 他敢冒任何危险。

3)dare sb (to do sth.) challenge; suggest that sb has not the courage or ability to do sth. 挑激,暗示某人无勇气或能力做某事。

I dare you to say that again! 我谅你也不敢再说这样的话。

He dares me to jump from the bridge into the river.他激将我从桥上跳到河里。

daring n冒险精神,勇气,勇敢

lose one’s daring 失去勇气

adj. brave.勇敢的。胆大的

a daring robbery.胆大的抢劫

What a daring thing to do!这真是件有胆量的人做的事。

7.exercise. vt. employ, make use of 应用,运用

exercise control over.对 …..实施.控制 ,控制

exercise patience 运用耐心

exercise authority over sb 对.……使用权威

exercise one’s rights行使权 利

8.break one’s promise 食言, 收回承诺。

keep one’s promise遵守诺言。

9.recite vt背诵,朗诵;叙述,描述,列举,一一说出。

He recited his poem in front of the whole class.

他当着全班的面背诵了他自己的一首诗。

The mayo recited to the Queen a long and tedious speech of welcome

市长向女王背诵了一篇又长又臭的欢迎词。

recite one’s grievances 描述某人的苦难。

recite the names of all the capital cities of Europe

列举欧洲各国的首都的名字

10.terrify vt .(pt,pp terrified)fill with fear.使恐怖,使惊恐。

The child was terrified of being left alone in the house.

那孩子因为一个人在家而感到害怕。

She was terrified out of her wits.

她吓的魂不附体

What a terrifying experience!

多可怕的一次经历!

terrifying adj terrified adj

11.torture vt.&n cause severe suffering to 使受剧烈痛苦,折磨。

Many of the prisoners have been tortured.

许多囚犯都被刑讯逼供过。

Don’t torture yourself by thinking those unpleasant things.

别再想那些不愉快的事情来折磨你自己了。

torture a man to make him confess sth.

拷打一个人使其招供

Recently he was tortured with great anxiety.

最近他为烦恼所苦。

torture n.拷打,拷问,酷刑逼供;(精神或肉体上的)折磨,煎熬,痛苦

The confession was made under torture.

这份供词是严刑逼供得来的。

A whole day without chocolate must be torture for you。

一整天没有巧克力吃肯定让你难受。

12.stage. vt put on the stage, put before the public.

To stage ‘Hamlet’

上演‘哈姆雷特’

This drama was well/badly staged

这剧本适合/不适合上演。

The group of students staged a drama written by themselves.

这群学生把自己写的戏剧搬上了舞台。

13.condemn vt 1)say that sb is ,or has done, wrong or that sth is wrong, faulty of unfit for use 责备,责难,谴责 指摘,指…..为不当

condemn sb for sth

We all condemn cruelty to children

我们都一致谴责虐待儿童。

Everyone condemned his foolish behaviour.

每个人都责备他愚蠢的行为。

The newspapers condemned the Prime minister for his attitude toward the event.各报纸因为首相对此事的态度而责难他。

2)(legal) give judgement against condemn sb (to) (法律)判罪;处刑

condemn a murder to life imprisonment.

判凶手无期徒刑

be condemned to death被处死

Sentences and phrases in the text.

1. line 5 He likes East Asia very much and also wrote Madam Butterfly, which is set in Japan.

他非常喜欢东亚,还创作了以日本为背景的《蝴蝶夫人》。

be set in 以……为背景.

The story was set in Britain of the 19th century.

这个故事以19世纪的英国为背景。

2.Line10. Just imagine performing such an opera in the Forbidden City – there could not be a better setting.

想想在紫禁城里上演这部戏剧吧----- 不可能有比这更好的场景了!

1) imagine doing sth.想象做……

2) there could not be a better setting. 不可能有比这更好的场景了!

Eg. I could not agree more. 我非常同意你。

You could not find a better friend than him.你不能找到一个比他更好的朋友了。(他是你能找到的最好的朋友)

3.line27 Turandot is desperate to learn his name and threatens and terrifies liu because she knows his name.

图兰朵不顾一切的想知道卡拉夫的名字,她威胁恐吓柳儿,因为柳儿知道卡拉夫的名字。

be desperate to do不顾一切的做…… be dying/hungry/thirsty to do .

4.line31. Then Calaf says his own name aloud, leaving his future in Turandot’s hands.

然后卡拉夫大声的说出了自己的名字,把自己的未来托付给图兰朵的手上。

leave sth in one’s hands把……托付到某人的手上。

Eg. We should leave our happiness in someone else’s hands.

5 line39 the production combined the very best of Western and Chinese talents in music ,tagging and directing.

这次演出结合了中西方最优秀的音乐,演艺及导演人才。

Combine the very best of A ,B,and C 结合了A,B,C的优点

6.line47. However, in this wonderful production, it has been transformed into the location for a beautiful and heartbreaking love story.

但是,在这次精彩的演出中,它变成了一个美丽而令人心碎的故事的发生地。

transform sth (into sth) change the shape ,appearance, quality or nature of

eg. Success and wealth transformed his character

a caterpillar(毛虫) is transformed into a butterfly

Grammar 中知识点

1.Privilege n. 特别待遇,特权

Education should be a universal right and not a privilege.

教育应当是全民的权利,而是某部分人特别享有的。

You can enjoy all the benefits and privileges of club membership.

你可以享有俱乐部成员的一切福利和优惠。

privileged adj. 有特权的,受特别优待的

Those in authority were in a privileged position.

有地位自有特权。

She comes from a privileged background.

她出身特权阶层。

2. desire vt. 愿望;渴望;欲望

n. a strong desire for power. 强烈的权利欲

Enough money to satisfy all your desires足够的钱来满足你所有的欲望。

She felt an overwhelming desire to return home.

have desire to do 渴望做某事

v. We all desire health and happiness.

The house had everything you could desire.要什么有什么。

3.hire vt. 雇佣,租用,出租

The young couple hired a wedding dress.

hire a car/room/video /a lawyer/consultant …聘请律师/顾问

She was hired three years ago. 她是三年前录用的。

He does the hiring and firing in our company.

他在我们负责员工的辞退的录用。

4.performer n表演者

Performance n. 表演,演出

The performance starts at seven.

an evening performance 晚场演出

Perform v.做,执行,履行; 演出

To perform an experiment/ a miracle/ a ceremony

做实验/创奇迹/举行仪式

I’d like to hear it performed live. 我希望听现场演出。

Perform magic tricks 表演魔术

The play was first performed in 1987.

5. personnel n. 人员/员工

(1)(组织或军队中)全体人员,职员

Skilled /trained personnel 熟练的/训练有素的人员

Sales/technical/medical/security personnel 推销/技术/医务/保安人员

Army/military personnel 陆军/军事人员

(2)人事部门 the personnel department / manager 人事部门/人事经理

She works in lersonnel.她在人事部工作。

Personal adj. 个人的,私人的,本人的

personal belongings 私人财产

6.Tremble 颤抖,发抖 tremble with anger 气得发抖

v. My legs were trembling with fear.

Her voice trembled with excitement.

He opened the letter with excitement.

n. There was a tremble in his voice.

A tremble of excitement / fear

7. apply for 申请

Apply for a scholarship /visa 申请奖学金/护照

Apply a theory to practice

Apply oneself to…致力于

Task 中知识点

1. Status n. 地位;身份;情形,状态

Legal status 合法地位

Low status jobs 地位低下的工作

To leave a high social status 拥有很高的社会地位

Women are only asking to be given equal status with men.

妇女只是追求得到和男人平等的地位。

2. composer n.创作者,作曲家(尤指古典音乐)

compose v.(1) 组成,构成(一个整体)

Ten men composed the committee. 委员会由十人组成

(2)作曲,创作(音乐)

Mozart composed his last opera shortly before he died.

莫扎特在创作出他最后一部歌剧后不久便去世了。

3. bachelor n.单身汉;学士学位

a bachelor’s /master’s/doctor’s degree

a Bachelor of Arts/Engineering/Science 文学士/工程学士/理学士

4. fame 名声,名誉,名气

to win/achieve instant fane 立即赢得名声

fame and fortune 名利

project中知识点

1. essential adj.

(1) 本质的,实质的

The essential difference between us is that I take life seriously.

(2) 基本的;必需的

essential services such as shops and buses. 诸如商店,公交车之类的基本服务

essential vitamins/minerals/nutrients 身体健康所必需的维生素/矿物质/营养

Light is essential for the healthy development of plants.

光对于植物的健康成长是必不可少的。

2.decline 衰弱;衰败

v. Support for the party continues to decline.

Decline steadily/ sharply/ rapidly/dramatically 稳步下降/迅速下降

n. a rapid/sharp/gradual/steep/dramatic decline

迅速/急剧/逐渐下降

An increase in cars has resulted in the decline of public transport.

3.trend n. 倾向,趋势,潮流

Economic/ social/political trends 经济/社会/政治趋势

We’ve seen a trend towards more violent films this year.

我们看到今年有更加暴力的方向发展的趋势。

The latest trends in popular music. 流行音乐的最新趋势

4.discrimination n.

sexual /age/racial discrimination 性别、年龄、种族歧视

discrimination against women 对女性的歧视

4.promoter

He is an enthusiastic promoter of good causes.

他是公益活动的热心推广者。

Promote v.提升,晋级;促进,推广,促销

The band has gone on tour to promote their new album.

这个乐队开始巡回宣传他们的新唱片。

Promotion n.提升,提拔

Her job is mainly concerned with sales and promotion.

她的工作主要是营销和广告宣传方面。

5.make a fortune 发财,赚钱

He made a fortune in real astate.

他在房地产上发了财。

On one’s way to fame and fortune 名利双收的路上

He made a considerable fortune by selling waste materials.

他靠卖废料发了财。

inherit a large fortune 继承一大笔财产

seek one’s fortune寻出路(喻)去淘金

try one’s fortune碰运气

fortune teller占卜者,算命者

6. prayer n. 祈祷,祈求,愿望

He was a firm believer in the power of prayer.

他对祈祷的力量 信无疑

He arrived, as if in answer to her prayers.

他终于来了,好像他的祷告很灵验。

Evening/morning/daily prayers 早晚每日祷告

A prayer for rain/successs/forgiveness

祈雨、祈求成功、宽恕

Pray for They prayed for peace.

Pray to God to do He prayed to God to save him.

7.cut short

cut sb. short 打断某人说话 

It’s bad manners to cut someone short in a conversation.

Cut sth short I’m sorry we had to cut our visit short.

很遗憾,我们不得不缩短访问时间。

Cut down 砍倒,夺去

Cut up 切掉,切断,断绝

Cut off删除

8.be drafted into 征召…入伍

He was drafted into the army in 1982.

draft vt. 起草,草拟;征召…入伍

    n.草稿

The government’s first task was to a new constitution for the country.

first/final draft 初稿、终稿

I showed David a draft of the letter.

他给大卫看了信的草稿。

9.regain

You should soon regained your appetite.你不久又会恢复食欲。

After losing the second set, Fowler regained his confidence and won the third set.输掉第2 轮后,fowler又重拾信心,赢得了第3轮。

Regain consciousness 恢复知觉

10.Appeal n.(1)吸引力,感染力

Mass/wide/popular appeal 对大众的/广泛的/普遍的感染力

The Beatles have never really lost their appeal.

The prospect of living in a city holds little appeal for me.

(2)呼吁,诉请

To launch a TV appeal for donations to the charity

通过电视呼吁为该慈善事业捐款

v. The design has to appeal to all ages and social groups.

设计要雅俗共赏,老幼皆宜。

Police have appealed for witnesses to come forward.

警方呼吁证人要挺身而出。

11.Break up 解散,解体,分手

The meeting broke up at 11 o’clock.

Their marriage has broken up .(结束,破裂)

The ship broke up on the rocks 船触礁撞碎了。(粉碎,破裂)

Break down 出毛病/抛锚

Break into 突然闯入

Break out (战争,火灾等)发生,爆发

Break out of 摆脱束缚

12.phenomenon n. 现象 phenomena (复数)

Cultural/natural/social/phenomena

文化/自然/社会现象

Terrorism is a phenomenon of the 20th century.

恐怖主义是20世纪的现象。

13. Mental

Mental health/illness/problems

Mental age 智力年龄/心理年龄

Mental disorder/hospital 精神紊乱/精神病院

She was suffering from physical and mental exhausitions.

她当时已经是筋疲力尽。

主备人:徐育兵 再备人:高二英语备课组成员 审核人:李家圣

一.导入

同学们,本单元语法部分我们要学习和总结的是与现在时间相关的各种时态。学习这个专题之前,我们先请大家回答第一个问题:

1.请问与现在时间相关的时态有哪些?

_____________________________ _______________________ ____________________ ______________________________

对了,有以上4个,你回答的很轻松。我们的第二个问题是:这些时态分别有哪些特征和用法呢?高考的考点又有哪些呢?要回答这个问题,可能你感到就不那么轻松了。不要紧,请跟着我们的学案一起来学习和总结吧。相信聪明的你在学习了本学案后,一定会成为时态高手:

二.各现在时态的特征与用法

(一)、一般现在时

一般现在时的基本特征

一般现在时主要强调一种事实、经常发生的动作或存在的状态。

1)动词 be除第一人称单数用am,第三人称单数用is外,其余一律用are。

2)动词have除第三人称单数用has外,其余一律用have。

3)行为动词:行为动词的一般现在时形式,除第三人称单数由动词原形加词尾-s或-es构成(其构成法和读音与名词复数同)时,其余一概与动词原形同形。

一般现在时的考查要点

1)表示一种习惯性的、永久性的或者反复发生的动作。经常与表频率的时间状语连用。

例如:

①I go to school every day.我每天上学。

②She always takes a shower every morning.她每天早晨淋浴。

③He speaks Chinese.他讲中文。

④He smokes too much.他烟抽得太多。

⑤We always care for each other and help each other.

2)表达一种一般性的陈述或者谚语;客观事实或者普遍原理。在这种情况下无须考虑特定的时间。例如:

①Practice makes perfect.熟能生巧。

②Actions speak louder than words.事实胜于雄辩。

③His family comes from Hong Kong.他们一家是香港人。

④The English Channel separates Britain and France.

英吉利海峡把英国和法国分开。

3)在时间或条件状语从句中表示将来的动作。例如:

① When you come tomorrow, I'll show you the stamps.明天你来时,我再给你看邮票。

②If you go to school, you will meet our new English teacher.

你如果去上学,就会见到我们的新英语老师。

③Don't write until I tell you.等我叫你写的时候再写。

特别注意:由if 引导的条件状语从句中可以用shall或will表“意愿”,但不表示时态。

If you will accept my invitation and come to our party, my family will be pleased.

如果你愿意接受并参加我们的舞会,我的家人会非常高兴。

4)表示知觉、态度、感情、某种抽象的关系或概念的词常用一般现在时:see、hear、smell、taste、feel、notice、agree、believe、like、hate、want、think、belong seem等。如:

①I know what you mean.

②Smith owns a car and a house.

③All the students here belong to No.1 Middle School.

5)有时放在直接引语中。例如:

“That's a nice picture,”she said. 她说那是一幅漂亮的图画。

可以用其他的时态来表达,但此时用一般现在时态更生动。

6)有时可以表达已经作出决定而将要发生的动作。这类动词主要是表示起止或者位移的动词,如come、go、leave、arrive、fly、return、start、begin、pen、close、end、stop等常用一般现在时代替将来时,表示一个按规定、计划或安排要发生的动作。当be表示根据时间或事先安排,肯定会出现的状态,只用一般现在时。例如:

①My train leaves at 8:00.我乘坐的火车八点钟开。

②The Thompsons arrive at 7 o'clock this evening.汤普森一家人将于今晚七时到达。

③The shop closes at 11:00 p.m. every day.

7)用在感叹句中。例如:

①Here comes the bus!公共汽车来了。

②There goes our train!我们的火车开走了。

③Here they are!他们在这儿呢!

问题:学习了以上七大用法后,你能就每种用法各造一个句子吗?

1.____________________________________________________________

2. ____________________________________________________________

3. ____________________________________________________________

4. ____________________________________________________________

5. ____________________________________________________________

6. ____________________________________________________________

7. ____________________________________________________________

(二)、现在进行时

现在进行时的基本特征

现在进行时是我们较早接触到的一种时态了。想必大家对它的基本特征和基本用法一定不陌生。所以请回答我们的问题:请分别写出现在进行时在主动语态和被动语态中的基本构成形式:

主动语态

被动语态

一般现在时的用法与考查要点

1.表示正在进行的动作。

这是现在进行时的最基本用法,大家一定不陌生,所以请你举出这种用法的几个例子:

2.表示按计划安排即将发生的动作。例如:

She is leaving for Beijing.她要去北京。

He is working as a teacher tomorrow.从明天起他要做老师。

My father is coming to see me this Saturday.这个星期六我爸爸要来看我。

问题:请就现在进行时的这种用法,造出更多的句子:

3.代替一般现在时,描绘更加生动。例如:

The Changjiang River is flowing into the east.江水滚滚向东流。

The sun is rising in the east.太阳从东方冉冉升起。

4.注意点:大多数动词可用于进行时,但也有些动词不用于进行时。常见的有:exist,live,understand,mean,owe,belong to ,know,doubt,suppose,remember,forget,

believe,trust,want,wish,refuse,like,hate,dislike,prefer,mind,hope等。

拓展性学习--现在进行时特殊用法

同学们,了解了现在进行时的以上几大用法后,你是否对现在进行时的用法已经grasp了呢?不过,如果你想对现在进行时达到master的程度,那就请跟着我们的学案,继续了解现在进行时以下几种特殊用法:

1.表示“在做某事的过程中”,此时动作不一定正在发生。例如:

Next I'll give you a few minutes to read the article.When you are reading,make a mark where there is a new word.现在我给你们几分钟时间读一下这篇文章。在读的过程中,在有生词的地方作以标记。

2.表示按计划、方案或安排而进行的将来的动作。在这种情况下谓语动词多为非延续性动词,如come,go, leave,move,die,start,stop,arrive等,及少数延续性动词,如spend,stay等。例如:

She is leaving for Guangzhou next week.她下星期就要去广州了。

We are spending the whole summer holiday inBeijing soon.不久我们要在北京度过整个暑假。

Where are you staying in Guangzhou?在广州你打算住什么地方?

3.与副词forever,always,constantly等连用,表示赞成、厌烦、生气等情绪。例如:

She is always talking loudly in our class.她总是在我们班上吵吵嚷嚷的。(表示厌烦)

She's constantly changing her mind.她老是改变主意。(表示不以为然)

He is forever complaining about his job.他总是对他的工作提出抱怨。(表示厌烦)

4.teach,work,live,study等表示状态的动词使用现在进行时可表状况,与一般现在时区别不大。例如:

I’m studying in No.1Middle School.我在一中学习。(相当于:I study in No.1Middle School.)

My brother is working in a big factory.我哥哥在一家大工厂工作。(相当于:My brother works in a big factory.)

5.表示目前经常发生的动作,然而此时动作不一定正在进行之中。例如:

But scientists are working hard to turn them into realities.但是科学家们正在努力使它们(想法)变为现实。

These workers are building a bridge over the river these days.这些天来这些工人们正在那条河上建一座桥。

6.表示身体感觉的动词,如hurt,ache,feel等使用现在进行时和一般现在时区别不大。例如:

How are you feeling today?你今天感觉怎样?(相当于:How do you feel today?)

7.表达婉转语气。例如:

I'm hoping to hear from you soon.我希望尽快收到你的来信。

在运用现在进行时的时候,我们也应该注意有些表示状态或感觉的动词极少用于进行时,若出现进行时态形式,那词义就可能发生变化。如want,see,send,love,like,hate,need, prefer,know,fit,remember,understand,believe,guess,suppose,belong,seem,suggest,suit,find,hear等。试比较下面的句子:

Do you see the bus coming?(不可以说:Are you seeing the bus coming?)

He is seeing a friend off at the station.

(三)、现在完成时

现在完成时基本结构

现在完成时用来表示之前已发生或完成的动作或状态,其结果的确和现在有联系。动作或状态发生在过去 但它的影响现在还存在;也可表示持续到现在的动作或 状态。其构成: have (has) +过去分词。

问题:请现在完成时写出不同人称做主语的几个句子:

现在完成时用法

复习了的基本结构,现在让我们来总结一下它的常见用法:

(1)表示动作发生在过去某个不确定的时间,但对现在留下了某种影响和结果。常被just、already、yet 等副词修饰。如:

-Have you had lunch yet? -Yes,I have. I've just had it.

你(已经)吃午饭了吗? 我刚刚吃过。(现在我不饿了)

(2)表示从过去某一时刻开始一直持续到现在的动作或状态。这个动作可能刚停止,可能仍然在进行。常带有for和since等表示一段时间的状语。 如:

He has taught here since 1981他自1981年就在这儿教书。(可能还要继续教)

I have't seen her for four years.我有四年没见到她了。

(3)表示说话前发生过一次或多次的动作,现在成为一种经验,一般译为汉语“过”,常带有twice,ever,never,three times等时间状语。如:

I have been to Beijing twice.我去过北京二次。

现在完成时考点

现在完成时表示动作发生在过去,完成在过去,但强调与现在情况仍有联系,其结果或影响仍存在。现在完成时有一些标志性的时间状语:

考点一:for + 时间段;since + 时间点

They have lived in Beijing for five years.

They have lived in Beijing since 1995.

I have learned English for ten years.

考点二:常见的不确定的时间状语:lately; recently, just, already, yet, up to now; till now; so far, these days,

Has it stopped raining yet?

考点三:在表示“最近几世纪/ 年/ 月以来……”时间状语中,谓语动词用现在完成时。

in the past few years/months/weeks/days;over the past few years; during the last three months; for the last few centuries, through centuries; throughout history 等

考点四:表示“第几次做某事,”或在 “It is the best (worst, most interesting ) +名词 +that” 后面跟现在完成时。

This is my first time that I have visited China.

This is the most interesting film I have ever seen.

That is the only book that he has written.

(四)、现在完成进行时

现在完成进行时基本定义与结构

现在完成进行时表示动作从过去某一时间开始,一直延续到现在,可能还要继续下去。现在完成进行时由“have/has+been+doing”构成。现在完成进行时的基本句型如下:

I have been working.

Have you been working?

Yes, I/we have. No, I/we haven’t.

He/She/It has been working.

Has he/she/it been working?

Yes, he/she/it has. No, he/she/it hasn’t.

We/You/They have been working.

Have they been working?

Yes, they have. No, they haven’t.

注: 现在完成进行时基本上没有否定陈述句

现在完成进行时用法与考点

1.表示动作开始在过去,一直继续到现在,可能刚刚结束,也可能还要继续下去。常与for, since, all this morning, these few days等表示一段时间的状语连用。例如:

I have been reading all the morning.( 与I have read 3 books this morning比较)我上午都在读书。

He has been here for two hours.(与He was here for two hours.比较)他在这儿呆了两小时了。

She has been living there since 1970.(与She has lived there since 1970比较)她自从一九七0年以来,就住在那里。

I have been writing letters.(与I have written two letters.比较)我一直在写信。

2. 表示一直到说话时为止的某一段时间内一再重复发生的动作(不是一直没有停顿)。例如:

I have been telephoning to you several times in two days.两天内我给你打了几次电话。

They have been drinking black tea all the afternoon.他们一下午都在喝红茶。

3. 表示一直到说话时为止的一段时间内,大部分时间是在继续进行的动作(不一定延续到说话的时候),暗示过去的动作对现在的影响。例如:

What have you been doing this morning?(You look tired.)你今天早晨干什么了?

I have been reading newspapers.( Newpapers are lying about in your room.)我一直在读报。

You have been teaching.(Your pocket is covered with chalk dust.)你刚才在教课吧!

现在完成时和现在完成进行时的区别

(1)现在完成进行时更强调动作的延续性,它是现在完成时的强调形式。试比较:

We’ve been living here for ten years.

We’ve lived here for ten years.我们在这儿已经住了十年了。

(2)在不用时间状语的情况下,现在完成进行时表示动作仍在进行。而现在完成时则表示动作在过去已结束。如:

The students have been preparing for the exam.(还在进行)学生们一直在准备考试。

The students have prepared for the exam.(已经结束)学生们为考试作了准备。

(3)有些表示状态,感情,感觉的动词如:have, exist, like, hate, hear, know,

sound等动词不能用于现在完成进行时,但可用于现在完成时。如:

They’ve known each other since 1970.自从1970年起他们就相互认识了。

时态训练题

主备人:徐育兵 再备人:高二英语备课组成员 审核人:李家圣

1. --- I’m sorry. I thought the remark would delight you.

--- It actually ______.

A. wouldn’t B. won’t C. doesn’t D. hadn’t

2. --- How about the sale of organic food lately?

--- Sales _____ by 5% every day. So it is a fast-growing market.

A. have increased B. will increase C. increase D. are increasing

3. --- Fine $20! You know you _____ 100km an hour, do you?

--- No, officer! I can’t have been. This car doesn’t do 80.

A. are driving B. have driven C. drove D. were driving

4. All morning as I waited for the medical report from the doctor, my tension _____.

A. grew B. had grown C. was growing D. has grown

5. My hometown was still backward in the 1970’s, but things _____ a little better than in the 1950’s.

A. had been B. were C. were getting D. were to get

6. Until yesterday, we _____ any information from the missing expedition team for a week.

A. haven’t got B. didn’t get C. hadn’t got D. hadn’t been getting

7. --- How is your mother?

---Oh, she _____as unwell as she does today for a long time.

A. didn’t feel B. wasn’t feeling C. doesn’t feel D. hasn’t feeling

8. More people _____ in the hospital this year than any time since the start of the Health Service.

A. are being treated B. have treated C. are treated D. have been treated

9. You _____ things about. Look! What a mess in your room!

A. always throw B. have always thrown

C. are always throwing D. have always been throwing

10. --- I’d like to see your manager Williams at 3:00 pm.

--- I’m sorry. Mr. Williams _____ to a conference long before then.

A. will have gone B. will go C. has gone D. is about to go

11. The company _____ a rise in salary for ages, but nothing has happened yet.

A. promises B. promised C. has been promising D. had promised

12. He _____ many of the experiences he ever had in his childhood.

A. gradually forget B. is gradually forgetting

 C. Was gradually forgetting D. have gradually forgotten

13. --- I’ve brought a box of chocolates for our daughter.

--- Oh, how good a dad! But she doesn’t like sweet things. _____ that?

A. Don’t you know B. Haven’t you know

C. Didn’t you know D. Hadn’t you know

14. It is said in the book that Thomas Edison(1947-1931) _____ the world leading inventor for sixty years.

A. would be B. has been C. had been D. was

15. I can’t tell you if it _____ tomorrow.

A. will rain B. rains C. shall rain D. does rain

16. I was finally accepted into my ideal university. I _____ so happy in all my life.

A. haven’t felt B. didn’t feel C. don’t feel D. hadn’t felt

17. --- Have you persuaded him?

--- Yes. After some hours of discussion, I _____ to reason him in accepting the new plan.

A. had managed B. would manage C. have managed D. managed

18. I _____ ping-pong quite well, but I haven’t had time to play since the new year.

A. played B. will play C. have played D. play

19. If you _____ be in time for the early bus, be sure to get up before 5 o’clock in the morning.

A. are to B. are about to C. are going to D. are due to

20. Mr. And Mrs. Burns feel more comfortable on a ship than they would do if they _____.

A. travel B. are traveling C. traveled D. have traveled

1-5CDDCB 6-10 CDDCA 11-15 CBCDA 16-20 DDDAC

牛津高二实验版 模块六 Unit 1单元测试

Unit1 Laughter is good for you

拟卷人:杨进山 审核人:李家圣

第一节:单项填空(共15小题;每小题1分,满分15分)

1. -What do you think of the talk on business?

-I don’t think I have got any advice.

A. worthwhile B. worth

C. worthless D. worthy

2. -Jack, Jane seems unhappy?

-Don’t worry, a funny story will her.

A. amuse B. meet

C. tease D. fool

3. The actor has a talent of a new song according to old music on the stage.

A. writing B. improvising

C. revising D. improving

4. The program you are watching is broadcast while the performance is in

process on the stage.

A. lively B. living

C. live D. alive

5. building a charming city, almost all the citizens have joined in the big clean-up in and out of their homes.

A. In respect of B. In favor of

C. In response to D. In need of

6. the big earthquake, the local government tried every means to provide shelters for the victims.

A. Before long B. Soon after

C. Long before D. As soon as

7. The moment their idol took the floor, the excited fans thunderous applause.

A. ran into B. burst into

C. came into D. turned into

8. You’ll be easily to be by the company if you are expert at the computer and you can drive a car as well.

A. taken to B. taken on

C. taken out D. taken up

9. The angry teacher the impatient boy who was doing something that had nothing to do with what was being taught.

A. glared at B. looked into

C. called on D. watched out

10. At the beginning of the class, the teacher asked the students to recite the poem taught in the last lesson before they their textbooks.

A. held up B. held out

C. held on D. held down

11. Going to college is not the only way out; our society is people with widely

different abilities.

A. made of B. made up for

C. made form D. made up of

12. Every year, those public servants and scientists whose work is will be awarded by the organization supported by some big companies.

A. upstanding B. outstanding

C. understanding D. understood

13. The students are holding a heated discussion about what clothes are for school

wear.

A. formal B. appropriate

C. correct D. appreciate

14. Once their favorite daughter comes back home, the house is full of .

A. laughing B. laughs

C. laughter D. laughters

15. A sense of is what it takes for a comedian to perform well in a comedy.

A. humor B. humorous

C. harmony D. harmonious

第二节:完形填空(共20小题;每小题1.5分,满分30分)

I never knew how well Mother could keep a trust until I was going through her things after she died. I discovered something I had 16 forgotten, something that happened to me as a child.

One day, as I went to sleep after my sisters and I had said our prayers, I recalled the events of the day and how 17 I had behaved toward Mother. “I must make things right now,” I thought.

Quietly I 18 out of bed and picked up the pencil and paper from the dresser, and then tiptoed into the hall. The 19 from the living room shone dimly. I knew Mother was downstairs still doing some sewing. I quickly 20 a note asking Mother to excuse me for being so 21 . I didn’t want my sisters to know my 22 so I added a postscript, “Please don’t let anyone else see this.” Then I 23 moved into my parents’ bedroom and put the letter under Mother’s pillow.

The next morning when I 24 my bed after breakfast, I 25 found a return note under my pillow. Mother wrote that she loved me and 26 me.

This became my way of apologizing whenever I talked 27 or disobeyed. Mother always left a return note, but she never 28 our under-the-pillow messages in front of the family. Even when we were 29 and when we sisters 30 our childhood, she never mentioned them.

 When Mother passed away, I had to go through her personal belongings. In her desk was a bundle of notes tied with a faded ribbon. On top was a message in handwriting which read, “In the event of my death, please 31 these.” I 32 the package and glanced at the handwriting on the bottom. To my 33 , I recognized my childish writing, “PS. Please don’t let anyone else see this. Love, Edie.” I gently placed the unopened bundle in the 34 along with other things for the rubbish burner. “Lord,” I prayed, “make me like 35 .”

16. A. long B. hardly C. never D. often

17. A. well B. politely C. happily D. badly

18. A. went B. rushed C. escaped D. slipped

19. A. moon B. light C. gas D. sound

20. A. found B. sent C. wrote D. took

21. A. lazy B. late C. careless D. naughty

22. A. mistakes B. business C. relation D. messages

23. A. quietly B. quickly C. calmly D. hurriedly

24. A. searched B. left C. made D. folded

25. A. secretly B. unexpectedly C. happily D. fortunately

26. A. favored B. understood C. supported D. forgave

27. A. back B. over C. loudly D. big

28. A. referred to B. put out C. gave out D. got around

29. A. alone B. curious C. grown D. interested

30. A. reminded B. recalled C. missed D. forgot

31. A. destroy B. keep C. hide D. announce

32. A. turned over B. tore open C. looked through D. picked up

33. A. sadness B. disappointment C. surprise D. excitement

34. A. drawer B. wastebasket C. bedroom D. dresser

35. A. a bird B. an angel C. Mother D. God

第三节:阅读理解(共20小题;每小题2分,满分40分)

A

The Times of London has started an important new service-e-paper. It’s quite different from the current online service, but exactly the same as the printed newspaper in Britain. The News, Sport, Business section, T2, The Game (even Monday), the classified ads, even the crossword are all laid out just as in the paper. It’s the actual paper... without the paper. To try a free demonstration, click the button below.

Now you can access The Times newspaper as it is printed from 5 am GMT on the day of publication. For the first time, wherever you are outside the UK, you can get today’s newspaper on your screen from just 24p per day.

In addition to the new e-paper, subscribing(订阅) to Times Online gives you the complete Newspaper Edition Headline List, as well as full access to the Times Online website and all associated online services.

Your subscription now brings you daily access to:

The new e-paper edition

The Times Online website and services

The Newspaper Edition Headline List

You can pay in any one of the following ways:

One of monthly subscription: £7.50

Monthly payment scheme: £6.50 per month

Annual payment scheme: £75.00 per year

36. Where can this ad be found?

A. On a computer. B. In a newspaper.

C. On an ad board. D. On TV.

37. The underlined sentence “It’s the actual paper... without the paper” means ________.

A. information in e-paper can be received free of charge

B. information in e-paper is given without being printed

C. information in e-paper cannot be found in any other papers

D. information in e-paper is limited to only a few fields

38. According to the advertisement, ________.

A. the more papers you subscribe to, the less you will have to pay

B. the longer your subscription to the paper is, the less you will have to pay

C. the Times newspaper is printed in different parts of the world

D. events which happen in the late afternoon appear in the same day’s Times

B

Telephone, television, radio, telegraph and the Internet all help people communicate with each other. As a result, ideas and news of events spread quickly all over the world. For example, within seconds, people can know the results of an election in another country. An international football match comes into the homes of everyone with a television set. News of a disaster such as an earthquake or a flood can bring help from distant countries within hours. Help is on the way. Because of modern technology like the satellites that travel around the world, information travels fast.

How has this speed of communication changed the world? To many people, the world has become smaller. Of course this does not mean that the world is actually physically smaller. It means that the world seems smaller. Two hundred years ago, communication between the continents took a long time. All news was carried on ships that took weeks or even months to cross the ocean. In the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, it took six weeks for news from Europe to reach America. This time difference influenced people’s actions. For example, one battle, or fight, in the War of 1812 between England and the United States could have been avoided. A peace agreement had already been signed. Peace was made in England, but the news of peace took six weeks to reach America. During these six weeks, the large and serious Battle of New Orleans was fought. Many people lost their lives after a peace treaty had been signed. They would not have died if news had come in time. In the past, communication took much more time than it does now.

There was a good reason why the world seemed so much larger than it does today.

39. According to this passage, ________ is very important to people in a disaster area.

A. transportation B. modern technology

C. latest news D. a new idea

40. From the passage we learn that ________.

A. the world now seems smaller because of faster communication

B. the world is actually smaller today

C. the world is changing its size

D. the distance between England and America has changed since the War of 1812

41. Two hundred years ago, news between the continents was carried _____.

A. by telephone and telegraph B. by land C. by air D. by sea

42. The New Orleans Battle could have been avoided if the peace agreement had been signed ________.

A. by important people B. in 1812

C. in America D. in England

C

It is difficult for parents of nearly every family to teach their children to be responsible(有责任的) for housework, but with one of the following suggestions, you really can get your children to help at home.

If you give your children the impression that they can never do anything quite right, then they will regard themselves as unfit or unable persons. Unless children believe they can succeed, they will never become totally independent.

My daughter Mary’s fifth-grade teacher made every child in her class feel special. When students received less than a perfect test score, she would point out what they had mastered and declared firmly they could learn what they had missed.

You can use the same technique when you evaluate(评价) your child’s work at home. Don’t always scold and you should give lots of praise instead. Talk about what he has done right, not about what he hasn’t done. If your child completes a difficult task, promise him a Sunday trip or a ball game with Dad.

Learning is a process of trying and failing and trying and succeeding. If you teach your children not to fear a mistake of failure, they will learn faster and achieve success at last.

43. The whole passage deals with ________.

A. social education B. school education

C. family education D. pre-school education

44. The author thinks that ________.

A. there is no way to get children to help at home

B. the more encouragement and praise you give, the more responsible and helpful children will become

C. it is very difficult to make children responsible for housework

D. children can be forced to help with housework

45. The passage gives us a good suggestion about how to evaluate your child’s work at home. That is to ________.

A. praise his success B. promise him a trip

C. give him a punishment D. promise him a ball game

46. The author advises readers to ________.

A. learn from himself, for he has a good way of teaching

B. take pride in Mary’s fifth-grade teacher

C. do as what Mary’s teacher did in educating children

D. follow Mary’s example because she never fails in the test

D

Queen Elizabeth II has invited 99 guests to Buckingham Palace last Wednesday, and she needn’t ask anyone’s age. All share the queen’s birth date-April 21, 1926. The queen has laid on a three-course meal for 70 women and 29 men.

“It has always been a standing joke in the family that I’ve never been invited to the queen’s birthday party. I never think it would actually come true,” said Betty Kay of Doncaster in northern England, one of the invited guests.

Prospective banquet guests were nominated(提名) by themselves or relatives, and each guest represents a part of the country. Edna Richards of Wolverhampton said she was a firm supporter of the monarchy(君主立宪制), and admired the queen for keeping a busy schedule. “I think she is a surprising person. I don’t know how she does it all. Being the same age I know how she must feel,” Richards said.

Among the excitement surrounding the birthday celebrations, the queen’s cousin, Margaret Rhodes, said that she is “perfectly sure” the queen will never abdicate(退位) the throne(王位). “It’s not like a normal job; it’s a job for life,” she said.

Buckingham Palace said Rhodes’ remarks reflected the longtime position of the queen and there was no change in her decision to give up retirement. “These are the questions that are asked around these big events,” said a Buckingham palace spokeswoman. “There is no question of the queen abdicating. She will carry on as normal.”

47. 99 guests were chosen to the queen’s birthday party because ________.

A. there were only 99 persons in the country who shared the queen’s birth date

B. they represented all parts of the country

C. the number 99 was a lucky number

D. it implied the queen would live forever

48. Which of the following can best be used to describe the queen?

A. Busy and energetic. B. Old and retired.

C. Charming and generous. D. Learned and wise.

49. Which of the following is often asked on the occasion related to the queen?

A. How old on earth is the queen?

B. Will the queen retire from the queen position?

C. Will the queen invite guests to the palace to celebrate her birthday?

D. Is the queen really fit for her position?

50. Which title can best summarize the main idea of the passage?

A. All over the country celebrated the queen’s birthday

B. 99 persons in England have their birthday on the same day as the queen

C. Lucky enough to have the birthday on April 2

D. Queen turned 80, and so did her guests

E

Such chronic(慢性的) diseases as heart disease, stroke, cancer and lung disorders are the leading cause of death in the world. Yet health experts say these conditions are often the most preventable.

The World Health Organization (WHO) points out chronic diseases lead to about 17 million early deaths each year. The United Nations (UN) agency expects more than 380 million people to die of chronic diseases by 2015. About 80% of the deaths will happen in developing nations.

Chronic diseases now cause two-thirds of all deaths in the Asia-Pacific area. In ten years it could be almost three-fourths. People are getting sick in their most economically productive years. In fact, chronic diseases are killing more middle-aged people in poorer countries than in wealthier ones. The WHO estimates(估计) that chronic diseases will cost China alone more than 500,000 million dollars in the next ten years. That estimate represents the costs of medical treatment and lost productivity. Russia and India are also expected to face huge economic losses.

According to a WHO report on the problem, deaths from chronic diseases have increased largely as the result of economic gains in many countries. Infectious and parasitic(寄生的) diseases have until recently been the main killers in Asia and the Pacific-they are no longer the major cause of death in most countries.

As many as 80% of deaths from chronic diseases could be prevented, health officials say. An important tool for governments is to limit the marketing of alcohol and tobacco to young people. Also, more programs are needed to urge healthy eating and more physical activity.

The UN aims to reduce chronic-disease deaths by 2% each year by international action through 2015, that’s to say, 36 million lives could be saved, including 25 million in Asia and the Pacific.

51. According to the passage, chronic diseases ________.

A. can be avoided B. can be kept from happening

C. will disappear C. are all deadly

52. In many countries, what’s mainly responsible for increasing deaths from chronic diseases?

A. The economic development. B. The poor living conditions.

C. Infectious and parasitic diseases. D. Young people’s bad habits.

53. This passage seems to stress that ________.

A. chronic diseases only happen in developing countries

B. developing countries suffer chronic diseases most

C. young people are addicted to alcohol and tobacco

D. no good measures can be found to prevent chronic diseases

54. Which of the following statesments is NOT true?

A. Most deaths are caused by chronic diseases in the world.

B. The middle-aged are becoming victims of chronic diseases in Asia.

C. Infectious and parasitic diseases are no longer death killers.

D. To reduce chronic-disease deaths needs worldwide efforts.

55. The best title for the passage would be “________”.

A. Different Measures to Fight Chronic Diseases

B. The WHO’s Report on Heath in Developing Countries

C. The UN: the Leader of International Community

D. Chronic Diseases: the World’s Leading Killer

Unit1单元测试答题纸

班级______姓名______ 得分_______

第一节:1’

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

第二节:1.5’

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35

第三节:2’

36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45

46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55

第四节: 对话填空。(根据上下文对话语境及所给单词首字母,补全所缺单词)(共10空;每空1分,满分10分)

A: I read a book about John Milton this afternoon; It

was very interesting and moving.

B: Really? Who’s John Milton?

A: He is a very famous English p and one 56

of the greatest E . 57

B: What e did you learn? 58

A: He was born in 1608 in London. Even when he was

young, he had the i of writing a great 59

poem.

B: How interesting!

A: He m Latin and Greek and he learned 60

some French, Italian and Spanish. He studied the

l theories of science to prepare for his 61

great work.

B: That’s unbelievable.

A: In 1649, he became the Foreign Secretary of Cromwell.

He worked e for twenty years. Unfortunately 62

he became completely blind with his greatest works

still i . 63

B: Oh! No! That’s terrible!

A: And then it got even worse...

B: May I ask a question? Did you say Milton was completely

blind? H could he write if he was blind? 64

A: He d everything to his daughter. 65

B: Oh!He really was a great man.

第五节: 书面表达(满分25分)

下面的图画和表格提供了一次交通事故的情况,请以A Traffic Accident为标题写一篇报导。

时间 上星期天上午9:30

地点 新华路第二个十字路口

发生的事 一位老太太被一位年轻人

骑车撞倒

伤亡情况 老太太伤势很重

事故原因 年轻人闯红灯

注意:(1)可适当增加细节,使行文连贯(2)参考词汇:救护车ambulance

Unit1答案

第一节: 1-5AABCC 6-10BBBAB 11-15DBBCA

第二节:16-20 ADDBC 21-25 DBACB 26-30 DAACB 31-35 AACBC

第三节:36-40 ABBBA 41-45 DCCBA 46-50 CBABD 51-55 BABCD

第四节:56. poet 57. Englishmen 58. else 59. idea 60. mastered 61. latest 62. endlessly 63. incomplete 64. How 65. dictated

第五节:One possible version:

A Traffic Accident

Last Sunday, an old lady aged about seventy was badly hurt in a traffic accident at the second crossing of Xinhua Road. It was 9:30 p.m., and there were many cars in the street at that time. The old lady was crossing the street when a young man riding a bicycle rushed up and knocked her down. The accident happened so suddenly that it had been some time before the other people in the street understood what was happening. The old lady was badly hurt and couldn’t move at all. Someone called the First Aid Center and soon some doctors came in their ambulance and rushed the lady to the hospital. The police said that it was the young man’s fault, for he didn’tsee the red light turning on.

主备人:杨殿 再备人:高二英语备课组成员 审核人:李家圣

Warming up

Read the following proverbs and then match the Chinese meaning of each proverb.

一贫如洗 回家生闷气 饥肠辘辘 勿惹事生非 不要过早打如意算盘

披着羊皮的狼 一燕不成夏 拦路虎 把好人与坏人分开 亡羊补牢

班门弄斧 倾盆大雨 蠢得像头猪 江山易改,本性难移

人靠衣装,佛靠金装 小时偷针,大时偷金 潜移默化 爱屋及乌

1.To teach a fish how to swim.班门弄斧

2.The sparrow near a school sings the primer.潜移默化

3.Love me, love my dog 爱屋及乌

4.Look the barn door after the horse is stolen.亡羊补牢

5.He that will steal a pin will steal an ox.小时偷针,大时偷金

6.Don’t count your chickens before they hatch.不要过早打如意算盘

7.as poor as a church mouse一贫如洗

8. Let sleeping dogs lie.勿惹事生非

9.I'm SO hungry that I could eat a horse.饥肠辘辘

10.Go home and kick the dog.回家生闷气

11.Separate the sheep from the goats.把好人与坏人分开

12.A lion in the way.拦路虎

13.One swallow doesn’t make a summer.一燕不成夏

14.A wolf in sheep’s clothing.披着羊皮的狼

15.Fine feathers make fine birds.人靠衣装,佛靠金装

16.You can’t make a crab walk straight.江山易改,本性难移

17.It rains cats and dogs.倾盆大雨

18.as stupid as a goose.蠢得像头猪

Language points

1.The language used in requests helps you to identify what is most important and what is least important.(page 10,line2)

(1)Analyze the structure of the sentence.

(2)”used”as attribute after noun, it can be changed into an attribute clause.

e.g., The concert given by their friends was a success.

A teacher named Mouis is from our school.

Besides, we can get students to make more sentences using “v-ed” to make students master its use.

Exe.

a. The woman ____ (coming) to dinner this evening works in the bank.(come)

b. The name ____(mentioned) in the letters was unknown to me.(mention)

2.Below are some of the words you should listen for.(page10.line3)

e.g., Here is a letter for you.

Down she went.

Away went the crowd one by one.

Exe.

1.With me______.

A. is my brother, Tom. B. is my brother and tom.

C. my brother, Tom is. D. my brother is tom.

2.Out ______ welcome the foreign friends.

A. the students rushed to B. the students to rush

C. rushed to the students D. rushed the students to

3.The word ‘want’ tells you that the person thinks the request is important, but it is more something they desire than ________.

A. something necessary B. something which is necessary

C. necessary something D. something that is necessary

Note:Pay attention to the structure of this sentence before&after ‘than’.

Exe.

-What do you think of the plan?

-It’s easier said than _______.

A. carried out B. carrying C. carry out D. to carry out

4.A crosstalk performance involves talking, imitating, singing and dancing.(page 11,line5 in part B)

(1) be/get involved in (doing) sth.

e.g., If I were you, I wouldn’t get involved in their problems.

(2) involve vt.

e.g., Don’t involve other people in your mad schemes.

The job involves traveling abroad for three months each year.

The accident involved a bus and a truck.

5.In an interview, he told us that he is always happy to take on new foreign students.(page 11,line3 in part C)

take to/after/down/on/off/up/in/over/away

e.g., He wants to know who has taken away his dictionary.

I took to her the moment I met her.

Mary really takes after her mother.

Who will take over now that the governor has been dismissed?

Pay more attention to the different meanings of the following sentences:

1.)We’ve decided to take on a new clerk in the accounts department.

2.)His face took on a worried expression.

3.)My doctor says I’m too tired and has advised me not to take any more work on.

4.)Why don’t you take on someone your own size?(---to start a quarrel or fight with sb.)

Exe.

(1)I want to take ____ the book which you showed me yesterday.

(2)It’s sad to see the old museum being taken _____ to make way for a new shopping center.

(3)She took ____ the narrative where John had left off.

(4)My daughter does not take ____ me in any way.

(5)When he fell ill her daughter took ____ the business from her.

Answers: away/down /up /after /over

6. Then they move on to creating crosstalk dialogue in paint with other students.(page11, line7 in Part C)

Here “move on to doing sth.” just means to continue to do sth

7. The most famous is the Canadian Mark Roswell, known in China as Da Shan.

(1) Here the logical subject of ‘known’ is the Canadian Mark Roswell

(2) be known as/for/to/in…=be famous as/for/to/in…

Exe.

It is well-known ____ everyone that Luxun is known ___a writer.

A. as; to B. for; as C. to; as D. in; for

8.So, if you want to try crosstalk lessons, why not study with a real old master?(Page11 line 15 in Part C)

Why not do……?

e.g., Why not join us?

Exe.

Which sentence is true?

A. Why not going with her.

B. Why don’t you go with her?

C. Why not to go with her?

D. Why not you go with her?

9.Below are several common ways to phrase questions, and the correct situations in which to use them.(page12,line4)

Note: here prep ‘in’ must be put before ‘which’

Exe.

Without facts, we cannot form a worthwhile opinion, for we need to have factual knowledge ____our thinking.

A. which to base upon

B. which to be based upon

C. to which be based upon

D. upon which to base

10. It is important to remind the person you are writing to of the questions you are answering.(page13,line2)

(1) Analyze the structure of the sentence.

(2) remind sb. of sth.

remind sb. to do

remind sb. that-clause

e.g., This hotel reminds me of the one we stayed in last year.

Remind me to write to Mother.

She reminded me that I hadn’t written to Mother.

The sight of the clock reminded me that I was late.

Exe.

The way he thought of___ the problem may not be the best one.

A. solving B. to solve C to solving D. of being solved

Module 6 Unit 1 Task 随堂练习

主备人:杨殿 再备人:高二英语备课组成员 审核人:李家圣

一﹑单项选择题

1.The language used in requests keep you to identify____ is most important and _____is least important.

A. that; that B. that; what C. what ;what D. what; that

2.Your foreign friend Bill wants to know_______

A. that Chinese crosstalk is

B. that what is Chinese crosstalk

C. what Chinese crosstalk is

D. what is Chinese crosstalk

3.Take notes on ______he wants to know.

A. which B. all which C. that D. all that

4.Use the information you hear____ correct your notes.

A. on C. to D. about

5.Crosstalk is_____ performed in English.

A. some time B. some time C. sometimes D. some times

6. He______ go out; I think he____ ask his parents.

A. doesn’t dare; needs B. doesn’t dare to; needs

C. dare not; need D. dare not; need to

7.Ding guanquan, one of some well-known masters of crosstalk, _______ this unique art form to foreigners since 1999.

A has taught B has been teaching C have taught D have been teaching

8. Then they move on to creating crosstalk dialogues ____ with students.

A in a pair; other B in a pair; the others

C in pairs; other D in pairs; others

9. - What were you doing when Tony phoned you ?

- I had just finished my work and to take a shower .

A. had started B. started C. have started D. was starting

10. The house tent is expensive. I've got about half the space I had at home and I'm paying __ here.

A. as three times much B. as much three time

C. much as three times D. three times as much

11. She thought I was talking about her daughter, ______in fact, I was talking about my daughter.

A. whom B. where C. which D. while

12.The computers made by our company sell best, but several year's ago no one could have imagined the role in the markets that they ________.

A.were playing B.were to play C.have played D.played

13.It is the protection for trees really matters, how many trees are planted.

A.what, besides B.that, except C.that, rather than D.what, other than

14.It is hightly desirable that every effort to reduce the pollution in Beijing.

A.is made B.was made C.were made D.be made

15.There are ten waiting rooms at the newly-built station, in all 20,000 people.

A.seating B.seated C.sitting D.to seat

二﹑根据所给词的适当形式填空

1.When you are asked to do something, it is important ___________(identify) the most important part of the task.

2.The language _________(use) in requests helps you to identify what is important and what is least important.

3. Use the information you hear __________(correct) your notes.

4. Students must ____________________(interest) in Chinese culture.

5. The students begin their training by __________(listen) to and _______(copy)

traditional pieces of crosstalk.

6. Then they move on to _________(create) crosstalk dialogues in pairs with other students.

7. The most famous is the Canadian Mark Roswell, _________(know) in China as Da Shan.

8. Why not _________(join) us?

9. When you ask questions orally, you must remember __________(use) the correct question words.

10.In this summer vocation, almost all the teachers travelled back to Anfeng from Beijing, completely ____________(exhaust).

主备人:崔进生 再备人:高二英语备课组成员 审核人:李家圣

Words:

Laugh v. Laugh at

Laughter n. burst into laughter/ tears

Stand-up cross-talk 相声

Humor n. e.g. She doesn’t have a sense of humor.

Humorous adj.

Well-loved little-known

Comedy tragedy e.g. The last three films were comedies.

Comedian e.g. He is a good comedian.

Make fun of=play a joke on/with e.g. Don’t play a joke with him.

Respond v.

Response n. In response to 对…做出反映, 回答

React v. react with e.g. How did he react when you told him?

Reaction n. chemical reactions

Observe v. 观察 observe sb. do/ doing. sth.

Observation n.

Observational adj.

Physical mental 精神上的

Physical training PE=Physical Education

Queue up 排队 jump the queue 插队

Vision n.视觉 e.g. Visually the chair is very pleasing but it’s an comfortable to sit on.

Visual adj. 视觉的

Stage n. ①舞台②时段,阶段

Act --------- actor -------- actress

Live

① 活的 e.g. The cat was playing with a live mouse.

② 现场直播 e.g. The program was live.

③ 带电的通电源 e.g. A live wire

Toothbrush------ toothpaste 牙膏

Improvise vt. Appropriate inappropriate

Eg. His cloths were not appropriate for the occasion.

Improvisation n.

Silent adj. silent film Important adj. Different adj.

Silence n. Importance n Difference n.

Microphone

micro --- prefix macro 宏大的

howl vi howl with

e.g. The dogs howled all night.

Amuse v. 使高兴, 使…愉快

e.g. Toy which will amuse children for hours.

Amusement n. 乐趣

Amusing adj. An amusing story

Saying=proverb 格言

As a saying goes, “Money makes the mare go.”

Language points

1. People have always enjoyed laughing, and there has always been humor.

注:always 通常和完成时连用

E.g. Tom has always lived here.

2. Stand-up comedy is special because the comedian is right there… members…

Right

①n.右边 please look at the right.

②adj.正当的,公正的 children must learn the difference between right and wrong.

③n. 权利,正当的要求 everyone over 18 has the right to vote.

④adj. 对的 I think you are right.

3. In observational comedy, the comedian makes jokes about humorous things he or she observes in everyday life.

注:things 省略关系代词that (不定代词常与关系代词that连用)

4. If you hear a comedian telling jokes about the day people behave when they queue up in lines or asking why it only rains… see the prop.

注:hear sb. Doing sth 听到某人正在做某事

Or asking 同理也做hear sb 的宾补

先行词way关系词that/in which

Can you tell us the way (that/in which) you study English?

5. I’ve been playing tennis every day for a month.

注:完成时的进行式 have been doing 表示过去发生的动作一直持续到现在并有持续下去的可能。

E.g. Here you are at last! We have been waiting for you for hours.

6. They have been tripping over chairs, walking into doors and falling down on stage for years.

注:trip over 被…绊倒 完成时的进行式

7. Only a few stand-up comedians have become famous as television and film actors later on in life.

注:later on 后来

8. one such person is Billy crystal

so ------ adj. + e.g. The weather is so nice.

Such ---- adj. + n.

可数名词前有many, few, 不可数名词有much, little 修饰时用 so .

E.g. I have had so many falls that I am black and blue all over.

There are so few books that I cant’t give you one.

9. He says it is because when he started practicing stand-up as a child, he told himself jokes while standing in front of mirror, brushing his teeth.

注:says + 宾语从句/ It 在从句中做主语/ Because引导表语从句

10. One reason (crystal has become so famous) is his outstanding ability to improve.

注:该句为定语从句 先行词that / why /不填

11. He talked for several minutes, but forgot to first turn on the microphone.

First ----- adv.=firstly

12. Laughter is good for health.

Be good for 对..有好处的------------Taking exercise is good for our health.

Be good to 待…好--------------------- My uncle is good to me.

13. fight vi fight with/ for

fight vt. 战胜

Laughing helps your body stay healthy and can even help you fight pain.

14. one such person表示“这样的”作形容词,用于修饰名词,常用以下几种结构

“one, all ,no ,few, several ,some ,any”等such+名词

eg:One such ditionary is enough

All such posibilities must be considered

“such a (形容词)+单数可数名词”

eg|:I have never seen such a lazy boy as you

“such +形容词+可数名词复数”

eg:We don’t want to play with such bad boys

“such+形容词+不可数名词”

Such bad news is not what I want to hear

巩固练习

主备人:崔进生 再备人:高二英语备课组成员 审核人:李家圣

一、 填空

1. I’m afraid I couldn’t see the h_________ in the situation.

2. FengGong is a good c__________.

3. Don’t make f_____________ of that little girl.

4. What was his r_______________ to the news?

5. The plan is still in its early s______________.

6. I forgot the words of my speech so I had to i______________.

7. The S___________ was broken by a lond cry.

8. He has a good business b_______________.

9. “Here is no smoke without fire” as the S________________.

10. You shouldn’t jump the q______________.

11. 英国是一个说英语的国家。____________________________________________

二、 选择

1. After the death of her husband she became the country’s leader in her own ______.

A. comedy B. stage C. great D. right

2. This is the only thing _____i can do now.

A. what B. which C. that D. all

3. I ______ always ______ of him, but I can’t see him.

A. have thought B. had thought C. being thought D. have been thinking

4. He had _______ much work to do that he had to decide not to see the film.

A. such B. so C. that D. great

5. Mike is ______ an honest worker that we all believe him.

A. such B. so C. that D. great

三、 短语填空

1. The pirates(海盗) hid all the treasures in the cave. However, nobody found them __________ no matter how hard people tried.

2. ---- What’s wrong with your nose, Mike?

----- I ______ the wall as the light suddenly went out in the toilet.

3. The whole audience ________ when the comedian stepped onto the stage with a big red nose and funny make-ups.

4. After the performance the girl smiled and bowed politely _____ the thunderous applause from the audience.

5. It’s polite and moral to _______ for the buses, in a bank or a supermarket. Queue jumpers are usually despised (鄙视).

6. The former president was very excited when he was asked to _____ at the opening ceremony.

7. Do you mind helping move this heavy box? Someone might _____ it after darkness falls.

8. Nowadays few teenagers would like to ______ their parents because they want to open a new leaf in their lives.

9. It’s impolite to _______ those poor or disabled. They will also feel sad as we do when being made tricks on.

主备人:王松业 再备人:高二英语备课组成员 审核人:李家圣

New words:

1. invisible a. 看不见的 vision 视力 television 电视

2. courtyard n. 院子 court 法庭 yard院子 graveyard 坟场

3. shift vt. 移动 we shifted the furniture.

Vi. 转变=change the wind shifted to the west.

N. 轮班 I was on the night shift that day. 那天我值夜班。

4. wander: vi, vt 漫步,徘徊 wander (in) the street 逛街

wonder n. 奇迹,奇怪 v. 猜想

work wonders 创造奇迹

(It is) no wonder that …难怪

I’m wondering if I can use your bike.

5. official-looking 貌似官方的 good-looking 相貌好看的 plain-looking 相貌普通的

6. a stack of 一堆 a pile of 一堆

7. bow n. vi 鞠躬

bow n. 弓,蝴蝶结 arrow 箭

8. tear n. 眼泪 burst into tears

v. 撕 tear the letter into pieces

9. chase vt. n. 追逐,追赶

we are like the police chasing a thief. 我们就像警察抓小偷一样。

10. emergency n. 紧急情况,紧急事件

Will you excuse me a moment? I have an emergency to deal with.

In case of emergency, sound the alarm. 万一有紧急情况,请拉响警报。

11. burst vi 爆发

burst into tears/laughter/cheers(欢呼)/anger(大发雷霆)

burst out crying/laughing/cheering

burst in: vi break in: vi

burst into: vt break into: vt

Suddenly a gang of bandits broke in.

broke into the house 突然一群土匪闯了进来。

12. stare at 盯 glare at 瞪

glance at 瞥一眼 catch a glimpse of 瞥见

13. hold out ①拿出,伸出②坚持,维持

He held out a hand and stopped a taxi.

How long can our oil hold out?

Difficult points in the text.

1. Do you know how much work it takes to perform a play? 这里的work意为“需要”

Mastering a foreign language takes time and practice.

2. character ①[C]人物,角色,汉字②[U]性格;特征

There are many characters in this play, but they all have different character.

类似地difficulty: ①[C]难点,难事

②[U]困难 have difficulty in doing sth.

Experience ①[C] 经历②[U]经验

Do you have any difficulties about the article?

3. Can I join you?

Why not join us?

Join us in the discussion/walk

4. make room for 为…腾出空地 room 为[U],意为空间

There is no room left for putting the piano.

The old houses were pulled down/torn down to make room for a new building.

5. Mind if I sit down? 我坐下你介意吗?

此句为省略句 (do you)mind if I sit down?

常见的还有(I) hope you don’t mind.

(I) Hope you like it.

(It’s) Time to get up.

(It) sounds like a good idea.

6. throw at 砸向 he throws a stone at the dog.

Throw to: 扔给 he threw some bananas to the monkey.

Shout at 大嚷 she shouted at him, “get out of here.”

Shout to: 大喊 she shouted to us in the distance

7. tear the paper in two/ into halves

8. empty-handed a. + n. + ed.

Cold-blooded 冷面的 white-haired 白发的 narrow-minded 心胸狭窄的 left-handed 左撇子

9. way out 出路

The way out lies in improving education.

主备人:徐育兵 再备人:高二英语备课组成员 审核人:李家圣

1. rise vs raise

rise是不及物动词,在这里三(太阳)升起;而raise是及物动词,它有“提高、喂养、举起、提出”等含义。

思考:请翻译下列短语或句子:

举帽(致意)_________________ 涨价_____________ 提高声音_______________

养家_____________ 提出一个问题_______________

价格在渐渐上涨。____________________________________________

河水上涨了两英尺 ____________________________________________.

2. occur

occur的意思是“发生”,是不及物动词,所以不能接宾语,也没有被动形式。

例如:

The accident occurred on Sunday. __________________________________________

A good idea occurred to me. ______________________________________________

思考1:你能正确翻译上面的句子吗?请写在句子右边。

思考2:我们学过的表示的“发生”的词或者短语还有哪些呢?请写在下边:

_______________ __________ _________________ _______________ ______________________ _____________________

3. on television

on television指“在电视上”;

思考:你知道“on the radio”、“on the air”分别是什么含义吗?

4. every time

every time 一般被看作做状语,但是在本页的例句中它是充当连词,来连接两个句子,表示“每当,每次”的意思。时间名词(或副词)充当连词的用法很常见,我们简单总结如下:

时间副词充当连词的还有:immediately表示“一……就”

时间名词充当连词的还有:the moment, the instant, the minute, the second 等,表示“一……就”此外,还有each time(每一次),next time(下一次)等,例如:

I came immediately I heard the news.我一听到这个消息,马上就来了。

We came directly we got your telephone.我们一接到你的电话就赶来了。

The moment he left, I realized that I did something wrong. 他一出门的那一刻,我就意识我做错了事。

Our message disappears the instant we say it. 我们嘴中发出的信息一出口就消失了。

5. tell/speak/say/talk/state

6. lose weight/gain weight

lose weight 减肥 gain weight 增肥

7. give a lecture

give a lecture 是“发表演讲,开讲座”的意思;have /take a lecture 则是“听讲座,听演讲”的意思。

思考:类似的说法还有哪些呢?

(give a talk, give an address, give a speech …)

8. become famous for/as

9. become famous for意思是“因为……而变得著名”; become famous as是“作为……而变得著名” 思考:请翻译下面两个句子:

这个城镇以它那漂亮的建筑而变得出名。______________________________________

她作为一个歌星已经变得很著名了。__________________________________________

10. latest/late/later

latest adj 最新的 late adj 迟的,晚的; later,adv 后来 at the latest最迟,至迟

思考:请翻译下面两句:

你听到最新消息了吗?______________________________________

最迟得在星期二完成它______________________________________

11. practise

practice n/vt. 练习practise vt 练习,它后面必须接名词或者动名词做宾语,而不能接动词不定式。

思考:只能接动名词做宾语的动词还有哪些呢?

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

主备人:孙雨华 再备人:高二英语备课组成员 审核人:李家圣

Step one: to activate students’ knowledge by asking them if they know the words related to drama or performing and make a list of them.

Eg: What do we call the person who acts in a play?

(________ ________)

What do we call a person who is in charge of a play?

(________)

What is a script made up of?

(_______ _______)

What will an actor read in a script?

(_________ _________)

Introduce some terms about play.

Step two: Have the students focus on Part A and Part B to learn more the vocabulary used on stage.

Step three:Language Points .

1. To be a successful actor, you need to learn the vocabulary used on stage.

“ used” 在这是后置定语,修饰 “the vocabulary”

eg: The book written by Lu Xun is very popular.

2. The person in charge is the director.

“ in charge” 掌管,负责

(sb)in charge of

(sth) in the charge of

eg: My father was in charge of a factory in the past.

The factory was in the charge of my father in the past.

3. Plays are made up of several acts.

be made up of

consist of (无被动式)

eg: Our football team is made up of twelve players and a coach.

Our football team consists of twelve players and a coach.

4. cast

a. 投向: cast a net; cast an eye at sb . eg: He cast an eye at the woman.

b. 全体演员 eg: All the actors in the play are called the cast.

5. You will be expected to be dressed in your costume.

dress sb/ seat sb

eg: She is dressed in red red coat today.

The mother dressed the baby quickly.

I found him seated/ sitting at the table.

The hall can seat 1000 people.

6. scene[c] jewel [c]

scenery[u] jewellery [u]

eg: The sunrise is a beautiful scene.

The small village is natural scenery for ever.

词组:on the scene 在现场, 当场

Step four: Ask students to focus on the passage in Part C, which checks students’ability of understanding and using the words they have learnt.

Step five: Ask students to discuss the following questions to further check students’ comprehension of the passage.

What kinds of things should an actor do to become successful?

Listen to the director

Learn lines by heart

Find out when the character he or she is playing is on stage

Dress in his or her costume and wait in the wings on time

Know the props that are going to be used before going on stage

Calm down and be confident when on stage

Step six:Some idioms about smiling and laughing.

1. to laugh one’s head off: to laugh very hard

eg: I went to see the new comedy. It made me laugh my head off.

2. to laugh in my face 不理睬

eg: When I asked him for longer time to pay back the loan, he just laughted in my face.

3. to have the last laugh 笑到最后, 最终获胜

eg: They fired her last year, but she had the last laugh because she was taken on by their main rivals at twice the salary.

4. all smiles满面笑容

eg: He is all smiles every day.

巩固练习

一. 翻译专业术语:

actress scenery curtains wings direction director stage costume script one-act

二. 用上述专业术语填空:

1. Shakespeare said, “ Life is a play, everyone is an actor on the____.

2. The_______rose and the play began.

3. Not all the lines are in the______, so good actors are supposed to improvise once they are on the stage.

4. Zhang Ziyi is one of the most famous film_____in China now.

5. The white-haired man who is giving the actors instructions over there is our______.

6. The cast came to stage in_____and waved to the audience at the end of the play.

7. Are you ready for your play?

Yes, we’re waiting in the_______.

8 .We put on “ The Lost Necklace” at the English party last weekend. Everyone enjoyed it very much though it was a____play, quite short.

9. Are you sure you know the_____to the hotel?

It seems that we have lost the way.

10. The country is natural______, as we know.

Unit 4 public transport

Period 1 Welcome to the unit

Teaching Objectives:

1) To get the students to talk about different means of transport and its main function.

2) Students are expected to discuss the advantages and disadvantages between all these means of transport and how important they are to our lives.

Teaching procedures:

1. Lead in

Do you like traveling? Where have you been and how did you go there?

2. Brainstorming

What is included in public transport?

3. Picture talking

show students different pictures about public transport and discuss their different functions.

4. Questions

1) What is the difference between a bus and a coach?

2) Why do you think people would choose to travel by aeroplane rather than by ship?

3) Why do you think we need all these different types of transport?

5. Group discussion

1) How do people travel within a city?

2). How do people travel to nearby cities?

3) How did people travel to a faraway city in ancient times?

Period 2 Reading(1)

Teaching aims:

(1) Encourage the Ss to grasp the main idea of the article.

(2) Stimulate the Ss’ interest in learning English by talking about their own traveling experiences.

(3) Students are expected to gain some knowledge about London Underground and reinforce their reading comprehension.

(4) Develop the students’ reading ability---how to read a tourist brochure.

Important points & difficult points:

(1) Get students to understand the main idea of the reading passage.

(2) Have students know something about the London Underground.

Procedure:

Step1 Daily report.

Ask one student to do a daily report on one of his or her traveling experiences.

Step2 Review of different means of transportation

Show students a few pictures of different means of transportation and get them to tell the names of the transportation tools to consolidate what they have learnt.

Step3 Lead-in

Ask students to answer the following questions:

1. Among all these means of transportation mentioned above, which can you take in our city?

2. In recent years, Nanjing has got a new means of transportation; do you know what it is?

3. Do you know something about the first underground in the world?

Step4 Skimming

1. When was the first underground system opened?

2. Why was the Victorian time important?

3. What did Charles Holden do?

Step5 Scanning

1. Why was an underground system first developed in London?

2. What was the London Underground like in 1863?

3. What did Charles Yerkes do to improve the underground?

4. What are some of the different things that the underground has functioned as?

5. What happened to the London Underground after World War Ⅱ?

6. What does it mean when the brochure says that the underground system is user-friendly?

Step6 Structure analyzing

part paragraph Main idea

Part 1 Para 1

Part 2 Para 2-4

Part 3 Para 5

Part 4 Para 6-7

Step7 Development of the LU system before World War II

date event

1854

1863

1868

1884

1933

1918-1938

After 1945

1977

Step8 Reading strategy: reading a tourist brochure

Key facts of a tourist brochure

1. History of a certain place or an item, including its dates and years

2. Some important people concerned

3. Interesting facts

4. Persuasive and interesting language

Step9 Blank-filling

Step10 Role-play

Suppose you are a guide. Now you are leading a tourist group to Nanjing City. Please combine the knowledge of our hometown you have already known with the language skills we learned today to give the tourist a short speech.

Step11 Homework

Finish the relative exercise on page 130 and 131.

Preview the language points in the text.

Period 3 Reading(2)

Teaching aims:

1. Encourage the Ss to raise reading ability by focusing on language points.

2. Get the Ss to grasp the new language usage in the text by learning them.

Important points & difficult points:

Language usage: distant(distance); boundary; historic(historical); choke; link; place; function; honor; permit

1. distant (Line5) adj. far away

in the distant past/future: far away in the past or future:

distance n. [C or U] the amount of space between two places:

He travels quite a distance (=a long way) to work every day.

Does she live within walking distance of her parents?

2. boundary: n. -- the edge (Line5)

The mountain becomes the national ~ for both countries.

The fence serves as a ~ between the two buildings.

the boundaries of knowledge

3. historic: adj. -- having importance in or influence on history (Line 6)

11 November 1918 is a ~ day as it represents the end of World War I.

Can you tell me when the ~ meeting between the two great leaders was held?

historic / historical:

Historic and historical are differentiated in usage, though their senses overlap.

Historic refers to what is important in history:

the historic first voyage to outer space

It is also used of what is famous or interesting because of its association with persons or events in history: a historic house

Historical refers to whatever existed in the past, whether regarded as important or not:

a historical character

Historical refers also to anything concerned with history or the study of the past:

The differentiation between the words is not complete. They are often used interchangeably:

4. choke (Line8) n. [C] v. 窒息;堵塞;阻塞

1). The child swallowed a pen and chocked to death.

2). The roads to the coast were choked with traffic.

3). At lunchtime the streets were choked with traffic.

4). Children can choke on peanuts.

引申: chock back 忍住,抑制 chock up 因激动等说不出话来

5. link (Line21) v. [T] to make a connection between two or more people, things or ideas:

1) The explosions are not thought to be linked in any way.

link up: to form a connection, especially in order to work or operate together:

2) The organization's aim is to link up people from all over the country who are suffering from the disease.

3) They linked up two areas by telephone.

用法拓展:be connected with 与……相接,和……有联系

6. place: v. --to be in a state or situation (Line 36)

1) She placed a tape recorder in front of her on the table.

2) His uncooperative attitude placed us in an embarrassing situation.

3) This job places great demands on the workers, which can be quite stressful.

7. be responsible for: be in charge of (L39)

1)The driver is responsible for the passengers’ safety.

2) Philip is the project manager. He is responsible for anything concerning the project.

3) Who is responsible for making the dinner reservation?

8. function as: serve as (L42)

1) My living room also functions as a study.

2) The room functioned as a store room for keeping all our collection.

3) The beautiful leaf functioned as a bookmark

9. honor (L51) a quality that combines respect, pride and honesty:

a man of honor

We fought for the honor of our country.

n. [C] a reward, prize or title that publicly expresses admiration or respect:

She received an honor for her services to the community.

in honor of sth. in order to celebrate or show great respect for someone or sth.:

a banquet in honor of the president

10. permit (L57) v. -tt- [T] to allow sth.:

The regulations do not permit much flexibility.

[+do ing] The prison authorities permit visiting only once a month.

[+ object + to infinitive] The security system will not permit you to enter without the correct password.

Period 4 Word power

Teaching aims:

(1). Learn and master the new words related to transport.

(2). Enlarge the vocabulary in this section and apply them to practical use.

Important points & difficult points:

(1). Remember the different kinds of roads.

(2). Remember different tools of transport.

Procedure:

Step 1 Lead-in

Word game:

Step 2 Read and speak

1. Ask students to read the passage in Part A.

2. To check students’ understanding of the passage, you may ask them the following questions

3. Ask students if they know any other tools of transport besides what they have learnt. You may offer some photos and get students to speak out the correct words

Step 3 Further study

1. Ask students to focus on the flow chart in Part B. They should know that the flow chart here categorizes the different ways people travel by land, air or sea.

2. Ask students to read the passage in Part C, which is an introduction to a transport project. Student should complete the introduction with the words they have learnt in Parts A and B. Then check the answers with the class.

3. For Part D, you may ask students some questions to help them find out these words and phrases. For example:

What must you do before you go somewhere by train?

Book a seat or a ticket.

Where will you go to buy the train ticket?

To the ticket office.

How do we know which train is available?

Read a timetable first.

What ticket can help a student save money?

A student ticket.

For the majority the good way to save money is to buy _____ ticket.

What do we call the person who is traveling on a train?

A passenger.

What do we call the person who sells bus tickets?

A conductor.

If you want to travel to a foreign country, what must you have?

A passport and a visa.

4. Ask students to go over Part D and fill in the box. Tell them that the word ‘passenger’ should not be put in the box because passengers are not the people who make transport smoothly.

Step 4 Homework

(1) Learn all the new words by heart.

(2) Workbook P130 Reading A

Period 5&6 Grammar & usage

Teaching aims:

(1) To help the students review and master the usage of v-ing and v-ed forms functioning as adjectives and adverbs.

(2) To help the students to learn the usage of the passive, perfect and negative forms of v-ing and v-ed forms

(3) To enable the students to know the differences between participles and gerunds and the infinitives.

Teaching important points & difficult points:

(1) Differences between verb-ing and verb-ed forms.

(2) Differences between “doing” and “having done”.

(3) Differences between “doing” and “to do”.

Teaching procedure:

Step 1 Lead-in

Warming up:

Step 2 Usage of v-ing and v-ed forms functioning as adjectives and adverbs.

As adjectives:

v-ing形式作定语

v-ed形式作定语

1. 单个动词-ed形式作定语一般放在被修饰的名词之前,作前置定语。

A watched pot never boils. 心急锅不开。

All the broken doors and windows have been repaired.

When we arrived, we each were given a printed question paper.

提 示 如要表示强调,单个动词-ed形式也可作后置定语。

Money spent is more than money earned. 入不敷出。

2. 带有修饰语或其他成分的v-ed形式一般都作后置定语,在语法上相当于一个定语从句。

We have read many novels written by this author. (=that are written by this author)

Half of the honored guests invited to the reception were foreign ambassadors. (=who had been invited to the reception)

The meeting, attended by one thousand students, was a success. (=which was attended by one thousand students)

v-ing 和v-ed形式作定语的区别

1.及物动词的-ing形式作定语表示与被修饰名词是主动关系,及物动词的-ed 形式表示与被修饰名词是被动关系。

2.不及物动词-ing形式表示动词正在进行,而v-ed形式表示动作已完成。

不及物动词-ed形式只表示完成的意义,并不带有被动的含义。

v-ing形式作状语

v-ed形式作状语

动词-ed形式作状语和动词-ing形式作状语一样,也可以表示时间、原因、条件、让步、方式或伴随情况等。但其动作执行者与句子主语是被动一致。

动词-ed形式作状语表示行为方式、伴随情况或补充说明时,通常位于句子的后面,相当于一个并列分句。

The teacher stood there, surrounded by the students. (=and he was surrounded …)

He went into the office, followed by some children. (=and he was followed by some children)

Tell the functions:

Completely examined by the doctors, he went back to school right away.

Having lived in this city for three years, she knows it very well.

Laughed at by many people, he continued his study.

He went into the office, followed by many children.

Step 3 Different forms and functions

1. Student’s Book Page 57 Part A

Check the answers with the students.

Forms Attribute Adverbial Predicative Object complement

v-ing √ √ √ √

v-ed *√ √ √ *√

being+v-ed *√ √ *√

having+v-ed √

having been+v-ed √

a meeting held yesterday

a meeting being held now

I found my watch being repaired when I got to the shop, so I had to wait.

I found my watch repaired when I got to the ship, so I paid the worker and returned.

2. Student’s Book Page 57 Part B Check the answers.

Step 4 Summary

Forms 主 宾 定 表 状 宾补

Participles √ √ √ √

Gerunds √ √ √ √

Infinitives √ √ √ √ √ √

Step 5 practice

自测天地

Step 6 Homework

Workbook C1, C2

Period 7&8 Task

Teaching aims:

to get students to learn how to listen for important information.

to get students to learn to budget for a trip.

Teaching steps:

Step 1:

Give students the background of this story. Let them plan a list of things they need to do for the coming trip if they are in such circumstances. They may be able to fill in some of the blanks in part A even before listening. Then listen to the tape for the first time and finish the rest of the blanks.

Step2:

Listen to part A for the second time if necessary.

Step3:

One of the things you were asked to do was call Mr. An. Listen to the telephone conversation and make some notes about the information Mr. An gives.

Step4:

(1) You also want to look on a website about Dalian to make a perfect arrangement for the trip. Read the information and complete the note.

(2) Explain some new words if necessary. It may include: harbour, speed up, peak, punctual

Step5:

Pair work: You have decided to travel by train. You are at the railway station and are trying to buy some tickets for the fastest train. List the sorts of questions you need to ask. Find a partner to be the ticket seller. (Only your partner has the timetable. Ask him or her questions. Then you choose the fastest train within the right budget. Then switch roles. Compare the final decision between students.

Step6:

You need to write an e-mail to your uncle. Get students to think about what things you need to write in the e-mail.

You need to say that you have decided that the families should take the train and why you decide on this. Also tell him the departure and arrival time and remind him not to be late.

Period 9&10 Project

Teaching aims:

1. Give students a chance to practice their English by completing a project.

2. Teach students how to protect themselves from dangers on the roads.

3. Encourage students to finish a project by working together.

Teaching procedure:

Step 1 Discussion

(Showing students two pictures of traffic accidents)

What should you pay attention to when you go school by bike?

What do you need to do to avoid accidents on your way to school on foot?

If you are a bus driver, what do you think you should or shouldn’t do when you drive students to their school?

What are the possible reasons for the traffic accident? What do you think should be done to avoid a traffic accident?

Step 2 Lead-in

From the title, what information do you think the reading passage will give us?

Step 3

Read the article carefully and find answers to first four questions in Part B

Step 4 Further Reading

Let’s check your understanding of the reading passage by more questions.

Step 5 Consolidation

1) Read the article again and complete the following notes:

2) Work in groups of four or six to discuss the questions 5-8 in Part B. Write down your answers. Then one student from each group presents your answer to the class. Other groups can give your comments.

3) Do Exercises

Step 6 Language points:

Welcome to the unit

1.spare vt. 节约;吝惜;省出;抽出(时间);剩下 adj.多余的;剩下的;空闲的;未占有的

归纳拓展

spare no efforts (pains) 不遗余力

spare one’s life (spare sb his life) 饶某人一命

in one’s spare time 在业余时间

a spare room 备用房间

练练吧!

1. He caught the train with a few minutes ______.

A. spare B. to spare C. sparing D. spared

2.. Let Harry play with your toys as well, Clare--- you must learn to _______.

A. support B. care C. spare D. share

3. 现在我能抽出时间。 。

2.replace v. 取代;代替;替换;放回原处;

归纳拓展

replace=take the place of 取代;代替

in place of取代;代替(介词短语)

in stead of代替;而不是(介词短语)

take one’s place 代替某人;就位;就职

take place 发生;

replace…by/ with … 以。。。。。。代替/替换

练练吧!

1. Now plastic have ______ wood, iron, and steel in many fields.

A taken place B. in place of C. instead of D. taken the place of

2.They will go to Guangzhou by plane_______ by train.

A. in place of B. in stead of C. instead D. take the place of

3.Can anything replace a mother’s love and care?

4.所有的书必须放回到书架上。

Reading

1. received adj. 被承认的;被认可的;公认的

be well received with 很受……欢迎

这位歌手很受学生们的欢迎。

归纳拓展

receive sth from…从……得到某物

receive sb into sth接纳;接待

练练吧!

1. 我昨天收到了李红给我的生日礼物.

2. 这个节目很受观众的欢迎.

2.have nothing to do with 与……无关;与……没来往

这与你无关.

我劝你不要与那人来往.

归纳拓展

have sth to do with与……有关

have nothing on sb不比……强

come to nothing没结果;终归失败

go for nothing无结果;无价值

care nothing for对……满不在乎

think nothing of对……满不在乎

make nothing of不了解

do nothing but只是……

nothing…but… 只……

for nothing免费

nothing like 什么也比不上;完全不像

练练吧!

1. He (不在乎钱).

2. She got the tickets (免费).

3. I could (不了解) what he said.

4. She (只是) a child.

5. The dress is (完全不同) the one they advised.

6. He (认为……不算啥)a twenty-mile walk.

7. ------Anything interesting happening?

------No, ______.

A. something of B. nothing of C. something much D. nothing of

3.have a place in …在……中占一席之地

练练吧!

1.史密斯先生在公司占有重要地位.

2.The famous scientist has ________ in the world.

A. a seat B. a place C. a role D. places

4.make…into…=to change sth or sb different from what it/he/she used to be

练练吧!

1.那部电影的成功使她一夜成名.

2.我们可以把这个房间改变成书房.

5.at a time 一次;每次

每次服两片.

不要什么事都一块干,要一次做一点儿.

归纳拓展

at one time曾经

at all times总是;随时;永远

at other times在其他时候

at times有时

at the same time同时

at the time在那时

at no time 决不;在任何时候都不

in no time立刻;马上

ahead of time提前;提早

all the time一直;始终

as time goes on 随着时间的推移

take one’s time从容进行;不慌不忙

练练吧!

1.-------Can I look at the menu for a few minutes before I decide?

--------Of course. _____ , sir.

A. Make yourself at home B. Enjoy yourself C. It doesn’t matter D. Take your time.

2.Don’t all speak at once! ______ , please.

A. Each at one time B. One by one time C. One for each time D. One at a time

6.be set in 以……为背景

这部电影以上海为背景.

归纳拓展

set about (doing ) sth开始/着手(做)某事

set aside 留出;拨出;不顾

set back把(钟表等)往回拨

set sb down使乘客下车

set sth down放下;记下

set forth 启程; 动身

set off出发;动身;使爆炸;引起

set out出发;动身; 开始/着手做某事

set…free 释放……

练练吧!

1. He set _________ washing his car.

2. She set a good example _______ all of us.

3. The rainy season has set _______.

4. The school was set _______ years ago.

5. She has ________ some money for a trip to Beijing.

A. set about B. set aside C. set down D. set in

7.would rather宁愿

归纳拓展

would rather(not) do sth宁愿(不)做某事

would rather do…than do………宁愿做某事……而不愿做某事

would rather sb did sth宁愿某人去做某事

would rather sb had done sth宁愿(过去)某人已做了某事

prefer to do …rather than do…喜欢做……胜过……

rather than而不是

other than除了

or rather确切的说

练练吧!

1. It was owing to luck ______ judgment _______ the driver succeeded in avoiding an accident.

A. better than; when B. rather than; that C. other than; When D. more than ; which

2.I worked as a secretary, ____, a typist.

A. rather than B. or rather C. in rather D. would rather

8.add

归纳拓展

add…to…把……加到……里

add to (=increase)增加;添加

add up把……加起来

add up to(=come to;total)共计(达)

add… in把……包括在内

add that…补充说

练练吧!

1. 这种坏天气增加了我们的困难.

2. 这些数字加起来是1000.

3. We have planted flowers and green trees around the blocks of buildings , which _____ beauty to the whole city.

A. add to B. add up to C. is added to D. add

4.We are having a class,” she said, _______ it was a newly open kindergarten sponsored by the church.

A. added that B. adding that C. has added D. and adding that

9.be bent on sth / doing sth 一心想要;决心要

吉姆一心想要成为一个音乐家.________________________________________________

归纳拓展

make up one’s mind下定决心

determine to do sth决定做某事(表示动作)

be determined to do sth 决心做某事(表示状态)

determine sb to do sth使某人下决心做某事

decide on/upon决定某事

bend one’s mind to sth专心于某事物

bend (sb) to sth(迫使某人)屈从;顺从

练练吧!

1.___________ to train his daughter in English, he put an ad like this in the paper," , an English teacher for a ten-year-old girl.”

A. Determined; Wanted B. Determined; Wanting

C. Determine ; Wanted D. Determining Wanting

2.He is _________ learning English well.

A. bent to B. bent on C. bending to D. bending on

10. make the acquaintance of=make sb’s acquaintance 和……相识;结识

我是在一个集会上认识他的._________________________________________________

归纳拓展

acquaint sb with sth 使某人熟悉或了解某物

be acquainted with sth对某事熟悉

be acquainted with sb认识某人

acquaintance with sth /sb 对某事/某人(常为略微的)了解

on (further ) acquaintance 认识了一段(较长) 时间以后

练练吧!

1. 请把这事的情况告诉我._____________________________________________________

2. 你很快就会对这些程序完全熟悉了.__________________________________________

3. 我们认识那位女士.________________________________________________________

Unit 1 Grammar、Task and project

Grammar and task

1 far from------

离-----远; 远非……、决不……

如: The sun is far from the earth.

He is far from (being) honest.他决非诚实之人。

译: 我决不是怪他。

______________________________.

她的写作还不够完美

____________________________.

2 原句再现

: Oliver gets caught by the police and is taken to court.

1) catch: 捕捉; 撞见; 理解

be caught in ----- 碰到, 遇到

catch sb by the + 部位 抓住某人体部位

catch sb doing----- 撞见某人正在做-----

catch one’s attention 引起某人的注意

完成句子:

We __________________(遇到大雨) on the way home.

He __________________ (抓住我的手)and said, “Don’t forget.”

The teacher___________________(撞见他在睡觉) in class

I’m sorry.______________________(我没听懂你的话)

2) take sb to court 起诉/控告某人

go to court (over sth) 起诉, 打官司

完成句子:

I ______________ (起诉他)for repayment of the debt.

3原句再现:

He pities Oliver, takes him home, and tries to reform.

reform 变好,改善; 改良,改进,改革; 改造,改过自新

There are signs that he’s reforming.

reform one’s way/habits 改变作风/习惯

译: 进行改革_____________________

完成句子:

我想使他改过自新,但是徒劳无获.

I wanted to _________ him, but ____________________.

4原句再现:

They force him back into a life of crime by pressuring him with the threat of violence if he resists.

pressure

pressure sb with sth

pressure sb into doing sth强迫某人做某事

bring pressure to bear on sb (to do sth) 对某人施加压力(使其做某事)

put pressure on sb (to do sth) (试图)迫使某人(做某事); 催逼某人

under pressure

单项填空

We don’t want to ________ pressure _______ you to make a decision, but we haven’t much time left.

A put; to B place; on C put; on D place; to

5 Kevin was filled with sorrow at the sight of his old soccer ball, and he let out a sad sigh.

1) at the sight/ thought of----

at first sight 乍看

catch/have/get sight of---

in sight

out of sight

lose sight of----

in the sight of sb 在某人看来

2) 译下列短语:

Let out a cry

let out a secret

let out the skirt

let sb down

let sb alone

let go off

let alone

6 entertain sb to sth 以--- 招待----

entertain sb with sth 以---逗了逗乐----

entertaining adj.=amusing and pleasing

entertainment n.

练:

I like Dr liu’s lecture, which is both informative and ___________.

Is there any traditional _________ at Thanksgiving in your town, besides Trick and Treat.

Project

1原句再现:

He was transformed and became famous overnight.

overnight adv.

译:an overnight journey

an overnight success

become famous overlight

2原句再现:

Romantic themes tend to be more emotional.

tend to do---- 有---- 倾向

tend towards/ to----朝--- 方向

Translate:

女人多比男人长寿____________________________.

他的观点趋向偏激 He ______ ________ extreme views.

Tendency n. a tendency to sth/ to do sth.

I have a tendency to fatness (同意句)

I_______ ________ _________ _________.

3 Like many of Burns’s poems, this one was intended to be a song.

intend to do/ doing----

intend sb to do---=(sth.) be intended/designed /meant to do===

intend sth for sb=sth be intended/designed/meant for sb.

intend sth as ----=sth be intended/designed/meant as---

单项填空:

1)Children above 12 are able to take part in skiing or other activities ________ for them.

A designed B. designing C. to design D. having designed

2)The performance of the host, ____ to please the audience and draw their attention, was greeted with a cold silence,however.

A. had intended B. intended C. intending D. to intend

Translate:

This book is intended for children.

____________________________________________________.

These notes are intended as an introduction to the course.

Grammar:英语中的否定

一:否定的种类:

否定句是英语中的常用基本句型之一,它用来表示对所表达情况的否认.英语的否定结构形式多种多样,无论在思路上,还是在表达方式上,都与汉语有许多差异.如果只按字面意思翻译,有时会造成误解.因此,在做英译汉和汉译英练习时,一定要认真体会其中的含义,不要望文生义,以防陷入这个可怕的迷宫.

按意义分,英语中的否定多种多样.有全部否定、部分否定、多重否定(双重否定).

1)全部否定

no, not, never, none, nobody, nothing, nowhere, neither... nor,结构均表示强烈意味的完全否定, 在汉语中体现为"绝对不","没有","远不(非)......","一点也不","根本不......","无论如何也没有......"等.

2)部分否定

英语中一些含有总括含义的代词、形容词或副词,当用于否定句中时,只否定一部分,而不是完全否定.如all, everybody(everyone), everything, anyone(anybody), anything, anywhere, everywhere, always, quite, both, entirely, altogether等词与not连用时,在汉语中译为"......不全是......","不都是......","并非全都是......","不总是......"等,而不是按照字面理解为"所有......都不是".

All that glitters is not gold.

闪闪发光的东西不一定都是金子.(误:所有闪闪发光的都不是金子.)

All of us don’t want to go.

照字面看来好像是“我们大家都不想去”,而实际上是“并非大家都不想去”,即有人想去,有人不想去。 “None of us wants to go” 才是“大家都不想去”

因此, “All……not……” 应解释为“一切……并不都……”或“并非一切……都……”。例如:

All knowledge and techniques of modern medicine cannot bring him back to life.

即使现代医学的全部知识与技术也不能使他起死回生。(注:在此解作“即使全部的……也不……”)

类似 “All……not……” 的结构还有 “Both……not……” , “Every……not……” ,

如:Every instrument here is not good.

这里的仪器并不都很好。

二:英语否定形式

1) 英语中否定含义的表达形式多种多样,可以用not,no,never,none,nobody,nothing,nowhere等否定词来表达否定之意.

2) 可以用hardly,scarcely,seldom,little,few等半否定词来表达否定之意.

3)可以用含否定意义的前缀a-,ab-,an-,de-,dis-,il-,im-,in-,ir-,non-,un-,under-等构成的词表达否定之意;也可以用后缀 -less,-free,-proof等构成的词表达否定之意。

4)除此以外,还可以用含否定意义的词、词组或句子表达否定意义,现将其作如下归纳:

一)、运用含否定意义的词及词组表示否定意义

1.动词:absent(缺席,不到),fail(没有),defy(公然反抗),deny(否认),miss(未击中,未赶上),lack(缺乏),escape(被……忘掉),ignore(不顾),refuse(不肯,拒不),negate(否定),decline(拒绝),neglect(忽略),forbid(不许, 不准),resist(抗拒)等。例如:

He absented himself from a meeting on some pretext.

他借故不去开会。

Her name escaped me for a moment.

我一时记不起她的名字了。

2.动词短语: differ from(与……不同), prefer… to(宁愿……而不),keep off(不接近,不让……接近),keep… from/prevent… from/stop…from/protect… from(阻止,使……不), deprive… of(使丧失),lose sight of(看不见), make light of(轻视,视……不足道)等。例如:

Why should you prevent them from moving into the new house?

你们为什么不让他们搬进新居呢?

Sickness deprived her of the pleasure of meeting her son.

疾病使她不能同儿子欢聚。

3.名词:absence(不在), failure(没有,不及格), lack(缺乏),(不愿),refusal(不肯),ignorance(无知),negation(否定),shortage(缺乏,不足),want(缺少),zero(乌有)等。例如:

His reluctance to think of a nonsports career caught up with him.

他不愿考虑运动员以外的职业给他带来的不幸。

Bass was also in ignorance of his whereabouts.

贝斯也不知他的下落。

Shortage of manpower is the chief cause of the delay at the factory.

人力不足是该工厂生产停滞的主要原因。

Their hopes were reduced to zero.他们的希望化为乌有。

4.形容词及形容词短语: reluctant(不愿), absent from(不在,没到场), ignorant of(不知,不懂),different from(与……不同),short of(缺少,不足),far from(远非,决不),safe from(免于), free from(不受……影响的,没有……的),free of(无……的)等。例如:

We should be free from arrogance and rashness.我们应该不骄不躁。

5.介词:above(超出……之外),against(反对), beneath(不值得),beyond(超出,无法……), off(离开), past(超过), but/except(除……之外)等。例如:

This problem is beneath notice.这个问题不值得注意。

The young men of the present day are beyond my comprehension.

当代青年我无法理解。

His stupidity is past all belief.他的愚蠢简直不可思议。

6.介词短语:at a loss(不知所措,不知……), in the dark(不知道), invain(徒劳,无用), out of the question(不可能), off one's guard(毫无防备,没有警惕),out of the swim(不合时髦,不合潮流), at one's wits'end(智穷计尽,不知所措), at the end of one's rope/at the end of one's row(山穷水尽,智穷力竭)等。例如:

The police are at a loss for an explanation of the affair.

警察不知如何解释这件事情。

I am completely in the dark concerning his plans.

关于他的计划,我全然不知。

I have so much work to do that a holiday for me this year is out of the question.我有这么多工作要做,因此,今年我不可能休假了。

7.其他词组及固定搭配:anything but/by no means/in no case/on no account/under no circumstances(决不), instead of(而不), rather than(而不是), other than(不同于,除……以外), aside from(除了……以外), least ofall(最不),the last(极不可能的,最不适合的), let alone/to say nothing/…stil less,…(更不用说)等。例如:

The little bridge is anything but safe.

那座小桥决不安全。

The truth is quite other than what you think.

事实真相同你想的完全不同。

He can't run a hundred yards,still less a mile.

他一百码都跑不了,更不用说一英里了。

二、运用某些结构表达否定意义

1.too…to(太……不能)

He's too much of a coward to do that.他太怯懦了,干不了那件事。

2.more A than B(与其 B不如 A)或 more than+含有 can的从句(不能)

He is more brave than wise.他有勇无谋。

My gratitude for your help is more than I can express.

对于你给我帮助的感激之情我无法表达。

3.比较级+than+不定式(不至于做)

You should know better than to play football in the classroom.

你应憧得不该在教室里踢足球。

He was wiser than to have done such a thing.

他不至于愚蠢得竟然做出这样的事情。

三、运用以连词before,unless等引出的状语从句表达否定意义

He slipped out before the meeting started.

会议还没开始,他就悄悄地溜出去了。

Unless you put on your overcoat,you'll catch a cold.

如果你不穿大衣,就会着凉。

四、用虚拟语气表达否定意义

But for your coming,I should have been very lonely.

要不是你来了,我会感到很寂寞的。

If only you had worked with greater care.

你要是工作更仔细一些就好了。

否定结构练习

1. We are too busy to take a long holiday this year, ________ the fact that we can't afford it.

A) not to speak B) not to mention C) to say anything of D) much less

2. He didn’t arrive ________ the game had begun.

A) until B) after C) when D) before

3. They could hardly keep themselves alive, ________ look after a wife and children.

A) or not B) and even not C) let alone D) as opposed to

4. He is ________ have done such a foolish thing.

A) as experienced as to B) more experienced than to

C) too experienced to D) only too experienced to

5. All knowledge is ________ , and when it fails to lead the students into the correct path, it is either in itself bad, or it has been very imperfectly acquired.

A) bad B) not well C) worse D) not good

6. ________ other big cats, leopards are expert climbers.

A) The most unlike B) They are unlike most C) Unlike the most D) Unlike most

7. We should ________ look down upon the people who are inferior to us.

A) by no means B) by any means C) at all D) in any way

8. It won’t be long ________ imperialism comes to its end.

A) when B) after C) until D) before

9. She can ________ be held responsible for the terrible accident.

A) in any way B) in a way C) in no way D) in the way

10. You are not to let anyone know where we are going ________.

A) under no circumstances B) under any circumstances C) by every means D) at no time

11. Miss Keller was so intelligent that I could not ________ .

A) but admire her B) admire her C) admiring her D) to admire her

12. The ministry had no choice ________ our rates.

A) except raising B) but raise C) but to raise D) without raising

13. I will not lose confidence in the great cause ________.

A) at no time B) at times C) at a time D) at any time

14. No human beings could possibly copy down all these facts, ________ remember and organize them.

A) much more B) much less C) still more D) more than

15. The students cannot be ________ careful in performing the experiment as it is such a critical link in the whole project.

A) very B) too C) quite D) so

16. ________ to finish quickly.

A) No every student wants B) No every student want

C) Not every student wants D) Not every student want

17. The students are ________ with these two famous scientists in the lab.

A) too pleased to work B) too pleased that they cannot work

C) only too pleased to work D) so pleased that they cannot work

18. He does not know English, ________ German or French.

A) nothing to say about B) to say nothing of

C) anything to say about D) to say anything of

19. It's nearly impossible to go through a major city ________ a person who is or appears to be homeless.

A) not to have seen B) not to see C) without seeing D) without being seen

20. I've got ________ Sundays free this month.

A) never B) not C) none D) no

21. The book is ________ me, but I'll never give up studying.

A) above B) over C) under D) below

22. I don't believe it. I think he is ________ such a thing.

A) the only person to do B) the first person to do

C) the last person to do D) the very person to do

23. The experiment is ________ ; it was a great success.

A) far from being a failure B) far away from a failure

C) more than a failure D) nothing but a failure

24. You can't be ________ careful when driving on the highway.

A) very B) quite C) so D) too

25. The old lady whom Jack quarreled with yesterday is ________ Mary.

A) not other than B) none other than C) nobody other than D) no one other than

26. If we're attacked we can't but ________ in self-defense.

A) to fight back B) fight back C) fighting back D) only to fight back

27. I know nothing about his journey ________ he is to be away for a month.

A) provided that B) supposing that C) now that D) except that

28. I have never been back since we moved out, not even to the town, ________ to the house where I was born.

A) still less B) still not C) even not D) no to mention

29. I ________ her skill of performance, though I don't like her personally.

A) can't but admitting B) can't help but admitting

C) can't help but to admit D) can't help but admit

30. She is ________ diligent than he is.

A) no B) not C) no more D) not more

Unit 1 words

1. Mist is a symbol of danger and u_______ in Great Expectations.

2. Is an e_______ person with a lot of money a gentleman ?

3. He made an a_________turn to avoid hitting another car .

4. Children must swim in the s________ end of the swimming pool.

5. John is b_______on getting the first place in the following race .

6. The a_______ chair was made in 1628.

7. He graduated from Cambridge University, so he spoke r_______ standard English.

8. P________is the child of ignorance.

9. Disappointment is the nurse of w______.

10. Oliver Twist was written by one of the greatest n______ in the world.

11. Better be envied than p______.

12. Some experts agree to r_______a system of education.

13. This is a new kind of glassware that r_______heat.

14. The hungry boy ate his food g_______.

15. I always took him for an honest man ,but it appears that I was m_____ in him.

16. Edinburgh is the capital and largest u_______ center of Scotland.

17. He became famous nationwide o______.

18. On that matter he t_____ towards your opinion.

19. Sunlight is (使变化) into chemical energy,when it falls on the leaves of plants .

20. He is __________(展出) his paintings at our school .

21. You may praise your child ___________(公开地).

22. A fool always wants to ____________(缩短)space and time .

23. The ball was ___________(旋转) across the grass as the boys laughed and shouted happlily.

24. It was ____________(代表性的) of him to arrive so early .

25. The word “today” is ____________(重读)on the second syllable.

26. The _________(_最高的)Count sentenced the murderer to death.

27. She ____________(叹气) with relief .

28. The teacher was ____________(生气)at him for being late again than before.

29. The dog was his closet _____________(伙伴).

30. The idea for the film was ____________(根据)on his childhood dreams.

模块8 unit one 短语及翻译

短语翻译

1. 对..有偏见

2. 一心想要

3. 和…相识

4. 看到

5. 从头到尾

6. 在空余时间

7. 和…无关

8. 经典小说

9. 宁可…而不

10. 等不及要…

11. 不久以后

12. 一个…的象征

13. 以..为背景

14. 偷某人的东西

15. 做出突然的决定

16. 提醒某人某事

17. 给文章增加更深含义

18. 不受…的伤害

19. 一大比钱

20. 对…有偏见

21. 没有时间来放松

22. 被主人虐待

23. 被警察抓住

24. 同情某人

25. 由…改制成

26. 充满伤心

27. 一夜成名

28. 由…组成

29. 打算,准备

30. 把…比做

完成句子

1.由苏童的小说改编的新电影将在下周一公映.

A new film _____ _____Su Tong`s novels is to _____ ______ next Monday.

2.与这个案子有关系的人上下去都被逮捕了.

All the people______ _____the case were _______ last week.

3.于购物相比,她宁愿呆在家里, 复习功课.

Rather than ____ _______ ,she would _____ at home ,_____ over her lessons.

4.当你讲那个笑话时,我喜欢.

I like ____ _____ you told that joke .

5.他正准备离开突然听到有人叫他.

He was about to leave _____ he heard himself _____.

6.Jack 过去一心想成为一名律师,但后来他成了文学专家.

Jack used to _____ ____ _____ law as a profession ,but he was an expert on literature.

7.我懂得一些法语,但并不太了解,

I ____some _________ with French ,but I don`t know it well.

8.湖里的鱼死光了,这和污染有关系吗?

The fish in the lakes ____ _____ ,dose it ____ anything ___ ____ with pollution ?

9.当我们处于困境时候,不要突然做出决定.

Don`t ______ a _____ ______ when we are in trouble .

10.当你像那样说话时 ,我想起了你的父亲.

You ____ me _____ your father when you say like that.

Key:

welcome to the unit ---- reading

A:1.B D I can spare time now.2.D B 有什么东西能取代母亲的爱和关怀。All the books must be replaced on the shelves.B:1.The singer is well received with the I received a birthday present from LiHong yesterday. /The programme is well received with the audience.2.This has nothing to do with you. / I advise you to have nothing with that care nothing for money /for nothing/make nothing of/ is nothing but/nothing like/thinks nothing of /

B 3.Mr Smith has an important place in the B 4. The success of the film made her into a star We can make this room into a study.5.Take the pills two at a try to do everything at once; take it a bit at a /D 6.The film was set in /in /up/ B.7.B/B 8.The bad weather added to our difficulties. / These numbers add up to 100. /A /B

9.Jim is bent on becoming a musician. /A /D 10. I made his acquaintance at the acquaint me with the facts of the soon become fully acquainted with the We are /become acquainted with the lady.

Grammar、 Task and project

1 I’m far from blaming him.

His writing is far from perfection.

2 were caught in a rain

caught me by the hand

caught him sleeping

I didn’t catch what you said

took him to court

3 carry out reforms reform in vain

4 C

6 entertaining entertainment

Project:

2 Women tend to live longer than men.

tends to

tend to get fat

3 A B

这本书是为儿童写的.

这些笔记的目的是作为对这门课程的介绍.

Grammar:

1-5 BACBD 6-10 DADCB 11-15 ACDBB 16-20 CCBCD 21-25 ACADB 26-30 BDADC

Words: 1---5._uncertainty educated abrupt shallow bent

6---10 antique .received. prejudice wisdom novelists

11-15 pitied reform resists greedily mistaken

16-20 urban overnight tends transformed exhibiting

21---25 publicly shorten twisting typical stressed

26-30 Supreme sighed angrier companion based

短语答案

1. be prejudiced against

2. be bent on (doing )sth.

3. make the acquaintance of

4. at the sight of

5. from beginning to end

6. in one`s spare time

7. have nothing to do with

8. classic novels

9. would rather …than

10. can not(hardly ) wait to do sth.

11. before long

12. a symbol of

13. be set in

14. steal from sb

15. make an abrupt decision

16. remind sb. of

17. add deeper meanings to the text

18. free from

19. a large sum of money

20. have prejudice against

21. have no time to relax

22. be abused by the master

23. get caught by the police

24. pity some doing/ take pity on someone

25. be made out of

26. be filled with sorrow

27. become famous overnight

28. consist of

29. intend to do sth.

30. compare …to .

1 based on , be released 2 related to , arrested 3 go shopping ,stay , going 4 it , when

5 when called 6 be bent on 7 have acquaintance 8 died out , have ,to do

9 make abruptly 10 remind of

Unit 19 Modern agriculture

I. Spelling practice:

1. Her thin coat gave little protection against the cold.

2. If you want to learn to paint, I suggest you study Raphael’s technique.

3. They have built canals to irrigate the desert.

4. She has been involved in the production of several well-known films.

5. The country became very rich following the discovery of oil.

6. I would question the wisdom of borrowing such a large sum of money.

7. The astronauts soon got used to the condition of weightlessness.

8. He guided us through the narrow streets to the railway station.

9. He lacks practical experience.

10. He removed the mud from his shoes.

II.Complete the sentences from the books with the words and phrases given:

effect; raise; make use of; stand for; the shortage of;

condition; remove; go against ;depend on; control

1. What effects do you think the changes in eating habits will have on agriculture or nature?

2. Farmers have to raise more pigs , sheep sans cattle.

3. To make as much use of the land as possible, two or more crops are planted each year where possible.

4. Future agriculture should depend on high technology as well as traditional methods.

5. The biggest problem of Chinese farmers is the shortage of arable land.

6. The temperature is controlled with computers, no matter how the weather is outside.

7. “M” stands for “modified” ,which means “changed”.

8. But if you go against nature and do things at the wrong time of year, you will have to do more work and the results will not be so good.

9. The condition of the soil is also very important.

10. Before sowing or planting crops, rough ground must be cleaned and weeds removed.

III.Complete the sentences with the following words and phrases:

effect; raise; make use of; stand for; the shortage of;

condition; remove; go against ;depend on; control

1. It had had such a bad effect upon him.

2. I shouldn’t expect it to have any effect.

3. Since 1975 the forty hour work week has been in effect.

4. The law went into effect yesterday.

5. He drank too much, and neglected his wife and children, and was, in effect, a disgrace to the village.

6. The new rule was put into effect at once.

7. It was nearly an hour before the sleeping pill took effect.

8. His teaching was not very effective.

1. The weight is too heavy; I can’t raise it.

2. Please raise your voice a little. I cannot hear you.

3. His wife raised the money by selling her jewellery.

4. That discussion raised my interest.

5. He is a farmer and raised horses.

6. May I raise the question of a new football, before you close the meeting?

1. She began to consider what use could be made of it.

2. You can make any use of it you like.

3. Do you want to make use of this brush?

1. Our flag stands for our country.

2. The new President stood for honest government.

3. The teacher wouldn’t stand for such behavior.

4. The governor did not stand for reelection.

1. There is a shortage of grain because of poor crops.

2. Shortage of skilled workers is our main difficulty.

1. The condition of the land is poor for planting.

2. Economic conditions were very bad.

3. Trust and respect are conditions of a happy marriage.

4. He was allowed to go swimming on condition that he kept near the other boys.

1. He removed his desk to another office.

2. People remove their hats in a theater.

3. He removed all the evidence of his crime.

4. That officer must be removed.

5. They have decided to remove to a warm climate.

1. They are going against our wishes.

2. The game was going against us.

1. Health depends on good food, fresh air and enough sleep.

2. I depend on his coming at seven o’clock.

3. The price depends on the quality.

4. It depends (on) whether you want to do it or not.

1. She also had a temper, but she controlled it.

2. I’m sure you believe in birth control.

3. The children were beyond control.

4. Even Bass lost control of himself for a moment or two.

5. The children are out of control.

6. It took the teacher months to bring his class under control.

IV.Translation:

1.我试图劝服他,但是无效。(effect)

I tried to persuade her, but without effect.

2.你不能永远依赖你的父母。(depend on)

You cannot depend on your parents forever.

3.由于收成不好而出现粮食短缺。(a shortage of)

There is a shortage of grain because of poor crops.

4.我不能再容忍你的无理了。(stand for)

I won’t stand for any more of your rudeness.

5.我的身体条件使我不能努力工作。(condition)

The condition of my health prevents me from working hard.

6.如果你违背自然规律,你迟早会受到惩罚。(go against)

If you go against nature, you will be punished sooner or later.

7.他充分利用他在那儿的时间来学习语言。(make use of)

He made good use of his time there by learning the language.

8.他把盘子从桌上拿走。(remove)

He removed the dishes from the table.

9.我努力克制我的脾气。(control)

I struggled to control my temper.

10.他们提出一个重要的问题。(raise)

They raised an important question.

V.Writing:

1. Working on the farm

2. Imagine you have a vegetable garden and you want to grow beans, cabbages, onions, tomatoes and sunflowers. Write a plan for your vegetable garden. What will you do in each month of the year?

Unit 19 Modern agriculture

I. Spelling practice:

1. Her thin coat gave little p_____________ against the cold.

2. If you want to learn to paint, I suggest you study Raphael’s t______________.

3. They have built canals to i_______________ the desert.

4. She has been involved in the p________________ of several well-known films.

5. The country became very rich following the d______________ of oil.

6. I would question the w_____________ of borrowing such a large sum of money.

7. The astronauts soon got used to the c_____________ of weightlessness.

8. He g_______________ us through the narrow streets to the railway station.

9. He lacks p____________________ experience.

10. He r______________________ the mud from his shoes.

II. Complete the sentences from the books with the words and phrases given:

effect; raise; make use of; stand for; the shortage of;

condition; remove; go against ;depend on; control

1. What _______________ do you think the changes in eating habits will have on agriculture or nature?

2. Farmers have to ___________ more pigs , sheep and cattle.

3. To ___________ as much ___________ the land as possible, two or more crops are planted each year where possible.

4. Future agriculture should ____________ high technology as well as traditional methods.

5. The biggest problem of Chinese farmers is ____________ arable land.

6. The temperature is ___________ with computers, no matter how the weather is outside.

7. “M” ____________ “modified” ,which means “changed”.

8. But if you ______________nature and do things at the wrong time of year, you will have to do more work and the results will not be so good.

9. The _________ of the soil is also very important.

10. Before sowing or planting crops, rough ground must be cleaned and weeds _____.

III.Complete the sentences with the following words and phrases:

effect; raise; make use of; stand for; the shortage of;

condition; remove; go against ;depend on; control

1. It had had such a bad __________ upon him.

2. I shouldn’t expect it to have any ________________.

3. Since 1975 the forty hour work week has been____________.

4. The law _____________________ yesterday.

5. He drank too much, and neglected his wife and children, and was, _________, a disgrace to the village.

6. The new rule __________________ at once.

7. It was nearly an hour before the sleeping pill ___________.

8. His teaching was not very _____________.

1. The weight is too heavy; I can’t _____________ it.

2. Please _________ your voice a little. I cannot hear you.

3. His wife _____________ the money by selling her jewellery.

4. That discussion ______________ my interest.

5. He is a farmer and _____________ horses.

6. May I ___________ the question of a new football, before you close the meeting?

1. She began to consider what______ could ____________ it.

2. You can ________________ it you like.

3. Do you want to ________________ this brush?

1. Our flag ________________ our country.

2. The new President ______________ honest government.

3. The teacher wouldn’t ______________ such behavior.

4. The governor did not _________________ reelection.

1. There is _______________ grain because of poor crops.

2. ________________ skilled workers is our main difficulty.

1. The _____________ of the land is poor for planting.

2. Economic ______________ were very bad.

3. Trust and respect are _______________of a happy marriage.

4. He was allowed to go swimming ________________ he kept near the other boys.

1. He _____________ his desk to another office.

2. People _______________ their hats in a theater.

3. He _____________all the evidence of his crime.

4. That officer must be ________________.

5. They have decided to___________ to a warm climate.

1. They are __________________ our wishes.

2. The game was ______________________ us.

1. Health ______________ good food, fresh air and enough sleep.

2. I ______________ his coming at seven o’clock.

3. The price _____________ the quality.

4. It _____________ whether you want to do it or not.

1. She also had a temper, but she _____________ it.

2. I’m sure you believe in birth _________________.

3. The children were ________________.

4. Even Bass _________ of himself for a moment or two.

5. The children are ___________.

6. It took the teacher months to bring his class __________________.

IV.Translation:

1.我试图劝服他,但是无效。(effect)

____________________________________________________________________

2.你不能永远依赖你的父母。(depend on)

_____________________________________________________________________

3.由于收成不好而出现粮食短缺。(a shortage of)

_____________________________________________________________________

4.我不能再容忍你的无理了。(stand for)

_____________________________________________________________________

5.我的身体条件使我不能努力工作。(condition)

_____________________________________________________________________

6.如果你违背自然规律,你迟早会受到惩罚。(go against)

_____________________________________________________________________

7.他充分利用他在那儿的时间来学习语言。(make use of)

_____________________________________________________________________

8.他把盘子从桌上拿走。(remove)

_____________________________________________________________________

9.我努力克制我的脾气。(control)

_____________________________________________________________________

10.他们提出一个重要的问题。(raise)

_____________________________________________________________________

V.Writing:

1. Working on the farm

2. Imagine you have a vegetable garden and you want to grow beans, cabbages, onions, tomatoes and sunflowers. Write a plan for your vegetable garden. What will you do in each month of the year?

Unit Two (The Universal language)

Period 1

Welcome to the Unit

Teaching aims:

(1).Make students talk about the opera Turandot and read about the history of music from jazz to pop

(2).By talking and discussing, students’ spoken English can be practised.

Important points & difficult points:

(1). Students are expected to express their own opinions by talking and discussing.

(2). Encourage students to speak freely.

Teaching aids:

Backboard

Teaching procedures:

Step 1: Lead-in

Music plays an important role in our daily life. Have you ever had the experience of listening to a piece of music and feeling that it is written just for you? Music can be used to express many feelings, such as love, sorrow, friendship and peace. Although people from different areas of the world have different styles of music, we can still understand each other’s music. Without music, what would our lives be like?

How much do you know about music? Now let’s try to say some words about music:

● Music: classical music, pop music, folk music, swing music, blues, jazz, rock and roll, rap, opera…

● People related to music: musician, singer, composer, pianist, violinist…

● Musical instruments: guitar, piano, violin, drum…

Step 2: Sharing information

1. Work in groups of four and discuss the four pictures on page 17.

Picture of a jazz band

What are the people doing in this picture? What do you know about jazz?

(Jazz is a musical art form. At the end of the 19th century, jazz music was the most popular type of music. Jazz was started in New Orleans in the USA and most jazz musicians at that time were black. It has been called the first original art form to develop in the USA. Early jazz musicians made money by playing in small bands. Often, jazz musicians made up the music as they were playing. Early jazz came from folk music and later developed into something else of its own.)

Do you know any famous jazz musicians?

(Louis Armstrong, one of the most famous jazz musicians, was born in New Orleans. He created wonderful jazz music with his trumpet. In addition to playing trumpet, he also sang and danced. He performed on Broadway, in films and recorded music.)

What does jazz music sound like to you?

Picture of Chinese opera

What are the people doing in this picture? What is Chinese opera?

(Chinese opera is a traditional form of drama in China. It started in the Tang Dynasty when Emperor Xuanzong founded the ‘Pear Garden’. A Chinese opera performance includes elements such as dance, song, dialogue, swordplay and acrobatics. The features of Chinese opera which can distinguish a character’s age, gender and personality are the makeup, movements, props and the colour of costumes.)

What does Chinese opera sound like?

(To some young people nowadays, the music accompanied by gongs, cymbals, drums and stringed instruments sounds a bit ‘shrill’ and ‘noisy’. However, the stories and the melodies are unique.)

Do you know any famous Chinese opera performers?

Picture of a girl playing the violin

What is the girl doing in this picture? What do you know about the violin?

(The violin belongs to the string family of instruments. It is made of wood and uses steel strings. A violinist uses a bow pulled across the strings to create beautiful music.)

Do you know any famous violinists?

(In the past, the great violinists played the violin as well as writing music for the instrument. After the 19th century, composers and violinists started to be two different roles. The most famous violin composers and players are Corelli, Vivaldi, Locatelli and later Paganini, Sarasate, Wieniawski, Vieuxtemps, Ysave, Kreisler and Enesco.

Picture of a girl playing the piano

What is the girl doing in this picture? What do you know about the piano?

(The piano belongs to the percussion family of instruments. It consists of a keyboard attached to a wooden box, inside of which are metal strings. A piano is played by pressing the keys. Each of the keys is attached to a hammer that strikes one of the strings inside the box.)

Do you know any famous pianists?

(Among the most famous pianists are Beethoven from Germany, Franz Liszt from Hungary and Frederick Chopin from Poland. Beethoven is known for his sonatas, Liszt for the Hungarian Rhapsody and Chopin for Revolution Etude.)

2. Work in pairs and have a discussion about the three questions below the pictures.

Sample answers

1 My favourite kind of music is classical music. Classical music uses orchestras and many instruments cooperating to create music together. I like listening to music played by orchestras. You can hear things played on instruments from all of the different families--woodwind, string, percussion and brass. Also, classical music tends to be slower, so it makes me feel calm when I listen to it.

2 The musician I like very much is Jay Chou. Many people may think that he is just a pop singer, but I consider him to be a pop musician. He sings about broken heart, urban stress and young dreams. He expresses his experiences, feeling and personality into his music, which attracts young people who have similar thoughts. That is why many teenagers in China like him so much.

3 Yes. I watched Chinese operas with my grandfather when I was young. A Chinese opera performance includes elements like dance, dialogue, swordplay and acrobatics. The music instruments used for Chinese opera include gongs, cymbals, drums and stringed instruments. A character’s age, gender and personality are shown through the makeup, movements, props and colour costumes. In comparison, Western opera puts greater emphasis on music and design, conveying a story through singing and dancing. Dialogue is expressed through songs. Both Chinese and Western opera use music to express themes like love, betrayal and hope.

Step 3: Discussion

Many of us believe that music can have a very great effect on us. This is especially true of classical music, which some people believe can make us calmer or even smarter. There is a theory, called the ‘Mozart Effect’, that playing classical music for a child can help his or her brain develop. As a result, a lot of parents play classical music for their children, some even beginning before the child is born, in the hope that their children will be smarter. What do you think of the ‘Mozart Effect’ theory? Do you think it is true? Why or why not?

Do you think adults can become smarter or calmer by listening to classical music? Why or why not?

Step 4: Homework

1. Collect more information about music.

2. Prepare the Reading part.

Period 2

Reading

Teaching aims:

1. To help the students know some background knowledge about opera Turandot and the history of music

2. To master the skills of reading a review of an opera

Teaching aids:

Recorder, blackboard

Teaching procedures:

Step 1: Lead-in

Boys and girls, I’m glad to tell you that today we’ll have a chance to enjoy a section of performance of Giacomo Puccini’s world-famous opera, Turandot.

OK. It is performed in the Forbidden City in Beijing. Can you guess who directed it? (Zhang Yimou.)

Have you seen any of Zhang Yimou’s films?

Do you like them? Why or why not?

What else has Zhang Yimou directed besides films? ( They are the ‘Bid for the 29th Olympic Games in Beijing’, which was shown in Moscow, a performance at the closing ceremony at Athens Olympic Games, an outdoor performance of Third Sister Liu in Guilin and Turandot in Beijing).

Have you seen or have you ever heard of the opera Turandot?

If you have seen or heard of it, Can you tell us what it is about?

Step 2: Fast reading for general ideas

A review is a report or an essay giving some information as well as some opinions or ideas about a book, a performance, a painting or something similar.

In our lesson today, we will read a review of an opera. What do you think the review will tell us? (It will give us some background information about Turandot, tell us about the plot of the opera and give other information, such as the actors’ names, as well as an evaluation of the performance as a whole.)

Go through the passage as quickly as possible and try to find answers to the three questions. Just focus on and identify the information needed to answer these questions.

1. What is Turandot?

2. Who wrote Turandot?

3. Was the performance indoors or outdoors?

Answers

1 Turandot is an opera that tells the story of a cold-hearted Chinese princess, named Turandot, who lives in the Forbidden City. To avoid marriage, she says that any potential husband must answer three riddles correctly or die.

2 Giacomo Puccini wrote the opera. The final scene was completed by Franco Alfano, one of his students, based on Puccini’s notes after he died.

3 It was performed outdoors.

Step 3: Detailed reading for important information

1. Let’s read the passage a second time and find out the background information of the opera. Then complete the table:

Main characters of the story Turandot-a Chinese princess;Calaf-a prince;Liu-Calaf’s father’s young slave

Setting Beijing’s Forbidden City

Plot

The story takes on the classic love triangle of the three main characters Turandot, Calaf and Liu. Liu loves Calaf, but Calaf has fallen in love with Turandot. Because Turandot does not want to get married, she declares that anyone who wants to marry her must answer her three questions. If the one cannot answer these questions, he will be killed.

Director Zhang Yimou

Conductor Zubin Mehta, an internationally famous conductor born inIndia

Actors and actresses Sharon Sweet-Turandot; Barbara Hendricks-Liu; Kristjan Johannsson-Calaf; other singers and musicians from abroad and China

2. Retell the story of Turandot, using what has been written in the table.

Step4: Read the text again and choose the best answers according to the text.

A⑴ How many performances of Turandot were performed in the Forbidden City in Beijing?

A. eight B. seven

C. one D. the text doesn’t mention it

A⑵ Who wrote Turandot and when was it written?

A. Giacomo Puccini, in 1924

B. Giacomo Puccini’s former student, in 1924

C. Zubin Mehta, in the 1990s

D. Sharon Sweet, in the 1990s

C⑶ When was Turandot staged in Beijing?

A. in 1924

B. in the twenty first century

C. in the 1990s

D. in 1998

D⑷ How does the writer think of the opera?

A. terrible B. moving C. boring D. amazing

Step5: words and expressions

Vocabulary Words witness, star, cast, avoid, dare, disturbing, recite, threaten, aloud, marry, breathless, guard, key, combine, heartbreaking, fluent, condemn

Useful expressions the end of, be set in, instead of, for the first time, fall in love, take on, be drunk with, exercise, control over, break one’s promise, be upset by, by surprise, be condemned to death, be shocked by, win one’s affection, at the end of, bring together

Sentence patterns 1. In order to avoid marriage, she says that any potential husband must answer three riddles correctly or die.

2. There could not be a better setting.

3. Although he would like to, he cannot break his promise.

4. Calaf says his own name aloud, leaving his future in Turandot’s hands.

5. The opera finishes with a beautifully-sung final duet, which was so moving that the audience fell silent.

Step6: Pair work

Talk about a Western or a Chinese opera that you are all familiar with. Introduce the main characters, the setting and the plot.

Chinese Opera

The Chinese opera is a traditional form of stage entertainment, weaving together elements of mime, dance, song, dialogue, swordplay, and acrobatics into one fluid continuous flow. Gestures, movements and expressions incorporated within each performer's script come together to bring forth an impressive performance. In contrast to Western stage entertainment, which is subdivided into different categories such as opera, drama and sketches, Chinese opera has remained faithful to its original format over the centuries.

By doing away with three-dimensional stage props and complicated backdrops found in Western opera, Chinese opera conveys the idea of time and space to the audience through the acting of performers. This simple and flexible technique is called “imagined time and space” in Chinese operatic terminology. The acting, however, is not mere imitation of movements in daily life. Instead, it has been perfected to bring out just their essentials, making them highly-stylize and rhythmic dancing movements. Such acting is described in Chinese stage language as "stylized formula". In addition, Chinese opera has specific costumes, facial make-ups, musical motifs and recitations to represent each character in the series of characters known as Xingtous. All this, plus imagined time and space and stylized acting, has enabled the story to rise above real life and create a strong dramatic atmosphere with distinct operatic effects.

Western ears do not readily appreciate this art, for Chinese opera often seems shrilly and 'noisy'. Shrill voices pierce the air, accompanied by loud gongs, crashing cymbals, pounding drums and droning stringed instruments. The music is not intended to be melodic, as in the West, but rather used as punctuation to the performance. Chinese opera is an art of the people-enjoyed and appreciated by all across the social spectrum. In a real sense it is a folk art, comparable in many ways with the Chinese Circus. Although the music of Chinese opera may seem very alien, the stories told are very familiar to those accustomed to Western opera: heroes battle overwhelmingly powerful foes, good versus evil, and lovers seek escape from domineering and disapproving parents.

A distinct feature of Chinese opera is the makeup, movements, props, and colorful costumes. These features identify a character's age, sex, and personality the moment he or she enters the story. Face painting leans heavily on earlier forms of mask and make up. Facial patterns rely on exaggeration and the symbolism of color to suggest a character's attributes and personality. The painted faces become what the Chinese call ‘a mirror of the soul’. Well-versed members of the audience will be able to tell instantly the personality of characters on the stage by their painted faces. Although colors sometime represent a physical attribute of a character, they are predominantly used as indicators of a character’s personality. Apart from the exquisitely embroidered traditional costumes, head-dresses are a requisite in Chinese opera. The more elaborate the head-dress, the more significant the character. Costumes are extravagant in style in order to achieve as great a theatrical effect as possible. Like the face makeup, the color codes of these costumes identify the various ranks, status, and personality of the characters.

Although sharing a common ancestry, Chinese opera boasts over 300 various distinct forms-taking their names from their places of origin. These forms are generally discernible by their use of local dialects and distinct ‘melodies’. Beijing opera is considered by most to be the most refined. Also widespread are Pingju Opera, Kunqu Opera, Shaoxing Opera, Henan Opera, Sichuan Opera, Shanxi Opera, Huangmei Opera, Huagu Opera and Yangko Opera. Some Chinese ethnic minority groups have some local form of operas. Many modern instrumental music pieces incorporate traditional instruments while adapting a more modern style. However, instrumental music is still very traditional. Many works of traditional music are still played by small quartets and large orchestras. Chinese melodies are quite unique and incorporate into many modern compositions. Chinese instrumental music has changed because it is no longer restricted to the traditional format. Even non-traditional instruments such as the piano are used in creating modern works.

Western Opera

Opera is a form of theatre in which the drama is conveyed wholly or predominantly through music and singing. Opera emerged in Italy around the year 1600 and is generally associated with the Western classical music tradition. Opera uses many of the elements of spoken theatre such as scenery, costumes, and acting. Generally, however, opera is distinguished from other dramatic forms by the importance of song and conventions of vocal technique. The singers are accompanied by a musical ensemble ranging from a small instrumental ensemble to a full symphonic orchestra. Opera may also incorporate dance; this was especially true of French opera for much of its history.

Comparable art forms from various other parts of the world, many of them ancient in origin, exist and are also sometimes called “opera” by analogy, usually prefaced with an adjective indicating the region (for example, Chinese opera). These independent traditions are not derivative of Western opera, but are rather distinct forms of musical theatre. Opera is also not the only type of Western musical theatre: in the ancient world, Greek drama featured singing and instrumental accompaniment; and in modern times, other forms such as the musical have appeared.

The word opera means “works” in Italian (from the plural of Latin opus meaning “work” or “labour”) suggesting that it combines the arts of solo and choral singing, declamation, acting and dancing in a staged spectacle. Dafne by Jacopo Peri was the earliest composition considered opera, as understood today. It was written around 1597, largely under the inspiration of an elite circle of literate Florentine humanists who gathered as the "Camerata". Significantly, Dafne was an attempt to revive the classical Greek drama, part of the wider revival of antiquity characteristic of the Renaissance. The members of the Camerata considered that the "chorus" parts of Greek dramas were originally sung, and possibly even the entire text of all roles; opera was thus conceived as a way of “restoring” this situation. Dafne is unfortunately lost. A later work by Peri, Euridice, dating from 1600, is the first opera score to have survived to the present day. The honour of being the first opera still to be regularly performed, however, goes to Claudio Monteverdi’s Orfeo, composed for the court of Mantua in 1607.

Step 7: Homework

1. Read the text again and again. Try to memorize the language points.

2. Parts A1 and A2 on page108 of the Workbook.

Period 3

Word Power

Teaching aims:

1. Learn and master the new words related to computers.

2. Enlarge the knowledge about the internet.

Important points & difficult points:

Master the expressions about the internet.

Teaching aids:

Recorder, blackboard

Teaching procedures:

Step1. Lead-in

At the beginning of today’s class, let’s play a guessing game. Here are several cards, in each of which is written an instrument. I’d like one of you to give a brief description of them and other students to guess what they are.

For reference

1. piano: a large musical instrument with a row of black and white keys which are pressed to play notes.

2. violin: a wooden musical instrument with four strings which is held against the neck and played by moving a bow across the strings.

3. guitar: a musical instrument with six strings and a long neck which is usually made of wood, and which is played by pulling or hitting the strings with the fingers.

4. cello: a wooden musical instrument with four strings, that is held vertically between the legs and is played by moving a bow across the strings.

5. trumpet: a brass musical instrument consisting of a metal tube with one narrow end, into which the player blows, and one wide end. Three buttons are pressed in order to change notes.

6. horn: a curved musical instrument made of metal, which is narrow at the end you blow down to make a sound, and wider towards the other end.

7. flute: a tube-shaped musical instrument with a hole that you blow across at one end while holding the tube out horizontally to one side of you.

8. clarinet: a tube-shaped musical instrument which is played by blowing through a single reed and pressing the metal keys to produce different notes.

9. cymbal: a flat round musical instrument made of brass, which makes a loud noise when hit with a stick or against another cymbal.

10. bass drum: a large drum that produces a low sound

Step2: Questions

1. Do you know how to play the piano/violin/guitar?

2. Have you ever seen a live orchestra performance or seen any orchestras playing on TV? What was it like?

3. What is an orchestra like?

4. What kind of music is performed by an orchestra?

5. Do you know any famous orchestras in China or in other places around the world?

For reference

Usually there are two types of orchestra. A chamber orchestra is a small group, and a symphony or philharmonic orchestra is a larger group which includes all of the instrument families.

The music that an orchestra plays is usually classical.

The members of an orchestra are musicians, including the conductor, the pianist, the violinist, the flutist and so on.

There are different types of musical instruments in an orchestra. The percussion family includes the piano, the timpani, the xylophone, the triangle, the snare drum, the bass drum, the woodblocks and the gongs. The brass family are the trumpet, the horn, the trombone and the tuba. The woodwind family members are the flute, the clarinet, the oboe and the bassoon. Sometimes the saxophone also joins the orchestra. The string section has four kinds of stringed instruments in the orchestra-the violins, the violas, the cellos and the double basses.

Step 3: Vocabulary learning

Small: a ________orchestra (chamber)

An orchestra large: a ________ orchestra (symphony/philharmonic)

________ (strings)

________ (woodwind)

Four groups of musical instruments ________ (brass)

________ (percussion)

________ classical music (Western)

________ (opera)

Music of an orchestra popular music

Music from different ________(countries)

Step 3: Homework

Finish the exercise P22-23

Period 4

Grammar and usage (Ellipsis)

Teaching aims:

1. To sum the usage of ellipsis and learn the usages of them.

2. To focus on the special styles .

Teaching important and difficult points :

1. To conclude the usages of them and do some practice .

2. How to use ellipsis correctly in a concrete sentence .

Teaching procedures :

Step 1: General introduction

The grammar item in this unit focuses on ellipsis. You will learn when to use ellipsis and how to use it correctly. You are expected to apply what you have learnt to practical use by finishing the two exercises in this section.

Step 2: Explanation and practice

Read the instructions on page 24. We use ellipsis when we do not want to repeat words or phrases that are obvious.

Ellipsis

省略句是英语的一种习惯用法。按照语法的分析,句子应该具备的成分,有时出于修辞上的需要,在句中并不出现,这种句子叫做省略句(elliptical sentences),这种语法现象称为“省略”(ellipsis or leaving words out)。其特点是:虽然省去句子语法构造所需要的组成部分,但仍能表达其完整的意义。

省略形式多样,从单词、短语到分句,都可以省略,而且各有一定的衔接关系,不容臆断。“省略”不但是一种“以无为有”的最简便的表达方法,而且也是一种简便至极,“虽无胜有”的修辞手段。如果弄不清一句中哪些部分省略了,就可以产生误解或歧义。

省略在英语运用中,尤其是在交际对话中普遍存在,因为它可以避免重复,突出关键词语,能做到言简意赅,并使上下文紧密连接。在历年的高考题中也屡见不鲜。省略有词法上的省略,也有句法上的省略,有的学者把某些替代也看作一种省略。

一、词法上的省略

1. 名词所有格后修饰的名词在以下情况可以省略

1)如果名词所有格修饰的名词在前文已出现,则可以省略。如:

These are John's books and those are Mary's (books). 这些是约翰的书,那些是玛丽的书。

2)名词所有格后修饰的名词如果是指商店、住宅等地点时,这些名词也常常省略。如:

at the doctor's 在诊所

at Mr Green's 在格林先生家

to my uncle's 到我叔叔家

at the barber's 在理发店

2. 冠词的省略

1)为了避免重复

The lightning flashed and thunder crashed. 电闪雷鸣。(thunder前省略了定冠词the)2)在the next day (morning, week, year...)等短语中,有时为了使语气紧凑定冠词the 常可以省略。如:We went to the farm to help the farmers with the harvest (the) next day. 第二天,我们去农场帮助农民收庄稼。

3)在副词的最高级前面的定冠词常可以省略。如:

She sings best in the class. 她在班上唱歌唱得最好。

4)在某些独立主格结构中。如:

Our teacher came in, book in hand. (=Our teacher came in, with a book in his hand.) 我们的老师手里拿着一本书进来了。

5)在as引导的让步状语从句中,当作表语的单数名词提前时,不定冠词要省略。如:

Child as he is, he knows a lot. 虽然他还是一个孩子,却懂得很多。

3. 介词的省略

1)both 后常跟of短语,其后可以接名词复数形式,也可以接代词宾格复数形式。接复数名词时,介词of可以省略,但接代词宾格时,of不能省略。如:

Both (of) the films were interesting. 这两部电影都很有趣。

She invited both of us to her birthday party. 她邀请我们俩去参加她的生日派对。

2)在现在完成时表持续和重复的句型中,一段时间前的介词for可以省略。如:

These shoes are worn out. They have lasted (for) a long time.

这双鞋穿破了,已经穿了很长一段时间了。

3)被动结构中,如果没有必要强调动作的执行者,则可以省略介词by短语。如:

The letter was posted (by me) yesterday. 这封信是昨天寄出去的。

4)和一些动词搭配构成的短语中的介词,如:consider... (as)..., prevent / stop... (from) doing..., have trouble / difficulty... (in) doing..., spend... (in / on) doing... 等中的介词可以省略。如:

Trees can prevent the earth (from) being washed away. 树能阻止泥土被冲走。

Can you stop him (from) going swimming in the river? 你能阻止他下河洗澡吗?

I have some difficulty (in) answering the question. 回答这个问题我有点困难。

4. 动词不定式中的省略

1)有些动词,如:believe, find, think, feel, consider, imagine, prove等后作宾补的结构to be + n. / adj. 中的to be可以省略。如:

I consider him (to be) lazy. 我认为他懒。

His mother found him (to be) a clever boy.

他母亲发觉他是一个很聪明的孩子。

2) 感官动词see, hear, feel, watch, notice 等以及使役动词let, make, have后作宾补的动词不定式中的不定式符号to要省略,但变为被动结构时,to必须保留。如:

They made the boy go to bed early. 他们强迫这个男孩早睡。

The boy was made to go to bed early. 这个男孩被迫早睡。

注:help后作宾补的动词不定式中的to可以省略也可以保留。

3)在can not but, can not choose but, can not help but之后的动词不定式一般不带to; but之前有实义动词do的某个形式do, does, did, done 时,也不带to, 否则要带to。如:

We have nothing to do now but wait. 我们现在除了等没有别的事可做。

I can not but admire his courage. 我不能不钦佩他的勇敢。

He has no choice but to accept the fact. 除了接受这个事实他别无选择。

4)在并列结构中为了避免重复。如:

I'm really puzzled what to think or say. 我真不知道该怎么想,怎么说才好。

但两个不定式有对照或对比的意义时,则后一个to不能省略。如:

I came not to scold but to praise you. 我来不是责备你,而是赞美你。

5)在why, why not 引导的特殊问句中后跟省略to的动词不定式。如:

Why talk so much about it? 为什么大谈这个事呢?

Why not try it again? 为什么不再试一试呢?

6) 主语部分有实意动词do 的任何形式,is /was后是不定式做的表语解释do 的内容,通常省略to.

The only thing you have to do is (to) press the button.

7) 动词不定式中动词原形部分是否省略,主要看句子前面是否已出现过同

样的动词。如果句子前面出现过同样的动词,为了避免重复,句子后面的不定式常省略动词原形,而保留不定式符号to。如:

They may go if they wish to (go). 如果他们想去,他们就可以去。

Don't go till I tell you to.直到我告诉你去,你才可以去。

在一些动词afford, agree, expect, forget, mean, pretend, remember, want, refuse, hope, wish, would like (love), try等后跟动词不定式作宾语,不定式中的to可以承前(后)省略。如:

-Will you go to the cinema with me? 你愿和我一起去看电影吗?

-Well, I'd like to (go with you). 我愿意。

I would do it for you, but I don't know how to (do it for you).

我想为你做这事,但我又不知如何做。

在某些形容词,如:afraid, glad, willing, happy, eager等后承前省略动词原形,只保留不定式符号to。如:

-Will you join us in the game? 你愿和我们一起做这个游戏吗?

-Sure, I'll be glad to (join you in the game). 当然,我愿意。

有些动词,如:tell, ask, allow, expect, force, invite, permit, persuade, order, warn, wish, would like, forbid等后跟动词不定式作宾语补足语、主语补足语时,不定式承前省略动词原形, 保留动词不定式符号to。如: He didn't come, though we had invited him to (come). 尽管我们邀请他来,他却没来。

注:承前省略的动词不定式如果有助动词have或be,则要保留be或have。如:

-Are you a teacher? 你是老师吗?

-No, but I used to be (a teacher). 不,我以前是。

二、句法中的省略

在一些简单句、并列句和复合句中,可以省略主语、谓语、宾语、表语等某一个句子成分,也可以省略多个句子成分。

1.简单句中的省略

1) 感叹句中常省略主语和谓语。如:

What a hot day (it is)! 多热的天啊! How wonderful! 多妙啊!

2) 在一些口语中可以省略某些句子成分。如:

-(Will you) Have a smoke? 你抽烟吗? -No. Thanks. 不,谢谢了。

(Is there) Anything else to say? 还有别的要说吗?

2.并列句中的省略

1) 如果主语不同,而谓语动词中的一部分相同,则省略谓语动词中相同的那部分。如:

John must have been playing football and Mary (must have been) doing her homework. 约翰一定在踢球,而玛丽一定在做作业。

2) 主语相同,谓语动词也相同,则二者都可以省略。如:

His suggestions made John happy, but (his suggestions made) Mary angry.

他的建议使约翰高兴,却使玛丽很生气。

3) 主语相同,而谓语不同,则可以省略主语。如:

Old McDonald gave up smoking for a while, but (he) soon returned to his old ways. 老麦克唐纳戒了一阵子烟,可很快又抽上了。

4) 在并列复合句中,如果that从句从属于第二个并列句且它的谓语动词和宾语等其它一些成分与第一个并列句相同时,这个that从句通常可以省略这些相同的部分。如:

Jack will sing at the party, but I know John won't (sing at the party).

杰克将在晚会上唱歌,但我知道约翰不会在晚会上唱歌。

3. 复合句中的省略

1) 名词性从句中的省略

(1) 作宾语的what从句中的谓语动词与主句的相同,则what从句可以省略谓语,甚至主语。如:Someone has used my bike, but I don't know who (has used it).

有人用了我的自行车,但我不知道是谁。

He has gone, but no one knows where (he has gone).

他走了,但没人知道他去哪儿了。

(2) 有时候也可以根据说话的情景来省略主句中的一些成分。如:

(I'm) Sorry I've kept you waiting so long. 对不起,让你久等了。

(3) 在某些表虚拟语气的主语从句、宾语从句、表语从句和同位语从句中,从句谓语动词中的助动词should可以省略。如:It's important that we (should) speak to the old politely. 我们对老人说话要有礼貌,这很重要。

2) 定语从句中的省略

(1) 在限制性定语从句中,作宾语的关系代词that, which, who (whom)常可以省略。如:

The man (who / whom) I saw is called Smith. 我见到的那个人名叫史密斯。

Where is the book (which) I bought this morning?

今天上午我买的那本书在哪儿?

(2) 关系副词when, where, why以及that在the time (day, morning, afternoon, evening, night, week, month, year等) when, the place (desk, table, room, spot, house, town, country, school等)where, the reason why, the way that结构中引导限制性定语从句时,在非正式场合下,可以省略关系副词when, where, why, that。如:

I shall never forget the day (when) we first met.

我永远也不会忘记我们第一次见面的那一天。

The reason (why) he came so early is his own affair.

他来这么早是他自己的事。

The way (that) you answered the questions was admirable.

你回答这些问题的方式令人钦佩。

3)状语从句中的省略

当状语从句中的主语和主句的主语一致,或状语从句中的主语是it,并且又含有be动词时,常可以省略从句中的主语和be动词。

(1) 在as, before, till, once, when, while等引导的时间状语从句中。如:

While (I was) waiting, I was reading some magazines. 我一边看杂志,一边等。

(2) 在though, although,等引导的让步状语从句中。如:

Though (they were) tired, they went on working.

虽然他们累了,但他们仍继续工作。

(3) 在if, unless(=if... not)等引导的条件状语从句中。如:

You shouldn't come to his party unless (you were) invited.

除非你被邀请,否则你不应该来参加他的宴会。

(4) 在as, as if, as though引导的让步状语从句中。如:

He did as (he had been) told. 他按照被告知的那样去做了。

He paused as if (he was) expecting her to speak.

他停下来,好像是在期待她说话。

(5) 在as (so)... as..., than引导的比较状语从句中。如:

I know you can do better than he (can do). 我知道你能比他做得更好。

This car doesn't run as fast as that one (does). 这辆小车不及那辆跑得快。

三、替代性省略

在一些交际用语中的某些动词,如:think, suppose, expect, believe,guess等后常常和so, not等连用,以替代上文出现的内容。如:

-Do you suppose he is going to attend the meeting?

你认为他会来参加这个会议吗?

-I suppose not. 我认为不会。

Step3: Practise

1. The boy wanted to ride his bicycle in the street, but his mother told him_________.

A. not to B. not to do C. not do it D. do not to

2. It’s a fine day. Let’s go fishing, ________?

A. won’t we B. will we C. don’t we D. shall we

3. Be sure to write to us, _______?

A. will you B. aren’t you C. can you D. mustn’t you

4. How about the two of us ________a walk down the garden?

A. to take B. take C. taking D. to be taking

5.-I usually go there by train.

-Why not _______by boat for a change?

A. to try going B. trying to go C. to try and go D. try going

6.-Alice, why didn’t you come yesterday?

-I ______, but I had an unexpected visitor.

A. had B. would C. was going to D. did

7. -Could I borrow your dictionary?

-Yes, of course you ________. (1992MET)

A. might B. will C. can D. should

8. -Don’t forget to come to my birthday party tomorrow.

-__________. (1994 NMET)

A. I don’t B. I won’t C. I can’t D. I haven’t

Keys: 1-5 ADACD 6-8 CCB

Step 4: Consolidation

I. Multiple choice

1. _____ for your brother, I would not have gone to see Mr. Wang.

A. If it is not B. Were it not C. Had it not been D. If they were not

2. - I’d like to have a piece of bread and two eggs.

- Anything _____?

A. following B. follows C. to follow D. to be followed

3. He suggested that the work _____ at once.

A. be done B. should do C. could do D. does

4. It’s a fine day. Let’s go swimming, _____?

A. won’t we B. will you C. don’t we D. shall we

5. Be sure to be here early tomorrow, _____?

A. will you B. aren’t you C. can you D. could you

6. Father advised me not to say anything until_____ at the meeting.

A. asking B. to ask C. asked D. ask

7. We will have a meeting next week, but we don’t know _____.

A. who B. where C. as D. which

8. Though the little boy is often made ___by his brother, he made his brother ___yesterday.

A. cry; to cry B. crying; crying C. cry; cry D. to cry; cry

9. - I’ll go to Korea to watch the 14th Asian Games. Would you mind looking after my dog?

- Not all. _____.

A. I can’t B. Please don’t C. I’d like it D. I’d be happy to

10. - Do you think Jack is going to watch a football match this weekend?

- _____.

A. I believe not B. I believe not so C. I don’t believe it D. I don’t believe

11. - What do you think made the girl so glad?

- _____ a beautiful necklace.

A. As she received B. Receiving C. Received D. Because of receiving

12. - Aren’t you be chairman?

- No, and I _____.

A. don’t want to B. don’t want C. don’t want to be D. don’t want be

13. You’re_____your time trying to persuade him. He’ll never join us.

A. spending B. wasting C. losing D. missing

14. - He promised to come to see you.

- But he _____. I’ve been all alone.

A. didn’t B. wouldn’t C. hasn’t D. won’t

15. -- How about the number of students playing on the playground?

-- _____.

A. Small B. Many C. Little D. Most

16. All substances, _____ solids, liquids, or gases, are made up of entirely atoms.

A. whether they B. whether C. whether are they D. whether are

17. - Have you watered the flowers?

- No, but _____.

A. I am B. I’m going C. I’m just going to D. I will go

18. If you go to Xi’an, you will find the palaces there more magnificent than commonly___.

A. supposing B. supposed C. to suppose D. suppose

19. If _____ the same treatment again, he is sure to get well. A. giving B. give C. given D. being given

20. He broke his legs while _____.

A. riding B. ride C. was riding D. rode

II. Translation

1. 我伯父的身体比我上次给你去信时好些了。

2. 这种物质称为水,其重要性仅次于氧。

3. 上海即使不是世界上最大的城市也堪称世界最大的城市之一。

4. 我的兄弟有时抽烟,而我不抽烟。

5. 一旦出版, 这部小说将成为今年的畅销书之一。

Keys :

I. 1-5 CCADA 6-10 CBDDA 11-15 BCBCA 16-20 BCBCA

II.

1. My uncle is better than when I wrote to.

2. This substance we call water, and come next only to oxygen.

3. Shanghai is one of the largest cities in the world, if not the largest (city).

4. My brother smokes, but I don’t (smoke).

5. When published, the novel will become one of the best sellers of the year.

Period 5

Task ( Making an exhibition board about a composer)

Teaching aims:

1. to improve the students’ listening ,speaking and writing skills.

2. to collect facts and figure out opinions.

Teaching procedures:

Skills building 1: listening for facts about people

Every one of you must have a good friend in your class. Would you like to give your best friend a brief introduction? Or would you like to talk about a famous person that you admire most?

What information do you want to know when we talk about people?

● dates (born/died)

● places (born/died)

● specific things done in their life

● detailed information (why they did so; who or what influenced them)

Step 1: taking notes on famous composers P26

Skills building 2: finding about people’s lives

1. To obtain more detailed information, what are we supposed to do when we already know a little about a topic? (Asking questions.)

2. If you already know some general information about a famous composer, but you want to get more detailed information about him or her, what should you do? What information would you like to know about the famous composer’s life? One of the good ways to learn about people’s lives is to ask some questions.

3. Read the guidelines and the eleven questions on page 28 and compare them with your own questions. Then decide which questions can help you get more detailed information.

Step 2: asking for further information

Now, let’s use the skills we just learned to get further information. Suppose you interview a member of the school music club.

1. Work individually to think up and write down as many questions as you can to find more detailed information. You can consult your notes on page 26.

2. Work in pairs, one asks questions and the other answers these questions using the prompts. After that, I’d like you to present the questions and answers in front of the classroom.

Skills building 3: writing someone’s life story

1. Discussion:

When you write a person’s life story on an exhibition board, what should be included in it?

Should the date and place of his or her birth and death, timeline of the things he or she did and people’s opinions on him or her be included? How will this information be organized?

How can you find the facts or get the timeline?

Do you think it necessary to add a picture of the person you choose to write about?

2. Read the guidelines in this part to find out the main things you should pay attention to when writing a life story.

Step 3: writing the life story of a composer

Now, let’s try to write a life story about a famous composer based on the information you have collected in Step 1 and 2.

1. Work in pairs: review the information you have listened to, the article you read about Mozart on page 27 and the other information you read on page 28. Discuss the following questions:

When and where was Mozart born?

What style of music did he compose?

When did he write his first piece of music?

What famous works did he write?

When and where did he die?

2. Let’s use the information that you gathered in Steps 1 and 2 to write the life story of a composer, referring to the questions in Skills building 3. Read the instructions in this part. Before writing, you should think about what you should write in your articles.

Possible example

The life of a famous composer Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart

(1756-1791)

Early years

Born on 27 January 1756, in Salzburg, Austria, Mozart showed remarkable talent in music. His father was a successful composer and served as his first musical tutor. At the age of five, Mozart started writing classical music. He composed classical music and had his first piece of music published in 1764. He composed his first opera at the age of twelve in 1768.

Achievements

Some of the famous music that he wrote included:

The Marriage of Figaro, which he wrote for the Vienna Opera, one of the world’s best-known opera houses.

Don Giovanni, another successful opera he wrote in 1787.

The Magic Flute, written in 1791, just before he died later the same year.

Family

In 1782, Mozart married Constanze Weber, a young woman from Germany.

Period 6

Project (Making a web page)

Teaching aims:

Improve the students’ ability of practice.

Important points & difficult points:

Read the passage about the history of music from jazz to pop

Language points in the text

Teaching Procedures:

Step 1: lead-in

The project in this unit is designed to help you practise and use English by completing a project. You are first asked to read a magazine article about the development of pop music over the last one hundred years. You are expected to take this article as your sample and do some research on a singer or a band to make a web page. The purpose of this section is to help you use what you have learnt to finish a project by working together. During the course of the project, you will discuss which singer or band you will focus on, what you will include in the project and how you can organize your web page. In order to finish the project, you are expected to know how to cooperate and work together to complete each part.

Step2: Fsat Reading

Have you heard of the Eagles? It’s a world-famous rock & roll band. Let’s first enjoy their classic “hotel California”.

Like most Americans, and most bands formed in California, the Eagles came from eslewhere. Their brand of rock'n'roll was nurtured in the heartland, not on the fringes. Early songs from “Take it easy” to “Desperado” were dubbed “country rock”. But, as the Seventies rolled on, the Eagles soared higher and wider. “Best of my love” and “Lyin'eyes” were rock and pop and country and the fans took them as their own.. The distance between the country and the city, the redneck and the hippie, narrowed. In the Nineties, that gap would be forever closed by another generation of country rockers.

Well, are you interested in pop music? Would you like to know more about rock music? Let’s read the passage and you’ll get more information.

Step3: Detailed reading

Read the article and find out as much information as possible about Western Pop music. Organize the outline of the article as follows:

Early jazz

● Jazz began in the USA.

● After World War I, jazz was the most popular type of music.

● It came from the folk songs of American black slaves.

● The trumpet was and still is one of the most important instruments used in jazz.

● Louis Armstrong is seen as one of the founding fathers of jazz.

● Solo performance became an essential part of every jazz song.

From swing music to rock and roll

● Swing music is a kind of jazz for dancing.

● It is faster than traditional jazz music.

● Swing music was usually played in dance halls by ‘big bands’, including a pianist, a violinist and a bassist, as well as others.

● R﹠B is a kind of mixture of jazz and swing.

● R﹠B included both guitar and saxophone solos.

● R﹠B developed into what we know as rock and roll.

● Big Jon Turner, a black American singer, is thought to be one of the pioneers of rock and roll.

● Sam Philips, a music promoter from Memphis, Tennessee, found that a white man named Elvis Presley could sing like a black man.

1960s pop music

● The Beatles were the most popular rock and roll band of the 1960s.

● The Beatles helped make Western pop music popular around the world.

● Wherever the Beatles went, large numbers of fans would welcome them.

Step4: Task

Read the article again. Underline the key words, phrases or sentences about the development of pop music.

Step5: Discussion

1. Work in groups to discuss how to research and what to research about a singer or a band.

2. Work in pairs to discuss the questions in Part B.

Step6: Homework

Read Part A on page 115 of the Workbook.

Unit 20 Words and expressions

1. curiosity n. 好奇(心);古玩

be ~ about sb’s past对某人的过去好奇

excite /satisfy one’s curiosity

激起/满足某人的好奇心

He did it out of curiosity他那样做是出于好奇。

It is ~ that she didn’t remember the incident.

奇怪,她竟不记得那事了。

2. decoration n .装饰;装潢; 奖章

put up decorations 挂起装饰物

interior decoration 室内装潢

award/receive a decoration 授予/获得奖章

3. unearth vt. (从地下)发掘;揭露

unearth buried treasure 发掘埋在地下的宝藏

unearth a plot 揭露一个阴谋

4. spear n. 矛;枪;梭镖

throw a spear at 向…掷矛

5. pot n. 罐;锅;壶

a pepper pot 胡椒瓶

wash up pots and pans擦洗炊具

6. emperor n. 皇帝 (empress n. 女皇)

Even the emperor has his poor relatives.

皇帝也有草鞋亲。

7. pin n.(大头)针 ;别针;木棍

vt. 钉住,使固定,使不能动

a drawing pin图钉 a rolling pin 擀面杖

In the accident \he was ~ned under the car.

在这次事故中他被压在车下,动弹不得。

I ~ my hopes on him. 我对他抱有信心。

The map was ~ned up 那幅地图被钉在墙上。

8. clothing n.(总称)衣服;服装

put on/take off clothing穿上/脱下衣服

summer clothing 夏装

tailor-made clothing 定做的衣服

ready-to-wear clothing现成的衣服

an article of clothing 一件衣服

9. earring n.耳环

a pair of earrings 一副耳环

wear a ring 戴戒指

10. distinction n. 差别;对比;杰出

make a distinction区分;分清

an artist of distinction杰出的艺术家

11. centimeter n.厘米(cm)

1 kilometer=1000meters

1meter=100centimeters

12. clay n.粘土;泥土

a mass of clay.一堆泥土

Make clay into bricks.把泥土制成砖块

13. arrow n. 箭

Bow and arrow弓和箭

Guard against a hidden arrow.谨防暗箭。

The arrow found its mark.箭射中了目标.

14. dozen n. (一)打;十二个

(与数词或many, several等连用时,不加s )

two (many, several) dozen pencils

两(好多,几)打铅笔

dozens of 几十,许多

for dozens of years 好几十年以来

pack in dozens 成打地包装

sell by the dozen 论打出售

15. cushion n. 垫石;垫子;坐垫

vt. 缓和...的冲击

air cushion气垫

kneel on the cushion跪在跪垫上

Snow cushioned my fall.

因为下面是雪,所以我跌得不重。

16. weapon n.武器

chemical /chemical weapon化学/核武器

a weapon of defense防御武器,

test a new weapon试验一件新武器

carry weapons 携带武器

17. pottery n.(总称)陶器

Chinese pottery中国陶器

A potter is making pottery by hand.

陶器匠正用手做陶器.

18. spare adj.备用的;额外的; 多余的

v.节约, 节省, 不伤害, 宽恕

a spare tire 备用轮胎

What would you like doing in your spare time?

在闲暇的时候,你喜欢干什么?

Can you spare me just a few minutes

He doesn't spare himself.他律己甚严。

I have several spare ticket.我还富余几张票。

Please spare me my life. 请饶我一命。

spare no efforts 不遗余力

Spare the rod and spoil the child.

[谚]孩子不打不成器。

19. tend vi倾向;趋向; vt.照顾

tend to 朝某方向;趋于;往往会

I (tend to) prefer black tea.我一贯喜欢红茶。

Women tend to live longer than men.

女人往往比男人活得长

The injured were well ~ ed in the hospital.

20. approximately adv. 近乎;接近

He is~ forty years old.他快四十岁了。

21. average n. 平均(数)

adj. 平均的;普通的 vt.平均达到,平均做到

An average of two students are absent each day. 每天平均有两个学生缺席。

He averaged nine hours' work a day.

他平均每天工作九小时。

on(an/the) average 平均

above (the) average在平均水平以上

below(the) average 在平均水平以下

22. link n.环;关系;联系vt.连接;联系

key /weak link中心/薄弱环节

establish a ~ between the two countries

在两国间建立联系

~ up theory with practice把理论和实践联系起来

The road links all the new towns.

这条公路连接所有的新城镇。

23. monument n. 纪念碑;纪念物

The monument to the People's Heroes.

人民英雄纪念碑。

His actions are a monument to foolishness.

他的行为是愚蠢的典型例子。

24. homeland n.祖国;国家

We study for our homeland.我们为祖国学习。

25. in terms of用...来; 考虑到; 就…而言;

~ money, he's quite rich, but not ~ happiness.

就钱来说他很富有,但就幸福来说就不然了。

~ technical development就科技发展来讲

26. Payment is made in terms of cash用现金支付status n.地位;身份; 状况

What's your official status in the company?

你在公司里的正式职位是什麽?

Women have very little status in many countries.

在许多国家, 妇女没有什麽地位.

family/ social status家庭状况/社会地位

27. in the eyes of 在…看来

In the eyes of my parents, I'm forever a child.

在我父母的心目中,我永远是个孩子。

28. remote adj.偏远的;久远的;

in a remote village在一个偏僻的村庄里

in the remote past在久远的过去

Go to the ~ mountain areas到偏僻的山区去

29. distant adj.遥远的; 冷淡的,

The sun is distant from the earth.

太阳距地球很遥远。

She's always very distant with Ann.

她对安妮总是很冷淡。

30. lend a hand 帮助

Please ~ with my book.请帮我拿一下书。

31. site n. 遗址;地方 Banpo Site半坡遗址

32. quantity n.量; 数量

a quantity of +单/复数谓语

quantities of +复数谓语

There is a large quantity of milk.

A quantity of baskets were on sale.

Quantities of food/books were on the table

33. serve as 作为;当作

serve as a teacher 教课;担任教师工作

These views serve as a guide in life.

这些观点可以作为处世指南。

34. mask n.面具

Painting mask脸谱; a gas mask.防毒面具

35. dig up 挖出;掘起; 发现

dig up potatoes挖土豆

36. accompany vt.陪伴;陪同

I accompany you home.我陪你回家。

37. vast adj.巨大的;庞大的

vast plains广袤的草原。画

He has a vast appetite.他胃囗很大。

38. square adj.平方的;正方形的

n. 正方形; 广场 【数】平方,

city square城市广场 draw a square画正方形

64 is the square of 8.六十四是八的平方。

39. investigation n.调查研究

general investigation普查

The ~ into the accident was carried out by two policemen.两名警察对这一事故展开调查。

Task Writing a literary review

Skills building 1: listening for key words

First, I’m going to read a paragraph aloud to you. After that, I’d like you to use your own words to summarize what I read. So please listen to me attentively, paying special attention to the emphasized key words.

Just as a proverb says, 'Life is filled with twists and turns.' One can't gain any success if he or she never experiences difficulty or failure. In other words, trouble exists from beginning to end during our lifetime. Students may fail in their exams, scientists may fail in their experiments, and players may be defeated in their matches.

Discuss in pairs: While listening to a lecture or a news report, do you always have to pay attention to every word the speaker uses?

What do you think are the most important words to pay attention to? Why do you think so?

Read the guidelines in Skills building 1 on Page 10. Try to give a speech, following the guidelines.

Step 1: recognizing key words

1. Suppose in your English class, your teacher is telling you how to write a literary review. Now listen to this speech, trying to fill the table in Part A on Page 10.

2. Listen to the tape again, and check the answers.

Answers

A

Paragraph 1

author, title, genre, setting

Paragraph 2

plot, characters, character development

Paragraph 3

themes, symbols

Paragraph 4

personal opinion, rate of the story

3. What role do you think friendship plays in our daily life? Now, let’s read a short story. After that, you may get a better understanding of friendship.

4. Read the story again and then complete the table with the key words in the short story.

Skills building 2: asking for and giving opinions

1. Group work: Discussion: How to ask for and give opinions?

What do you think of…?

How do you like/find…?

How do you feel about…?

Do you think that…?

In my opinion,…

I think that…

As far as I’m concerned,…

Personally,…

2. Pair work: Create a situation and make a dialogue, you’ll practice using the phrases you listed just now.

3. Read the guidelines on Page 12.

Step 2: giving your opinion on a literary review

1. Read the literary review of “The Attic” on page 12. Focus on the plot, characters and the theme of the story.

2. Have a discussion about the five questions listed below the review. Give your ideas freely.

3. Acting: Work in pairs, making a dialogue. One acts as the reporter and the other as the reader. Try to use as many questions as possible.

Skills building 3: writing a literary review

1. Read the guidelines at the top of page 13. Remember what should be included in a review.

2. Work in groups of four to write an outline of a literary review.

Step 3: writing your review

You are expected to write a literary review of “The home-made ball” based on the information you have collected in Steps 1 and 2 and through this to practice the skills you have learnt in Skills buildings 1, 2 and 3.

1. Review the information you have collected and the main points you need to include in writing a review.

2. Work in groups of four to write the review.

Possible example

‘The home-made ball’ is a short story written by Jerry Johnson. The story is set in modern-day America.

The main character of ‘The home-made ball’ is a boy called Kevin. Kevin and Mike are good friends who play soccer with their home-made ball every day, but when Kevin gets new sneakers and a soccer ball, things change.

Friendship is an important theme in this short story. The author, Jerry Johnson, uses the old and new things, like the old home-made ball and the new soccer ball, and the old bench and the new sneakers as symbols. The old things symbolize the most valuable thing, friendship, which needs to be cherished.

I think this story is really good and I give it a rating of four out of five.

Language points of Task

1…but Mike had made a ball out of old socks.

make sth(制成品) out of sth(原材料) …是由…做成的

make sth(原材料)into sth(制成品) 把…做成…

…old socks had been made into a ball

make out 看得清:搞得懂

make up for sth.

No amount of money can make up for the death of a child.

This year's good harvest will make up for last year's bad one.

make ends meet

to have just enough money to pay for the things that you need 使收支平衡

I make so little money that I cannot make ends meet.

make a fool of sb. 捉弄

to trick someone or make them appear stupid in some way

2. have talent for (P11)

talent

n. [C or U] (someone who has) a natural ability to be good at sth., especially without being taught: 天赋

Her talent for music showed at an early age.

His artistic talents were wasted in his boring job.

talented adj. a talented footballer/pianist

3. at the sight of (P11)

sight

n. [C or S or U] sth. that is in someone's view: 景色

The flowers at the annual flower show were a beautiful sight.

You should always keep sight of your bags (=have them where you can see them) while you're at the airport.

I dare not let the children out of my sight (=go where I cannot see them) in this park.

The castle came into sight (=started to be able to be seen) as we went round a bend in the road.

I caught sight of (=saw for a moment) my former teacher while I was out shopping today, but she turned a corner and I lost sight of (=could no longer see) her.

4. let out a sad sigh (P11)

Let out the secret=give away the secret

He let the air out of the balloon.

She let out a scream (=She made this noise).

5. Up it flew, higher and higher, until it was a small dot in the sky. (P11) 它越飞越高,直到在空中变成一个小点。

here, there, now, then, out, in, up, down, away或以象声词等开头的句子用全部倒装,以表示强调。注意:代词作主语时,主谓语序不变。

完全倒装结构通常用于下列场合:

1). 用于there be 句型。例如:

There are many students in the classroom.

2). 用于“here (there, now, then)+ 不及物动词+主语 ”的句型中,或以out, in, up, down, away等副词开头的句子里,以表示强调。例如:

Here comes the bus.

There goes the bell.

注:代词作主语时,主谓语序不变。例如:

Here it is.

Here he comes

. 当句首状语为表示地点的介词词组时,也常常引起全部倒装。例如:

South of the city lies a big steel factory.

From the valley came a frightening sound.

3). 用于so, nor, neither开头的句子,表示重复前句部分内容。原句的谓语应与前句谓语的时态、形式相一致。例如:

He has been to Beijing. So have I.

Li Wei can’t answer the question. Neither can I.

6.P12 T he gravity of the situation led her to run away to Ireland.

lead sb to do sth 导致某人干某事

What lead you to resign?

lead sb +prep. (doing) sth带领,领导某人干某事

He led us though the forest.

lead a simple life 过着简朴的生活

● Project Reciting a poem

Part A: Reading

At the beginning of this period, let’s enjoy an English poem:….

look at the screen and listen to the tape, trying to grasp the theme of the poem.

It’s a romantic poem. As we all know, romantic themes tend to be emotional. Today, we’ll read and later recite a romantic poem about love by Robert Burns A Red, Red Rose. Let’s come to the reading part of Project.

1. Read the report on the poetry of Robert Burns, Skim for the main idea of this article and tell how it is organized.

Paragraphs 1-4 introduction of Robert Burns

Paragraphs 5-7 some information about a movement of poets called the Romantic Movement

Paragraphs 8-9 the poem ‘A Red, Red Rose’ with its introduction and explanation

2. Pair work: Rearrange the events in the order of time. Fill in the following table:

Time Event

1750 The Romantic Movement started.

1759 Robert Burns was born.

1794 The poem ‘A Red, Red Rose’ was published.

1796 Robert Burns died at the age of 37.

1870 The Romantic Movement ended.

1877 The monument to Burns was first publicly exhibited.

3. Read the article for a third time to get more information about this report, and then fill in the following table about Robert Burns.

Year of birth Place of birth Year of death Family status

1759 Alloway, Scotland 1796 Poor

His first love Name Nelly Kirkpatrick

Effect on him Encouraged him to start writing poetry

Main works ‘To a Mouse’; ‘The Holy Fair’; ‘A Red, Red Rose’

The movement

of poets Name of the movement Romantic Movement

Representative poets John Keats; William Wordsworth; Robert Burns

Features Romantic themes tend to be more emotional.

The poems are always about love, dreams or nature.

The way people

memorize him *All of Scotland mourned his death, and afterwards many people donated money to support his widow and children. The monument to him was first publicly exhibited in 1877 and about 30,000 people attended the first exhibition.

*The house in Alloway, where Burns was born, is now a museum of his life and work.

4. Read and recite the poem A Red, Red Rose, trying to understand the meaning of the poem.

Part B

1. Group work: Discuss the eight questions in Part B. Then prepare your project.

2. Present your project.

Language points of Project

1. After his first book of poetry was published, he transformed and became famous nationwide overnight. (P14) 在他的第一本诗集出版后,他的生活发生了变化,一夜之间全国闻名。

overnight

adj., adv. 1) for or during the night: 一夜之间

an overnight stop in Paris

You can stay overnight if you want to.

Don't forget to pack an overnight bag (=a bag for things that you need when you stay away from home for a night).

2) suddenly and unexpectedly: 突然,出乎意料的

She became a star overnight.

The book was an overnight success.

2. A hard life and a weak constitution shortened Robert Burns’s life. (P14)

艰辛的生活和虚弱的体质缩短了彭斯的生命。

shorten

v. [I or T] to become shorter or to make sth. shorter: (使)变短

As you grow older, your spine shortens by about an inch.

I've asked him to shorten my grey trousers.

The name” kathren' is often shortened to 'katel'.

3.belong to 属于,无被动态,无进行时

The house belongs to his parents.

Belonging to the developing country, China needs greater improvement in economy.

4.Romantic themes tend to be more emotional 主题更加趋向于情感化

tend to do“易于,往往会”

Women tend to live longer than men.

Children tend to listen to their parents .But when they grow into teens ,they would more ofen turn to their friends for advice.

tend to +n. 照顾

We hired a girl to tend to the children for a few hours each day.

5.sb intend/mean to do sth 意欲干某事

sth be intended to do 某物被用来干…

Do you intend to make a long stay here?

Public Advertisements intended(which are intended) to educate people are of great value.

Unit objectives

Draw students’ attention to the unit objectives. Ask them which of the activities they do most often in Chinese (e.g. listening to songs/reading magazine articles) and which they do least often (e.g. writing a formal letter to a newspaper). Do they have any problems with any of these activities in Chinese? Have they done any of these activities in English?

Warm-up

Objectives

Read newspaper and magazine articles and a formal letter.

Write a formal letter to a newspaper.

Listen to extracts from TV and radio programmes and a song.

Talk about the media, paparazzi and advertising.

Learn about passives and gerunds.

Teaching procedures:

I. Exercise 1

■ Students read through the Key Words and make a list of the things they can see on the page.

■ Students use a dictionary to check the three kinds of British newspaper.

Answers: ‘tabloid’ newspaper ‘quality’ newspaper computer magazine

fashion magazine TV programme (the news) website

II. Exercise 2

■ Read through the four types of programme.

■ Students listen to the cassette and identify the programmes

Answers

1 a game show 2 the news 3 a chat show 4 a sports programme

Tape script

1: Quizmaster: Now, if you get this question right, you and Tony go through to the final. Listen carefully. What Italian word do we use to describe photographers who follow famous people? Right, Janet, here’s your chance to get into the final.

Contestant: Is it the paparazzi?

Quizmaster: Yes, that’s absolutely right, the paparazzi! Congratulations, you’ve made it to …

2: Newsreader: … and the secretary of the United Nations is giving a news conference later today on the situation in the Middle East. Last night, two men and one woman were arrested by police after a bomb went off in the centre of …

3: Presenter: So, Alan, what made you leave television and go into films?

Guest: Ah well, I guess I wanted to see what I could do. I was in the same series for three years, and, er, I just wanted to go to Hollywood, you know, that had always been my dream.

Presenter: And how did you meet Spielberg? Did he …

4: Commentator: And there’s only five minutes left in this exciting cup match, and it’s still Liverpool one, Manchester United one. And Michael Owen pushes the ball out to the right …

III. Exercise 3

■ Read through the questions with the class.

■ Students work in pairs answering the questions.

■ Some of the students then tell the class about their partner.

Example: I listen to the radio every morning while I’m getting ready for school. And you?

1. Do you listen to the radio much? Which programmes?

2. How many hours of TV do you watch each week?

3. What are your favorite TV programmes?

4. What magazines do you read regularly?

5. Do you often read a newspaper? If so, which one?

6. Which paper do your parents read?

7. Do you sometimes use the Internet? What for?

IV. Key Words to learn:

1. medium adj. 中等的,不大不小的 middle, not big and not small

He is a man of medium height. 他是一个中等身材的男人。

n.[C] 居中之物,中间 something that is in the middle, not extreme nor the other

He likes to stick to a happy medium. 他喜欢信守中庸之道。

n.[C] 方法,媒介 the means by which something is done

A newspaper is a good medium for advertising. 报纸是广告的好媒介。

Air is the common medium of sound. 空气是声音的普通介质。

n.[C] 媒介物 a substance through which something acts or is carried

Television and radio are medium for propaganda. 电视和无线电是宣传的工具。

( 名词复数: media, mediums )

2. chat v. 闲谈;聊天;非正式谈话 talk in a friendly way

For a few moments, the two women chatted. 两位妇女交谈了一会儿。

They chatted with each other. 他们在一起聊天。

n.[C] 闲谈;聊天 friendly talk (usu. about unimportant thing)

Let’s have a chat. 咱们聊聊吧。

a friendly chat 友好的交谈

a fireside chat 炉旁闲聊

a pleasant chat 愉快的闲聊

a society chat 社交性闲谈

go into chat with sb. 开始与某人聊天

enjoy a chat with sb. 喜欢与某人聊天

have a chat with sb. 与某人闲谈

3. current n. 水流或气流潮流 a continuous flow of water, air, or any liquid; a running stream

There is a strong current in the river. 河里有一股很强的水流。

The electric current has been shut off. 电流已被切断。

n. 趋向,趋势 a general tendency; course, or movement

Newspapers influence the current of thought. 报纸影响思潮。

adj. 流通的;通用的 passing or handed on from person to person; in general use

This coin will pass current here. 这钱在这里通用。

adj. (指时间)时下的 (of time) now passing

I shall see you on the 9th current. 我将于本月9日来访你。

current English 现代英语;日常英语 current events 时事 current money 通用的货币

4. affair n.[C] 事;事情;事务 something which a person is concerned with; a matter; business

Go away - this is my affair. 走开--这是我的事情。

We should concern ourselves with state affairs. 我们要关心国家大事。

Mind your own affairs. 少管闲事。

Last Saturday we listened to a report on current affairs. 上星期六我们听了一个时事报告。

civil affairs 民事 current affairs 时事 public affairs 公务

family affairs 家事 household affairs 家务 a love affair 风流韵事

foreign affairs 外交事务 worldly affairs 世俗事务 affairs of state 国家大事

5. bomb n. 炸弹 a kind of weapon with explosives in a container used to destroy the enemy by bursting

Bombs are dropped from planes. 炸弹从飞机上投下来。

an atom(ic) bomb 原子弹 gas bomb 毒气弹 flare bomb 照明弹

vt. 轰炸 break something or hurt someone with a bomb

Our factory was bombed. 我们的工厂遭到轰炸。

bomb a city 轰炸城市

6. explode vi. 爆炸 burst suddenly with a loud noise

Bombs explode. 炸弹会爆炸。

Fortunately, no one was hurt when the gas main exploded. 当煤气总管爆炸时,幸好没人伤着。

vi. (指笑声、愤怒)发作,(指人)爆发(愤怒、笑声)

(of laughter, anger) burst forth; (of a person) break out (into violent anger or laughter)

He exploded with laughter. 他哄然大笑。

At last his anger exploded. 最后他发火了。

vt. 引起爆炸 cause to explode

They exploded an atom bomb. 他们引爆一颗原子弹。

V. Homework: Debating and writing

Lesson 1 World News

Teaching Objectives:

■ To practise using the Passive.

■ To practise identifying the type of newspaper an article is from.

■ To talk about what is in the news.

Teaching difficulties: To practise using the Passive

Teaching Aids:computer; cassette

Teaching procedures:

I. Warming up: (T:) Do you care about what’s going on in the world? How do we know the news? With the development of communicating technology, we not only read words, listen to the sound but also see the pictures. World news plays an important in role in our life. What areas of the world are often in the news at the moment? Why? Now let’s read two stories of world news then learn to write world news as a reporter.

(S: We know what’s going on in the world by radio, newspaper, TV, or Internet at once.)

II. Reading: Read the text and do the exercise True or False.

1. G8 stands for eight presidents of the world’s wealthiest nations

2. The Group of Eight will be reformed this year.

3. G8 has decided to cancel the debt of Africa.

4. At 12:45 UK time today London’s name has been announced twice.

5. Prince William in New Zealand ask British to celebrate activities for the news

6. The topic of the meeting of G8 is about Africa.

Answers: 1F 2 F 3 F 4F 5F 6T

III. Listening and Reading: First listen to the cassette to improve your listening ability and correct your pronunciation. Read aloud again then do the exercise2 to answer the questions.

Answers:

1 Because scientists believe there will soon be a large volcanic explosion in that area.

2 They were moving to a safe zone in the north of the island.

3 They are going to give financial help to the islanders.

4 Because the government should have acted sooner and also because the people are being evacuated to areas that are still dangerous.

5 It measured 6.3 magnitude.

6 China, Germany, Russia and Spain are involved.

7 Because further quakes cannot be ruled out.

8 A special fund to rebuild the cities and towns which be announced.

IV. Language points

1. agenda n. pl. (常当单数用)议程,节目单;应办之事

the first item on the agenda 议程上的第一项

The agenda has not yet been drawn up. 议程尚未拟妥。

2. nation n. 国家 a country with one government

France is a European nation. 法国是个欧洲国家。

All nations, big or small, should be equal. 国家不分大小,应一律平等。

n. 国民 a group of people under one government

He leads the nation in lumber production. 他领导国民生产木材。

The whole nation was in deep sorrow at this news.

当全国人民听到这个噩耗时,都沉浸在极大的悲痛之中。

Far East nations 远东国家 an industrial nation 工业国 neutral nations 中立国

the North Atlantic pact nations 北大西洋公约组织国家

peace loving nations of the world 世界上爱好和平的国家

a backward nation 一个落后的国家

Western nations 西方国家

build up a just nation 使国民逐步树立正义感

the voice of the nation 国民的意见

n. 民族 a large group of people with the same race and culture

The Chinese nation is brave and hardworking. 中华民族是勤劳勇敢的。

an advanced nation 进步的民族 Asian nations 亚洲各民族

English speaking nations 讲英语的民族 a small and weak nation 弱小民族

white (yellow) nations 白(黄)种民族

3. poverty n.[U] 贫穷 being poor

In the old society, the labouring people suffered from poverty and illness.在旧社会,劳动人民贫病交加。

poverty of blood 贫血 poverty of thought 思想的贫乏

4. reform vt. 改善;改革 make better; improve the condition, character, etc. of

We are going to reform this law. 我们即将改革这个法律。

He has reformed himself. 他已改过自新了。

vi. 改过自新 become better

The boy promised to reform if given another chance. 那个男孩答应如果给他机会,他将改过自新。

n. 改善;改进 a change for the better, improvement

Our society needs reform. 我们的社会正需要改革。

reforms in the school system 教育制度改革

5. demand vt. 要求 to ask very strongly for something

We demand an apology from her. 我们要求她道歉。

The policeman demanded that the gate should be shut. 警察命令把大门关上。

He demanded to see the editors. 他要求见编辑。

vt. 需要 need something

This work demands care and patience. 这工作需要细心和耐心。

The task demands special knowledge. 这件工作需要专门知识。

All this was demanded of me. 这些都是向我要的。

vt. 问 ask

The policeman demanded the boys’ names. 警察问这些孩子们的名字。

“Where is Xiao Li?” he demanded. 他问道“小李在哪?”

n. 要求,需求 the act of demanding, wanting something

His demand is not reasonable. 他的要求不合理。

Our supply can fully meet the demand. 我们的供应可以充分满足要求。

n. 要求之物 a thing demanded

I got my first demand. 我已得到我第一个要求。

a keen demand 迫切的需要 a poor demand 需要不大

consumer demand 消费需要 eager demand for 对……的需要迫切

market demand 市场需要 meet the present demand 满足目前的需要

6. debt n.[C] 债,债务,欠款 money that you must pay to someone

I must pay him a debt of ¥5. 我得还他五块钱的债。

Debts of blood must be paid in blood. 血债要用血来还。

The debt that he owed her could never be paid. 他欠她的人情总也还不清。

a large debt 巨额债款 a national debt 国债 out of debt 不欠债 pay off the debt 还清债务

get (run) into debt: begin to owe money 开始负债

She must be getting into debt. 她一定负债了。

to get out of debt: not owing money 不欠债

I wish I could get out of debt. 但愿我能还清债务。

It is much easier to run into debt than to get out of it. 欠债容易还债难。

in debt: owing money 负债;欠帐 He was always in debt. 他总是债务缠身。

He’s in debt to the bank because he bought that big house. 他因买下那座大房子而欠银行的债。

7. belief n. 相信;信念;信仰 sure feeling that something is true

He had no great belief in Chinese medicine. 他不大相信中医。

She has lost her belief in religion. 她已不信仰宗教了。

to the best of one’s belief: as far as one knows 就(某人)所知;深信

To the best of my belief there is no danger. 我深信没有危险。

a firm belief 坚定的信念 beyond belief 难以置信

give up one’s belief 放弃信仰 hold a belief that… 持有……的信念

strengthen(support)a belief 加强(支持)某个信念

8. announce vt. 宣布;发表 to make known publicly

The morning paper announced the death of Mr. Smith. 晨报发表了史密斯先生的死亡消息。

The news was announced by Radio Beijing. 这消息由北京(英语)广播电台发表了。

Jonathan announced that he had found a new job. 乔纳森宣布他已经找到新工作。

vt. 显示;暗示 make known to the senses or mind

An occasional shot announced the presence of the enemy. 偶尔的一声枪响,显示了敌人的来临。

vt. 通报;通知客到 make known the arrival or approach of

The servant came in and announced “Mr. Carson!” 仆人进来通报:“卡森先生到!”

vt. 播报;广播 serve as an announcer of

He announces the six o’clock news. 他播报六点钟新闻。

be announced as in preparation 预告某事在准备中

announce to the public 向公众宣布

9. committee n. 委员会 small group of people chosen by others to plan and organize

A committee was set up in the steel mill to solve the problem of pollution.

这个钢铁厂成立了一个委员会来解决污染问题。

The bill has passed through the committee. 该提案已在委员会通过。

The committee meets in the townhall. 委员会在市政厅开会。

an advisory committee 顾问委员会 a budget committee 预算委员会

a central committee 中央委员会 a standing committee 常务委员会

a foreign affairs committee 外交事务委员会 an organization committee 组织委员会

be elected into the committee 被选进委员会

a committee with him as chairman 以他为主席的委员会

call in a committee 召集委员会

organize a committee 组织一个委员会

10. delighted n.[U] 快乐,欣喜 great pleasure or happiness

They got a good deal of delight from their children. 他们从孩子身上得到了很多的乐趣。

She read the book with delight. 她读了这本书感到非常满意。

n.[C] 令人喜悦的物或人 something or someone that gives great pleasure

Your daughter is a real delight. 你女儿是一个实在讨人喜欢的人。

The novel is a delight. I am about one third through.这是本令人悦目的故事书,我大约读了三分之一。

in delight 高兴地 to my greatest delight… 使我极为高兴的是 ……

with keen delight 非常高兴地 give delight to sb. 使某人高兴

vt. 给人快乐;使欣喜 make someone very pleased, happy, etc.

Her dancing delighted everyone. 她的舞蹈使人人高兴。

vi. 喜欢,喜好 have great pleasure

He seems to delight in making other people suffer. 他似乎喜好使他人受苦。

They were delighted that the date of the conference had been fixed. 会议的日期定了,他们很高兴。

She was delighted at receiving so many letters and telegrams.收到了这么多的信和电报她感到很愉快。

I’m really delighted with the news. 我真喜欢这个消息。

11. publish vt. 公布 to make known to the public

Today’s newspaper published this news. 今天的报纸发表了这个消息。

vt. 出版;发行 to print for sale to the public

The book was published in 1980. 那本书是在1980年出版的。 the publishing house 出版社

V. Grammar ( The Passive ): Do the exercises 3, 4 and 5

VI. Practise writing: Do the exercise 6

VII. Homework: International organization has provided a one-week camp for some African children with AIDS. Write a short 100-word news report for a local newspaper.

Lesson 2 The Paparazzi

Teaching aims:

1. To practise listening for specific information

2. To practise expressing opinions, agreeing and disagreeing

3. To practise using phrasal verbs

Teaching difficulties:

1. To practise listening for specific information

2. To practise expressing opinions, agreeing and disagreeing

Teaching Aids: computer; cassette

Teaching procedures:

I. Warming up: What do you know about the paparazzi? They take photographs of famous people’s private lives. For example so many people were once interested in Princess Diana’s private life, trying to follow her every where. What’s the result? If you are famous man or woman, will you be pleased to be followed and be taken picture of? Let’s listen other people’s opinion, first let’s read some words because you will hear these words in the radio programmes.

II. Listening:Do the exercise 2 , 3 and 4

Maybe you like reading the story about famous people’s private life written by Pararazzi. Now what do you think of the pararazzi?

III. Voice your opinion: What do you think of he argument that taking photographs of famous people is part of new reporting? Do you agree? Why or why not?

IV. Listening: Do the exercise 6 and 7

Listen again and check your answers. Which expressions above show strong agreement or disagreement?

V. Pronunciation: Do the exercise 8

VI. Writing and speaking: Do the exercise 9, 10 and 11 to practise expressing own opinion.

VII. Key Words to learn:

1. analyse vt. 分析语法成分separate into its grammatical elements;分析研究determine the nature of

Analyse the following sentences. 分析下列句子。

Analyse water into oxygen and hydrogen. 把水分解成氧和氢。

Analyse a complex sentence into several clauses. 把这个复合句分析成几个句子。

2. arise (过去式: arose 过去分词: arisen ) vi. 起床;起立 get up; stand up

We arose at 5 a.m.. 我们早晨五点起床。

vi. 发生;产生;开始 happen; start

How did the quarrel arise? 争吵是怎样发生的?

I thought it would be easy, but a lot of problems have arisen.

我本来想事情很容易,但是出现了许多问题。

A strong wind arose in the night. 夜间起了大风。

vi. 向上;上升 move upward; ascend

When I started off, the sun was arising. 我出发时太阳正在升起。

3. blame vt. 责怪 to say that a person did something wrong

When he arrived late, Mr. Drake blamed the bad traffic. 由于德雷克迟到了,他抱怨起糟糕的交通。

Bad workmen blame their tools. (谚)技术拙劣的工人埋怨自己的工具。

vt. 应怪;归咎于……;归罪于…… say or think that something bad or wrong is caused by

You are to blame in this.这事要怪你。 He blamed his failure on his teacher.他把失败归咎于他的老师。

4. willing adj. 愿意的,心甘情愿的 ready; consenting

I am willing to help you. 我愿意帮助你。

adj. 乐于 given in a cheerful way

The teacher offers us willing help on the difficult problems. 老师乐于帮助我们解难题。

Nothing is impossible to a willing heart. (谚)心头有志愿,无事不可能。

will n.[C] 意志;意志力;决心 power of your mind that makes you choose, decide, and do things

He has strong will, and nothing can stop him doing what he wants.

他意志坚强,想干的事任何力量都阻止不了。

He has no will of his own. 他没有主见。

n.[C] 遗书;遗嘱 piece of paper that says who will have your money, house, goods, etc. when you die

My aunt left me £2,000 in her will. 我婶婶在遗书上将两千英镑遗赠给我。

He was left £1,000 in his uncle’s will. 他叔父(或伯父等)的遗嘱规定赠给他一千英镑。

n.[U] 愿望;目的 wish; plan

He did it against his will. 他违背自己的意愿这样做。

He was very ill but he got better because he had a will to live.

他病重,但因为他有着活下去的意愿,病情好转了。

He married her against the will of her parents. 他不顾她父母的反对娶了她。

5. self n. 自己;自我 one’s own person; by oneself; for oneself

He looks just like his former self. 他看上去和以往一样。

He is self taught and never went to school. 他是自学的,没有上过学。

She worked without a thought of self. 她忘我地工作。

self defence 自卫 self-educated 自学的;自修的

self help 自助;自立 self-supporting 自立的;自给的

to rise above your self 去掉你的私心;舍己为人

the study of the self 自我探讨

6. employ vt. 雇用 to use (someone) as a paid worker

The factory employs two hundred people. 工厂雇用了两百人。

He’s employed at the station. 他在车站工作。

vt. 使用 to make use of

How do you employ your spare time? 你怎样利用业余时间?

employ men according to their abilities 量才录用

employ oneself in (on) 从事;花时间在 spend one’s time

Instead of wasting time, she employed herself in reading. 她不再浪费时间,而是努力读书了。

7. legal adj. (无比较级、最高级)法律 (上) 的,有关法律的

a legal adviser 法律顾问 legal medicine 法医学

adj. 法律所要求 的,法定的 legal interest 法定利息(利率)

a legal fare 法定车资(票价)

the legal age for smoking 可以吸烟的法定年龄

adj. 合法的,正当的 It is his legal right to appeal. 上诉是他的正当权利。

8. attempt vt. 尝试;试图 to try

We attempted an attack by night. 我们试图夜袭。

They have attempted a difficult task. 他们已经开始了一项艰难的工作。

They attempted to finish the work within a month. 他们试图在一个月内完成这项工作。

We attempted to break through the lines of the enemy. 我们企图突破敌人的封锁线。

n. 企图;试图 the act of trying

He made an attempt to pass the exam, but it was too difficult. 他试图通过考试,但考试太难了。

The first attempt to climb Mount Everest failed. 第一次攀登珠穆朗玛峰的尝试失败了。

This is my first attempt at English composition. 这是我第一次英语作文的尝试。

There has been an attempt on the President’s life. 曾经有人企图杀害总统。

a brave attempt 一次勇敢的尝试 a successful attempt 成功的尝试

make an attempt to do sth. 试图做某事 an attempted murder 谋杀未遂

9. defend vt. 防守;保卫 guard someone or something; fight to keep away dangerous things or people

The people defended the town against the foreign invaders. 人民保卫城镇,抵抗外国侵略者。

He defended his comrades from harm. 他保护同志使其不受伤害。

defend oneself against the enemy 防御敌人

defend sb. from harm 保护某人免受伤害

vt. 声援;为……辩护 speak or write to help someone in trouble

He had a good lawyer to defend him. 他有一个好律师为他辩护。

You are defending yourself. 你在为自己辩护。

10. process n. 制作法;程序 how you do or make something; piece of work, step by step

He explained the process of building a boat. 他解释了造船的工序。

The training of astronauts is a long process. 训练宇航员是个长期的过程。

11. profit n. (金钱上的)盈利,利润,收益

clear [net] profit 净利 gross profit 毛利

profit and loss 损益,损益类

make a profit on (sales of…) 在(出售)……上获利

Newspapers make a profit from(out of) the advertisements they carry.

报纸由其所刊登的广告获取利益。

They sell it at a profit of a thousand dollars. 他们卖掉它赚了一千美元。

n. 利益,好处

You will gain [get] profit from your studies. 你将从念书中获得益处。

I have read it with profit (to my great profit). 我读完它之后得益匪浅(大受裨益)。

There is no profit in complaining (complaint). 抱怨也得不到任何好处(无济于事)。

vi. 从(……)得到利益(by, from)

Who profits by his death? 谁因他之死而得到利益?

A wise person profits by (from) his mistakes. 智者由自己的过失中得到教益。

vi. 由…获利(by, from)

I profited greatly by my travels in Europe and America. 我由赴欧美之行中获得很多好处。

12. favor n. 好意,亲切,善意 treat a person with favor 善意地对待某人

n. 亲切的行为,帮忙; 请求 ask a favor of a person 请某人帮忙,求助于某人

I have a favor to ask of you. 我要请你帮忙; 我有件事求你。

n. 照顾,惠顾; 宠爱; 支持,赞成

win a person’s favor 获得某人的提拔,得某人欢心(好感)

be (stand) high in a person’s favor 甚受(某人)垂爱(宠爱); 甚得(某人)好感

by favor 靠某人的偏爱

vt. (对计划、提议等)表示好感,赞成 favor a proposal 赞成提议

vt. 支持……;奖励……,赞助…… Fortune favors the brave. (谚)幸运眷顾勇者; 勇者得到好运。

vt. 惠赐(赏给)(某人)(……)(with)

Will you favor us with a song? 请唱一支歌给我们听好吗?

Will you favor me with an interview? 可否惠赐面谈?

in favor of : 赞同,支持 like the idea of something

I am in favour of your suggestion. 我支持你的建议。

be in or out of favour with: 得宠或失宠 be liked or not liked by someone

Oliver works hard so he is in favour with his boss. 奥利弗工作努力所以很得老板的欢心。

13. attitude n. 态度;看法 what one thinks about something

His attitude to (or towards) me was that of a comrade. 他对我的态度是同志的态度。

What’s your attitude to this idea? 你对这种想法抱什么态度?

I don’t like his unfriendly attitude. 我不喜欢他那不友好的态度。

n. 姿态;姿势 the way in which one stands, sits, etc.; the position of the body

He stood there in a threatening attitude. 他以咄咄逼人的神态站在那里。

He was sitting in a lazy attitude. 他懒洋洋地坐着。

14. pretend v. 假装;佯装 put on or show a false appearance of; make oneself appear (to be or do); act in such a way as to make people believe

She pretended illness. 她装病。

She didn’t want to talk, so she pretended asleep. 她不想说,所以她假装睡着了。

He pretended not to have heard about it. 他假装没听见过这事。

Let’s play a game and pretend that we’re policemen. 我们来做游戏,假装我们是警察。

She wasn’t really crying; she was only pretending. 她不是真哭,是假装的。

v. 宣称;自称 (pretend to) insist on a right to; make a claim to; claim falsely to have

She pretends to beauty. 她自以为貌美。

She pretends to various abilities she doesn’t possess. 她自称有种种才能,其实她并没有。

15. hire vt. 租;雇佣 pay to use something, or to use someone's help

Can I hire a car for three days? 我能租辆车用三天吗?

He hired a car with a driver. 他租了一辆带司机的汽车。

We decided to hire a boat for the day. 我们决定当天雇一只船。

hire a man to do a certain piece of work 雇一个人去做某件工作

n. 雇用(人);租用(物品) the act or right of employing a person or using a thing in return for payment

This car is for hire. 这辆汽车供出租用。

He has horses on hire. 他有马匹出租。

hire out: 出租 let someone hire something from you

He makes a living by hiring out horses. 他靠出租马匹为生。

Mr. Jackson hires out bicycles. 杰克逊先生出租自行车。

16. respect vt. 尊敬;敬佩 to show honour towards; admire

Our teacher is highly respected by all. 我们的老师极受大家的尊敬。

We respect our elders. 我们尊敬长辈。

I deeply respect her courage. 我非常敬佩她的勇气。

vt. 重视 have regard to

You ought to respect his opinions more. 你应该更加重视他的意见。

vt. 顾虑;注意 regard as important; pay attention to

We must respect their national customs. 我们要尊重他们的民族风俗。

We must respect his sorrow. 我们应同情他的悲伤。

n. 尊敬 feeling of honour; admiration

They have a great respect for his ability. 他们十分尊重他的才能。

He was treated with little respect. 他得不到尊重。(他受到轻慢的对待。)

n. 敬意;问候 polite greetings

Please give your father my respects. 请代我向你父亲致意。

n. 点;方面;细事 a special point, matter, or detail

In that respect you are quite right. 在那一点上,你完全正确。

to show respect for one’s parents 尊敬父母 treat sb. with respect 以礼相待

in respect of (to): 关于 with respect of (to); regarding

In respect of what you say, there is nothing more that we can do.

关于你谈的事我们再也没有什么事可做了。

VIII. Homework: Do the exercises in the Language Power

Lesson 3 World News

Teaching aims:

1. To read a text about advertisement development

2. To learn and practise – ing form.

3. To discuss advertising

Teaching difficulties: To learn and practise – ing form.

Teaching Aids:computer

Teaching procedures:

I. Warming up: Can you think of some advertisements you have seen ? Where you have seen advertising? (show some pictures) lead students to talk about the topic. Do you think advertisement will mislead us by make us believe a product is better than it really is? When you buy something will you be affected by advertisement? What do you think of the design of nowadays advertisements? wonderful or dull?

II. Reading: Read the text to do the exercise “True or False”

1. “Tsing Dao Beer” tells you 3 pieces of information so it is attractive.

2. Advertisement must be attractive and creative.

3. The purpose of all advertisement is to make customer spend money.

4. Producing public advertisement mentioned in the text is free.

5. The text inferred that advertisement is trying to sell you something makes customers bored.

6. The purpose of advertisement is creating something that has never been seen before.

7. Standing out your advertisements is not easy because people are used to high standards of visual design. Answers: FTFFTFT

III. Correct errors:

1. Other common ideas including happiness, wealth and success.

2. This is often not enough to noticing in a modern city.

3. Repeat old ideas is not a successful idea.

4. Using humor as well as unusual ideas to surprise people are important.

5. The main purpose of the advertisement is make customers spend money.

6. People are used to see high standards of visual design.

7. People simply enjoy look at attractive advertisements.

Keys: 1. including改为 include 2. noticing改为be noticed 3. repeat 改为 repeating

4. are 改为is 5. make改为 making 6. see 改为 seeing 7. look改为 looking

IV. Listening and Speaking: Do the exercise 3

V. Language points and vocabulary:

1. advertise vt. 为……做广告,登……的广告

advertise for salesman 找推销员的广告

vt. (在……)登……的广告(in)

It has been advertised in the magazine. 已在杂志上刊登了广告。

vt.(~ oneself)自我宣传(为……) Stop advertising yourself. 少自我宣传了。

vi. 广告 It pays to advertise. 登广告是值得的。

vi. 登广告(征求……)(for) advertise for a house to rent 房屋登广告招租

advertisement n. (具体的文件) 广告; 宣传(略作 ad., adv., advt.)

an advertisement for a situation 求职广告

advertisement help to sell products. 登广告有助于推销产品。

2. certain adj. 可靠的;肯定无疑的 sure; not doubtful

I am certain he’ll come, in spite of the bad weather. 尽管天气不好,我确信他会来的。

He is certain to do his duty. 他肯定会尽职。

I’m certain that he has wronged me. 我确信他委曲了我。

Are you certain about (=of) it? 你对此有把握吗?

Nothing is yet certain. 什么都没有定下来。(现在一切尚未肯定。)

I am very certain about that. 我对那事确定无疑。

He is certain of success. 他必然成功。

He is certain to come. 他一定来。

adj. 某一;一些 some

A certain person called on you yesterday. 昨天有个人来探访你。

Certain things are not openly spoken about. 有些事是不能公开说的。

for certain 肯定地;确凿地 without any doubt; certainly

I shall be there for certain. 我一定会在那儿的。

I know for certain that he has a car. 我肯定知道他有一辆车。

make certain (把……)弄确实;搞清楚 find out about something so that you are sure

Please make certain that the river is not deep before you swim there.

请你搞清楚河水确实不深再去游泳。

3. corporation n.[C] 法人;公司;团体 a number of persons allowed by law to act as one e.g. for purpose of business

John works for a large American chemical corporation. 约翰为一家美国大化学公司工作。

The corporation has branch offices in several cities. 这家公司在几个城市里都有办事机构。

a government corporation 政府社团 a public corporation 公营公司

a public service corporation 公共事业公司 a special corporation 特别法人

trade corporation 商业公司 a trading corporation 贸易公司

build up a corporation 建立一家公司 buy up a corporation 买下一个公司

4. brand n.[C] 品质,品牌,品种 ; n.[C] (特别的) 种类

I like his brand of humor. 我喜欢他那种独特的幽默。

vt. 玷辱,污辱(人); 印(……的)商标于(with)

brand a person with (in) fame 给某人玷上污名

They branded him (as) a traitor. 他们给他加上叛逆者的污名。

vt.(不好的往事)将(某事)烙印(在心上),铭刻 (on, upon)

The war has branded an unforgettable lesson on our minds. 战争在我们心上烙下了永志难忘的教训。

5. suitable adj. 合适的;适当的 right for a person, happening, place, etc.

Thick clothes are not suitable for hot weather. 厚衣服不适于热天穿。

Do you think this present is suitable for a little boy? 你认为把这件礼物送给一个小男孩合适吗?

These clothes are suitable for a weekend in the country. 这些衣服在乡下度周未时穿合适。

a suitable house 合适的房子

6. consist vi. 由……组成(构成) be made up of something

The United Nations Organization consists of over 160 nations. 联合国组织由一百六十多个国家组成。

The class consists of ten boys and twelve girls. 这个班由十个男孩和十二个女孩组成。

a farm consisting of 1,500 mu 有一千五百亩土地的农场

All bodies consist of molecules and these of atoms. 一切物体都由分子组成,而分子由原子组成。

consist most (entirely) of 大半(全部)由……组成

A potato consists mainly of starch. 马铃薯的主要成分是淀粉。

vi. 合于;并存;一致 be in harmony with

The students’ proposal consists with reason. 学生们的建议是合理的。

That consists with our principle. 那与我们的原则相一致。

Theory should consist with practice. 理论应与实践相一致。

vi. 在于 (consist in ; consist largely in 主要在于 ) contain as an essential element; lie in

Happiness consists in trying to do one’s duty. 幸福在于履行自己的责任。

Our greatest happiness consists in serving the people. 我们最大的幸福就是为人民服务。

cf: make up

编造,虚构 think of a story; imagine something that is not true

The student made up an excuse for his being late. 那个学生为他的迟到编造了一个借口。

Their father is good at making up bed time stories. 他们的父亲很擅长睡觉前编些故事讲给他们听。

He asked us each to make up a dialogue. 他让我们每人编一段对话。

组成,形成 put together, compose

Six women and nineteen men make up the committee. 六位妇女和十九位男人组成了这委员会。

They make up one-third of the province’s population. 他们占全省人口的三分之一。

Make up sentences with the words given. 用所给的词组成句子。

调停,和解 end a quarrel

The two friends have only just made it up after their quarrel. 这两朋友吵架后刚刚和好。

They had an argument, but they have already made up. 他们有过争执,不过现在他们已和解了。

化装,打扮 put something on the skin to look more beautiful or different

The girl made up her face carefully before going to meet James.

这姑娘在与詹姆斯会面之前,精心地打扮了一番。

It took her more than an hour to make herself up. 她花了一个多小时才打扮好。

She was slightly made up. 她稍稍涂了一点脂粉。

补偿,弥补 be a compensation for

You are responsible for the money and you will have to make up the loss.

这笔款由你负责,如有丢失,你得赔偿。

They made up for their inexperience by careful preparation for each lesson.

他们每课都仔细准备,以此弥补自己经验不足。

She’s making up for all the playing she missed. 她在弥补她过去失去的所有玩耍的机会。

They have made up for the loss. 他们己弥补了损失。

I have not worked this term, but I will make up for it next term.

这学期我没干什么,不过我要在下学期弥补上。

配制 prepare by mixing ingredients, mix

He made up a bottle of cough medicine. 他配了一瓶咳嗽药水。

包扎,把……打成包 wrap up, fasten up

He made up the books into a parcel and sent it to his friend by mail. 他把书包成一包,邮给他的朋友。

草拟,编制 draw up, compile

The Party committee secretary made up the document personally. 党委书记亲自草拟了这份文件。

They have made up a list. 他们已列了一张表。

7. budget n.[C] (政府等的)预算案; 预算表; 预算(额),经费

an advertising budget of $5000 五千美元的广告预算 a defense budget 国防预算

n.[C] (家庭等的)预算,家计; 生活费(for)

make a monthly budget for a family 作每个月的家庭预算

n.[C] (为某种目的之)预算

on a budget 以有限的预算; 预算有限的 with in a budget 在预算之内(的)

8. boom n.[C] 突然的好景气; 声望之突然提高; 繁荣(时期)

a war boom 战争所带来的景气(军需的生意兴隆)

adj. (口语)突然上涨的,忽然兴旺起来的

a boom industry 忽然兴旺起来的工业 boom prices 一时的经济景气所带来之物价上扬

vi. 突然繁荣起来; 忽然大得人心

Business is booming. 工商业正日趋繁荣。

Alaska boomed with the discovery of oil. 阿拉斯加因发现石油而突然繁荣起来。

9. stand out 站开;站出来 move away or stand apart in open view

The medic asked those who had not had their physical examination to stand out.

军医请那些未受过体格检查的人站出来。

突出;出色 be easily seen above or among others

Ruth stands out because she is so lovely. 露丝很突出,因为她长得那么可爱。

Red stands out against a white background. 在白底上红色显得特别醒目。

Your work stands out from the rest. 你的工作比别人做得出色。

She is two meters in height and stands out in the crowd. 她身高两米,在人群中很引人注目。

stand firm 坚决;坚定 stand fast; refuse to budge

They stood firm in their demand for friendship with China. 他们坚决要求和中国缔结友好。

10. concept n. 概念;观念 a thought; an idea; a general notion

A small baby has no concept of right and wrong. 小孩不懂什么是正确和错误。

11. approach n. 靠近;临近;接近 going near or nearer to a place

The enemy ran away at our approach. 在我们接近时,敌人跑了。

We heard the approach of the train. 我们听见火车开过来了。

n. 方法;步骤;通路;通道 the way or means of reaching a place; a road, path, etc.

The approach to the house was a narrow path. 通往这房子的路是一条狭窄的小径。

The best approach to learn a foreign language is the study of the spoken language.

学习外语的最好的途径是学口语。

at the approach of winter 冬季将临的时候 at our approach 当我们接近时

be easy of approach 容易到达;容易接近 on the approach of death 临死的时候

with the approach of winter 随着冬季的来临 make approaches to sb. 想亲近某人

v. 走近;靠近;接近 come near or nearer to someone or something

You must approach the bird very quietly or it will fly away.

Walk softly as you approach the bed. 当你走近床时,请走轻些。

This sum of money approaches the required amount. 这金额已经接近要求的数目了。

The summer is approaching. 夏季即将来临。 National Day is approaching. 国庆节即将来临。

approach sb. about sth. 为某事同某人打交道

approach sb. for information 向某人了解情况 approach sb. with a suggestion 向某人建议

12. contemporary adj. (无比较级、最高级)(人、作品等)同时代的,当代的

Byron and Wordsworth were contemporary. 拜伦和渥兹华斯是同时代的人。

Elizabethan plays are often presented in contemporary costume. 伊丽莎白时代的戏剧(演员)。

adj. 同时代的[with]

Byron was contemporary with Wordsworth. 拜伦和渥兹华斯是同时代的人。

adj. 当今的,现代的

contemporary literature (writers) 现代文学(作家) contemporary art 现代艺术

n.[C] 同时代的人(物); 现代的人

n.[C] 同时代的新闻(杂志等) our contemporaries 和我们同时代的人; 现代人

n.[C] 2 年龄相仿(年纪差不多)的人; 同期生

my contemporaries at school 在学校和我同期的同学

13. contribution n. 捐助;贡献;促成 the act of contributing

It forms a substantial contribution to the subjects of acoustics. 它对声学诸问题作出了实质性的贡献。

We made a contribution to the disaster area. 我们捐助灾区。

n. 捐款;捐赠的物品 money, help, etc.

We gave a contribution of clothing to the Red Cross. 我们向红十字捐赠了一些衣服。

He sent his hat round to collect contributions. 他向人募集捐款。

n. 稿件 something written for a newspaper or magazine

The magazine included many interesting contributions. 那本杂志收进了许多有趣的稿件。

14. citizen n. 公民;市民 someone who belongs to a country or town

I’m a citizen of Switzerland, not Austria. 我是瑞士公民,不是奥地利公民。

a citizen of London 伦敦公民 fellow citizens 同胞

law abiding citizens 守法的公民 peace loving citizens 爱好和平的国民

a plain citizen 普通公民 a United States citizen 美国公民

a woman citizen 女公民 a world citizen 世界公民

protect citizens 保护公民 oppress citizens 压迫公民

a citizen of the world (=a world citizen) 世界公民

14. sb / sth be likely to do=It is likely that 有可能, 有希望的

Tickets are likely to be expensive. 入场券可能很贵

It is likely that the thieves don’t know how much it is worth. 盗贼很可能不知道此物的价值。

15. link A to / with B 与……相联系

The video was linked to a powerful computer. 摄像机与一台功能强大的 计算机相连接。

The Channel Tunnel links Britain with the rest of Europe.

英吉利海峡隧道把英国和欧洲其他国家连接起来了。

VI. Grammar: Do the exercise 6, 8 and 9

VII. Practise spoken English: Work in groups of four. Choose one advertisement from a local newspaper or magazine and describe it VIII. Homework: Do the exercise 10

Lesson 4 What’s in the Papers?

Objectives

To practise dealing with cultural references in texts.

To practise identifying the type of newspaper an article is from.

To practise using compound adjectives.

To create an article for a local newspaper.

I. Pre-Reading: What is often reported in the newspapers? Give some examples.

II. Reading: Read the newspaper articles and match them with the headlines.

1) Bad language on TV not OK for kids.

2) Mum finds her four girls.

3) Astronomer’s amazing escape.

Answers: 1) Text A 2) Text C 3) Text B

III. Post-Reading:

Read the articles again and answer these questions.

1) How old were Lillian’s children when she last saw them?

They were 7, 6, 5 and 3.

2) Why did some people find bad language “OK” in films?

Because the dialogue and situation made it funny.

3) Why was the truck driver lucky to escape?

Because the driver jumped out of the truck before the trolleybus crashed into it and he would have been killed if he’d staged in his truck.

Find examples of names of these things in the texts.

Example West Gorton=a district of a city

a) TV channels: BBC ITV Channel 4

b) a TV series: Brookside

c) towns and villages: Kingston

d) cities: Leeds Manchester

e) districts of cities: West Gorton

f) a main road: Park Avenue

Use the Reading Strategies above to answer these questions about the texts.

1) How far is 20 yards? ( Text B )

a) 18 metres b) 7 metres c) 12 metres

2) What does BBC stand for? ( Text A )

a) British Boxing Club b) British Broadcasting Corporation c) Black Bulls Company

3) How far is 3,000 miles? ( Test C )

a) 3,000 km b) 4,800 km c) 6,000 km

Answers: a b b

V. Language points and vocabulary:

1. consideration n.[U] 考虑 thinking about something

After much consideration, I accepted the offer. 经过仔细考虑我接受了这个提议。

After much consideration, my brother decided to sell his car. 考虑好久之后我哥哥决定卖掉他的汽车。

This is a matter that needs consideration. 这是一件需要考虑的事。

n.[U] 体谅;照顾;关心 being thoughtful and careful about people's feeling

Helen shows great consideration towards younger children. 海伦很体谅年龄较小的孩子。

We should have consideration for the rights of others. 我们应当为别人的权利着想。

He took the measure without the slightest consideration of other people.

他采取了措施,一点也不替他人着想。

n.[C] 考虑的因素 a fact, thing, etc. thought of as a reason

There are many considerations why this work should be done. 应该做这件事的原因很多。

To some passengers, time is of more consideration than money. 对有些旅客来说,时间比金钱更重要。

take into consideration: 考虑到;顾及 remember something important when making a plan

This is not a heavy stone, its size being taken into consideration.

如果把体积考虑在内,这块石头不算重。

We must take the cost into consideration when we are choosing a hotel.

在选择旅馆时我们必须考虑到费用。

under consideration: 在考虑之中 being discussed; being thought about

The plan is under consideration by the Ministry of Education. 教育部在考虑这个计划。

2. innocent (形容词比较级: more innocent 最高级: most innocent )

adj. 无罪的;清白的 not having done wrong

I believe he’s an innocent man. 我相信他是一个无罪的人。

as innocent as a newborn baby 象初生婴儿般天真单纯

as innocent as a lamb 象羔羊一样清白

n. 无罪的人;天真的小孩子

an innocent person or child

the (Holy)Innocents’ Day 婴儿蒙难日

3. conclude vt. 结束 to bring or come to an end

He concluded his speech with a slogan. 他用一句口号结束了演说。

The meeting was concluded with the college song. 会议在校歌声中结束。

The meeting was concluded yesterday. 会议昨天结束了。

conclude by remarking that… 结束时说……

vt. 推断出;断定 come to an idea after thinking

When he ran away from me, I concluded he was afraid. 当他从我这里跑掉时,我断定他害怕了。

We concluded that the animal was dead as it did not move.

我们断定这只野兽是死的,因为它一动也不动。

vt. 完成;缔结 bring about as a result; complete

They concluded a treaty of peace. 他们缔结了一个和平条约。

Peace has not yet been concluded. 和平(条约)尚未缔结。

conclude a treaty with the country 与该国缔结条约

conclude a treaty between the two countries 两国间缔结条约

conclude an agreement with sb. 与某人缔结协议

vi. 终了;结尾 come to an end; end

The report concludes as follows. 报告结论如下。

conclusion n.[C] 结束 end

The discussion was brought to a conclusion. 讨论结束了。

n.[C] 推断;结论 a result obtained after reasoning

Finally they came to this conclusion. 最后,他们得出了这个结论。

His conclusion certainly sounded reasonable. 他的结论听起来确定有一定的道理。

n.[C] 缔结;解决;安排 (U) settlement; arrangement

The rapprochement between France and Italy will lead to a conclusion of peace.

法意的谅解是缔结和约的先导。

4. as long as 只要,如果;既然

As long as you can be back before 10 o’clock, you can go out.只要你10点钟以前能回来,你可以外出。

As long as you accept our conditions, we’ll start working immediately.

只要你答应我们的条件,我们立即开始工作。

5. fiction n. (尤指) 小说

works of fiction 小说类 detective fiction 侦探[推理]小说

Fact (Truth) is stranger than fiction. (谚)事实奇于小说。

n. 杜撰的故事(事情),虚构,想像 His testimony was a complete fiction. 他的证言全是虚构。

6. scene n. 戏剧的一场 a small part of a play

The first act is divided into four scenes. 第一幕分成四场。

Do you remember the scene in the play where Susan meets Alan for the first time?

你记不记得剧中苏珊第一次遇见阿伦的那个场面?

n. (事件或事故的)发生地点 the place where something happens

The next day we returned to the scene of the accident. 次日我们回到出事的地点。

The police arrived at the scene of the crime. 警察来到了犯罪现场。

n. 景色;景象 view; something that you can look at

The hill adds to the beauty of the scene. 小山使风光更加秀丽。

n. 布景;场景 background on the stage of a theatre

The scene of the play is a kitchen. 这出戏的场景是厨房。

7. load n. 担子;重载;负担 something that you carry

We shall make a lorry load of vegetables to the market. 我们将装一卡车蔬菜送到市场。

The lorry had a load of wood. 卡车上载的是木头。

This car can carry a load of 1 ton. 这辆汽车能载一吨重。

The news took a load off my mind. 这个消息解除了我的思想顾虑。

v. 装;装货;装载 put things on to a vehicle or a ship

The ship is loading for Hanghou. 这只船正在装运去杭州的货。

They loaded the cart with rice. 他们把米装上大车。

Please help me load these cases into the car. 请帮助我把这些箱子装到汽车上。

The bus is loading. 公共汽车正在上人。 The tree is loaded with apples. 此树结满苹果。

load a car 装汽车 load cargoes 装货 load a cart 装大车 load a ship 装船

8. district n.[C] 区;行政区;地区 part of a country or town

They have left this district and gone to live in Bristol. 他们离开这个地区,迁居到布里斯特尔了。

an administrative district 行政区 an agricultural district 农业区

a business district 商业区 a farming district 农业区

a manufacturing (manufacture) district 工业区 a military district 军区

a mining district 矿区 a mountainous district 山区

neighboring (=nearby) districts 邻近地区 a postal district 邮政区

remote districts 偏僻地区 a residential (=residence) district 住宅区

a rural district 郊区 a shopping district 商业区

VI. Grammar: …as long as it is not used in programmes watched by children. (watched, 过去分词作后置定语)

过去分词只有一种形式:规则动词由动词原形加词尾-ed构成;不规则动词的过去分词没有统一的规则要求,要一一记住。

过去分词作定语:

Our class went on an organized trip last Monday. (有组织的旅行)

Those elected as committee members will attend the meeting. (当选为委员的人)

注意当过去分词是单词时,一般用于名词前,如果是过去分词短语,就放在名词的后面,做后置定语,相当于一个被动语态的定语从句。

i) Complete the text with the words below.

ambulance, district, ex-husband, fog, ankle, scene, tyre, sightseeing, muddy

Yesterday, Mary heard that her (1) had broken his (2) . He had been doing (3) in the country and got lost in the (4) ! He kept on walking, and finally landed up in a (5) field. In this field, he fell over a sleeping sheep and hurt himself. He phoned the (6) doctor on his mobile phone, and then waited in the mud for the (7) to come. But when it arrived, its (8) got stuck in the mud! He only got to the hospital four hours later. Mary described this whole (9) to me with a big smile on her face. “He always hated sheep!” she said. I don’t think the sheep liked him very much!

Answers:(1)ex-husband(2)ankle (3)sightseeing (4)fog (5)muddy (6)district (7)ambulance (8)tyre (9)scene

ii) Complete this radio news report using the Passive form of the verbs in brackets.

Good afternoon. The lunch-time news today (1) (read) by John Howard. The Prime Minister has visited a primary school in Ipswich where she (2) (meet) by the children and their teachers. She opened a new sports centre that (3) (build) with money raised by the parents and teachers. Another £20,000(4)     (need) to finish the swimming pool so more money raising activities (5) (organise) for the summer months.

Earlier today a group of teachers was in an accident when their coach (6) (hit) by a truck. The teachers (7) (help) by local people until ambulances arrived. Most of the teachers (8) (allow) to go home immediately, but those with more serious injuries (9) (take) to Norwich Central Hospital later today. Answers: (1)is read (2)was met (3)is being built (4)is needed (5)will be organized (6)was hit (7)were helped (8)were allowed (9)were taken

Communication Workshop

I. Tape script

Phil: Hey, liz. Have a look at this.

Liz: Mm?

Phil: It’s really a sweet advert for Mother’s Day.

Liz: Don’t you see this is an advert for selling flowers?

Phil: Really? Oh, I see. Very smart. But I still like ...

Liz: (interrupts) I can’t stand adverts like that. Honestly, no

child of that age is going to go and buy her mum flowers I bet the person who...

Phil: (interrupts politely) Can I say something?

Liz: All right.

Phil: I think you’re overreacting although you have a point.

Many adverts try to create an image of a perfect world or life but...

Liz: (interrupts) Of course they do! They think that we’re all stupid and are going to believe that if we buy their shampoo then we’ll look like supermodels or if we buy flowers from their shop then we’ll have perfect relationships within our families!

Phil: (interrupts politely) Can I interrupt a moment?

Companies have to sell their products. They do try to make

their products appealing but it’s up to us whether we’ll buy their products or not. If you ...

Liz: (interrupts) Rubbish! That’s not true. Just think of all the people who are persuaded by fast food adverts to eat more junk food!

Phil: Well, I have to disagree with you there. People can’t blame adverts for what they buy. It’s their decision and ...

Liz: (interrupts) You’re wrong. I’m against all adverts because they use false promises to get people to buy things.

Phil: (interrupts politely) I’d just like to show you this advert

Liz. It’s for environmental protection. Surely you agree that ...

Liz: (interrupts) Nonsense! All adverts are trying to get your money in some way or other

II. Language points and vocabulary:

1. ahead adv. 在前;向前;提前 in or into a forward position; before

One man went ahead to see what was happening in the front. 一个人朝前走,去看看前面出了什么事。

Despite the snow storm they persisted in marching ahead. 尽管有大风雪,他们坚持向前挺进。

adv. 事前;将来 in or into the future

to plan ahead 事前做计划

The secretary assigned us the tasks for the period ahead. 书记向我们布置了下一阶段的任务。

ahead of 在…之前 in front of

The production plan was fulfilled ahead of time. 生产计划提前完成了。

胜过;强于 better than another in work, etc.

Peter’s work is ahead of Jack’s. 彼得的工作比杰克强。

He is ahead of his class in English. 他的英语居全班第一。

be a class ahead of me 比我高一个年级 be ahead of one’s times 走在时代前面

get ahead of sb. 胜过某人 walk ahead of sb. 走在某人前面

go ahead 开始;继续 start; or go on with something

If you really need help then go ahead and ask. 你如果真需要帮助,那就请人帮助吧。

She just went ahead and did it. 她只管继续做她的。

Here is the book --- now go ahead and read it. 书在这儿--你读吧。

Things are going ahead smoothly. 事情进展顺利。

走到……前面;先走 move in front of someone; leave before someone

You go ahead and tell him that we’re coming. 你先走一步,告诉他我们就来了。

You can go ahead to the station and I’ll see you there later. 你可以先到车站去,我随后再到那里找你。

2. interrupt v. 中断;阻碍 stop something for a time

The floods interrupted railway services. 洪水使铁路运输中断。

Traffic was interrupted by a snow storm. 交通被暴风雪阻断。

v. 打断;打扰 speak while someone else is speaking or doing something

His speech was constantly interrupted by applause. 他的讲话不时被掌声打断。

She interrupted me to ask a question. 她打断我的话,问我一个问题。

interrupt sb. in his talk 打断某人的话。

3. anyhow adv. 随便;马虎 with no order; without trying

Your homework was done all anyhow. 你的家庭作业做得很马虎。

He does his work anyhow, without taking any care or trouble over it.

他干起活来马马虎虎,既不当心,又不认真。

Do you want me to do this in any particular way or with special care, or can I do it anyhow?

你是要我用特别的方式或格外细心地去做这件事呢,还是随我怎么做都行?

adv. 不论怎样;无论如何 no matter what happens

Anyhow I don’t believe it can be done. 无论如何我也不相信这事能办成。

Anyhow, I’ll see you tonight. 无论如何,今天晚上我要见你。

4. false adj. 假的,不真实的,不老实的 wrong, not true, lying

The thief gave a false name to the police. 小偷给警察报了个假名字。

False judgement leads to failure. 错误的判断会导致失败。

I don’t want to give you a false impression. 我不想给你以假象。

What he had said turned out false. 我说的那些话原来是假的。

adj. 不守信的;不忠实的 not keeping faith, unfaithful, not loyal

One must never be false to one’s friend. 一个人决不能对朋友假心假意。

a false coin 伪币 false paper 假证件

a false teeth 假牙 see through a false appearance 识破假象

III. 一些常见诸报端的标题小词

 aid=assist(帮助,援助)

 alter=change or modify(改变)

 ask=inquire(询问)

 assail=denounce(谴责)

 ban=prohibit or forbid(禁止)

 bar=prevent(防止,阻止)

 bare=expose or reveal(暴露,揭露)

 begin=commence(开始)

 clash=disagree strong1y(发生分歧,争议)

 curb=control or restrict(控制)

 dip=decline or decrease(下降)

 end=terminate(结束,中止)

 head=direct(率领)

 hold=arrest(逮捕)

 laud=praise(赞扬)

 lop=diminish(下降,减少)

 map=work out(制订)

 mark=celebrate(庆祝)

 name=appoint or nominate(命名,提名)

 nip=defeat(击败)

 nix=deny or disapprove(否决,拒绝)

 opt=choose(选择)

 pledge=determine(发誓)

 plot=conspire(预谋,密谋策划)

 probe=investigate(调查)

 raid=attack(进攻)

 rap=criticize(批评)

 weigh=consider(考虑)

IV. Culture Corner / Bulletin Board (Omitted)

1. 单元教学目标

技能目标Skill Goals

Talk about different types of theme parks in different cultures

Show people around a place and give directions

Study word formation

Write an introduction to a place with detailed explanations

II. 目标语言

Expressions used to show people around a place

We are happy to show you ...

Over there is the ...

Down the path you can see ...

The main idea/ theme in the park is ...

You will enjoy doing/ seeing ...

Expressions used to ask the way and give directions

Can/ Could you show me where ... is?

Can/ Could you tell me the way to ... ?

How can we get to ... ?

How far is/ are the ...?

You can reach ... by bus/ subway/ ...

Go along/ down ... and turn left/ right at the ... crossing.

It is just behind/ next to/ opposite the ... , you can’t miss it.

It is about ... minutes’ walk/ bus ride.

It is about ... meters away.

1. 四会词汇

theme, amuse, amusement, various, variety, rides, shuttle, charge, admission, profit, souvenir, athletic, brand, equipment, sneaker, minority, fantasy, settler, experiment, advance, advanced, technique, test, cloth, Brazil, jungle, creature, up-to-date, excitement, volunteer, translator

2. 认读词汇

Ferris wheel, roller coaster, involve, fantasyland, marine, imaginary, imagination, vary, Futuroscope, mysterious, T-Rex combination

3. 词组

theme parks, provide ... with ... , such as, such ... that ... , a variety of, base on/ upon, involve ... in, come to life, get close to, take an active part in, go on a trip

结构 Word Formation

子 1.Parks provide people with a place to amuse themselves and to escape their busy lives for a while.

2. Though parks share this basic purpose, they find various ways to meet this need.

3. They are such huge places that visitors often use shuttles to get around.

4. These new parks have a variety of things to see and do.

5. Theme parks have a certain idea - a certain theme - that the whole park is based on.

6. Its purpose is to involve visitors in physical exercise and athletic competition.

7. ..., and there are future parks, where people can go on imaginary trips to space and use advanced computer techniques to experience life in the future.

8. Science and technology-based theme parks like Futuroscope provide up-to-date information, hands-on learning and lots of fun and excitement.

III. 教材分析和教材重组

1. 教材分析

本单元以Theme parks 为话题,旨在通过本单元的教学,使学生了解分散于世界各地的各种各样的主题公园,学会向别人介绍某个景点的大体情况,以及计划各项活动,同时培养学生对世界及生活的热爱。

1.1 Warming up通过向学生呈现四个风格各异的世界著名主题公园,激发学生学习本单元的兴趣。

1.2 Pre-reading 通过学生对主题公园里活动的想象,交流了解主题公园的有关知识。

1.3 Reading 通过介绍世界各地形式各异的主题公园概况,使学生了解风格迥异的各国主题公园。

1.4 Comprehending 让学生从文章的标题及各段大意来整体理解课文。

1.5 Learning about Language 分词汇和语法两部分。

Discovering useful words and expressions 中的练习1是以给出意思写出相对应词汇的形式考查对文章中重要词汇及短语的理解。练习2 是以短文填词完型的形式考查对练习1中词汇的运用。练习4则以完成句子的形式考查学生对get/ be closer to这一短语不同意义及用法的准确运用。

Discovering useful structures 是通过填表格的练习方式向学生呈现英语词汇不同的构词法(合成及派生)。

1.6 Using Language 分为四个部分练习听、说、读、写。

1) Listening练习听力可配合Listening on P69 in Workbook及Listening Task on P73 进行。

2) Reading and speaking这是一篇泛读文章,介绍更新奇的主题公园(观察未来)。然后让学生练习朗读课文的第二段,注意个别特殊的发音方式。接着把(观察未来)公园的各项活动性质归类及解释理由。然后根据自己对文章的理解为该主题公园绘制一张地图。最后分别说出(观察未来)主题公园会让你体验到的三种时间及空间的经历。

3) Writing要求介绍某一主题公园的概况,包括种类,方位,各活动项目及门票收费。

4) Speaking根据所准备的公园概况介绍写一段

对话,作为导游回答一位正在游览公园的朋友对公园情况的一些询问。

2. 教材重组

2.1 因本教材重点强调的是阅读能力,故将Warming-up, Reading, Comprehending合在一起设计成一节“精读课”。

2.2 Learning about Language, Using Structures 和Workbook中的Using words and expressions, Using structures合在一起,设计成一节“语法课”(既有词汇又有语法)。

2.3 将Using Language 中的Listening, Workbook 中的Listening 和Listening task 整合成一节“听力课”。

2.4 将Reading and speaking,Workbook 中的Reading task整合为一节“泛读课”,旨在从整体上理解课文,作为对本单元话题“主题公园”的知识扩充。

2.5 将Speaking, Workbook 中的Talking 和Speaking task整合为一节“口语课”。

2.6 将Using Language 中的Writing和Workbook中的Writing task 整合成一节“写作课”。

3. 课型设计与设时分配(经教材分析,根据学情,本单元可以用六个课时教完。)

1st period Intensive Reading

2nd period Language Study

3rd period Listening

4th period Extensive Reading

5th period Speaking

6th period Writing

IV. 分课时教案

The First Period Intensive Reading

Teaching goals 教学目标

1. Target language 目标语言

a. 重点词汇和短语

theme park, provide ... with ... , amuse oneself, various, a variety of, shuttle, charge ... for, admission, make a profit, souvenir, base on, involve ... in, athletic, brand, equipment, sneakers, come to life, minority, fantasy, get close to, settlers, take an active part in, experiment, advanced, technique

b. 重点句子

1) In these parks, people sit chatting, play games, listen to birds’ singing, or just relax a bit.

2) They are such huge places that visitors often use shuttles to get around.

3) The big companies that own theme parks expect to make a profit not just by the charges for admission, but also by selling souvenirs in their shops and advertising them on television.

4) The park is named after Walt Disney, the famous film maker.

5) Disneyland has exciting rides, visits to castles and chances to get close to life-size cartoon figures.

2. Ability goals 能力目标

Enable the students to know something about the various theme parks all over the world, to understand the difference between a theme park and a traditional park and try to finish the comprehending exercises.

3. Learning ability goals 学能目标

Learn how to generalize and compare the similarities and differences.

Teaching important points 教学重点

To solve the questions in Comprehending, and let the students find out the main idea of each paragraph, give a summary of the text.

Teaching difficult points 教学难点

How to give a general instruction/ description of a place.

Teaching methods 教学方法

Listening;

Skimming;

Scanning;

Task-based.

Teaching aids 教具准备

A recorder and a computer.

Teaching procedures && ways 教学过程与方式

Step I Revision

T: Good morning/ afternoon, boys and girls! First let’s have a dictation about the words and phrases in Unit 4. Take out a piece of paper, please.

major, local, represent, Columbia, introduce, approach, touch, strange, express, be likely to, general, avoid spoken, misunderstand, punish, at ease

T: Now, hand in your paper please; I’ll check your work after class.

Step II Warming up

T: Let’s look at the pictures on P33. These are four pictures of different parks - A garden in Suzhou, Hyde Park in London, World Waterpark in Canada, Disneyland. What kind of parks are they?

S1: I think A garden in Suzhou is a place when people have a walk in their spare time to enjoy the beautiful trees, flowers, lakes, stones, buildings and relax themselves.

T: What about Hyde Park in London? What kind of park is it?

S2: Hyde Park is a famous park in the world, so I’ve read it in magazines. It is the most well-known park in London. It used to be a hunting park for the Royal family in the 18th Century. Now it is open to the public and people can enjoy themselves there with the various activities, including horse-riding. It’s best-known for the Speaker’s Corner where people can make speeches and express their view points freely.

T: Very good. So what about World Waterpark in Canada?

S3: I haven’t heard of this park before. I guess it is a park where people can take part in all kinds of activities in water.

T: Good guessing. And I am sure all of you have heard of Disneyland.

S4: Yes, it is the oldest theme park in the world and I think it is the most popular park in the world too. In the Disneyland, people can not only enjoy the exciting activities there, but also get close to the life-size cartoon characters like the Mickey Mouse and Donald Duck, which appear in some of Walt Disney’s famous cartoon films. Luckily for us, a new Disneyland is being built in Hong Kong, so a few years later, we will have the chance to go and experience the excitement of this wonderful place in the world.

T: Which one of these parks would you like to visit most if you have the chance?

Sa: Of course I would go to Disneyland. I have watched so much about it on TV and I’ve been dreaming about shaking hands with those lovely cartoon characters and taking pictures with them.

Sb: I would like to go to Waterpark, because I like swimming and I like to take part in the activities in water in this park.

Sc: I would go to Hyde Park. I want to go horse-riding, and above all, have the experience of making a speech in front of a crowd of people like a president. That’ll be really exciting.

Step III Reading

Skimming

T: It’s interesting to listen to your ideas. Today we are going to study a passage about theme parks. The title is THEME PARKS-FUN AND MORE THAN FUN. I would like you to read the passage quickly for the first time to get a general idea of the passage. At the same time, please find out the topic sentence of each paragraph.

(3 minutes later)

T: Have you got the main idea of the passage? Who can tell me the topic sentences of six paragraphs?

Topic sentences

Paragraph 1. Parks provide people with a place to amuse themselves and to escape their busy lives for a while.

Paragraph 2. In recent decades, however, many parks have been designed to provide entertainment.

Paragraph 3. Theme parks have a certain idea-a certain theme-that the whole park is based on.

Paragraph 4. Some are history or culture theme parks.

Paragraph 5. The oldest theme park in the world is Disneyland, built near Los Angeles, California in 1955.

Paragraph 6. Other theme parks including marine or ocean parks, science theme parks, and future theme parks.

Scanning

T: After the first reading, we have all got a general idea of the passage. So I would like you to read it carefully again and try to find the answers to these detailed questions.

Teacher shows the questions on the screen.

1. What is the basic purpose of theme parks? What do people do there?

2. Do these parks charge people for admission?

3. What is the purpose of a theme park?

4. What is the differences between a theme park and an ordinary park?

Differences Ordinary parks Theme parks

Activities

Size

Facilities

Charges

Souvenirs

5. What activities will be offered to visitors in a sports theme park?

6. Can they do shopping there? What can they buy?

7. What can visitors see and do in history or culture theme parks?

8. What is Disneyland like? What can visitors do there?

9. What can people do in marine or ocean theme parks, science theme parks and future theme parks?

(10 minutes later)

T: Have you got the answers? I would like some of you to answer the questions. Let’s listen and check whether they have got them correctly.

Teachers check some students for the answers.

suggested answers

1. The basic purpose of a park is to provide people with a place to amuse themselves and to escape their busy lives for a while. In these parks, people sit chatting, play games, listen to birds’ singing, or just relax a bit. And families go there to have picnics or have fun together in other ways.

2. These parks charge people little or no money for admission.

3. The purpose of a theme park is to provide entertainment.

4. See the following table.

Differences Ordinary parks Theme parks

Activities rides such as a Ferris wheel, merry-go-round of a roller coaster. a variety of things to see and do

Size usually not very large huge places that visitors often use shuttles to get around

Facilities no restaurants or hotels restaurants, hotels and shops

Charges charge little or none charge for admission

Souvenirs sell no souvenirs sell souvenirs in their shops

5. A sports theme park will offer visitors sports to play or watch.

6. Yes. They can buy sports equipment or clothing, such as basketballs, footballs, sneakers and so on.

7. Visitors can see how our ancestors dressed, worked and lived; and how special groups of people dress today, what they eat and what their homes look like. They might go for rides on animals, help cook cultural foods or have their pictures taken in the clothing of emperors or of minority people.

8. Disneyland is so different from other parks that it seemed like a place of fantasy. Visitors can enjoy seeing the characters from Disney films, go on exciting rides, visits to castles and get close to life-size cartoon figures. They can also see model villages of life in the past which show how the early settlers in America lived.

9. People can see and swim with dolphins and learn about ocean life in an ocean park; They can take an active part in experiments in a science theme park; They can go on imaginary trips to space and use advanced computer techniques to experience life in the future park.

Step IV Comprehending (P34)

Part 1

T: Let’s look back at the title of the passage. THEME PARKS- FUN AND MORE THAN FUN. Why does the writer think that theme parks are places fun and more than fun? I would like you to think about this question and tell me your opinions.

S: In my opinion, it means that theme parks are more than amusement parks with rides, such as a Ferris wheel, merry-go-round or a roller coaster, they are such huge places that visitors often use shuttles to get around, and they have a lot of things to see and do. So they are places fun and more than fun.

Part 2

T: We have read about some of the different theme parks in the world. Have you ever thought of this question: Why do people build so many different theme parks? I would like you to have a class discussion and tell me 3 purposes for people building theme parks according to this passage.

(Some time later)

T: Please express your ideas.

Suggested answers

Purpose 1 : to provide entertainment.

Explanation 1: because they have a variety of things to see and do.

Purpose 2: to make a profit by charging for admission and selling souvenirs.

Explanation 2: because they all charge money for admission of the hotels, restaurants, and for the rides and shows in the parks as well, and they sell a lot of souvenirs.

Purpose 3: to provide people with some unusual experiences.

Explanation 3: because there are parks for people to experience the life in the past, in the future, in the ocean and so on.

Part 3

T: Let’s sum up the main idea of each paragraph.

Suggested answers

Paragraph 1: Parks provide people with a place to amuse themselves and to escape their busy lives for a while.

Paragraph 2: Theme parks have been designed to provide entertainment with a variety of things to see and do.

Paragraph 3: Theme parks have a certain idea/ theme that the whole park is based on.

Paragraph 4: The history and culture theme parks.

Paragraph 5: The Disneyland.

Paragraph 6: The ocean parks and the science theme parks.

Theme of the passage: Theme parks

Step V Discussion

T: If you have enough time and money, would you like to go traveling to see the natural beauty of the country or go the theme parks to enjoy the exciting experiences? Give reasons for your choice.

a) Teacher divides the class into groups of four. Each group tries to reach an agreement and to collect as many reasons as possible from the group members.

b) After the discussion, the teacher asks a student from each of the groups to report the decision of their group and to give their reasons for the decision.

Step VI Homework

Remember all the new words and phrases in the reading passage.

Write a summary of the reading passage using the new words.

详细内容请订阅

《名师说课》

Unit 4 Body language

I.单元教学目标

技能目标 Skill Goals

Talk about body language: cultural differences and intercultural communication

Practise talking about prohibition & warning as well as obligation

Learn to use the -ing form as the Attribute && Adverbial

Learn to write a diary that showing the observation of how body language helps in communication

II. 目标语言

式 Talk about body language

What is the purpose of language?

What do you think “body language” means?

How can you tell if someone is sad or happy even if they do not speak?

How can you communicate a feeling to someone who does not speak your language?

Why do we need to study body language?

Talk about cultural differences && intercultural communication

What do British people often do when they meet strangers?

What do French people often do when they meet people they know?

Why should we be careful about our own body language?

Why is it important to watch others as well as listen to them?

汇 1. 四会词汇

major, local, represent, curious, Columbia, introduce, approach, touch, cheek, stranger, spoken, express, action, Jordan, nod, general, avoid, comedy, misunderstand, similar, facial, expression, agreement, yawn, chest, gesture, adult, punish

2. 认读词汇

Garcia, Julia, learned, unspoken, posture, Ahmed Aziz, Coulon, Muslim, frown, threaten

3. 词组

be likely to, at ease, an exciting experience for, not all ..., introduce oneself to sb

法 4. 重点词汇

represent, introduce, approach, touch, express, nod, avoid, misunderstand, punish, general, curious, similar, expression, agreement, gesture, action

The -ing form as the attribute && adverbial

Finding out in the reading text sentences with present participle(s) used as the attribute or adverbial.

1. The -ing form as the attribute

They are visitors coming from several other countries, ...

His nose touches Mr. Cook’s moving hand, ...

This is an exciting experience for you, ...

2. The -ing form as the adverbial

... so you stand watching and listening.

Four people enter looking around in a curious way.

You see her step back appearing surprised, and take a few steps away from Mr. Garcia.

The visitor from Japan comes in smiling at the same time as George Cook from Canada.

重 点 句 子 1. They will be meeting at a major hotel with local business people and people who represent the Chinese government. P25

2. The first person who arrives is Mr. Garcia from Columbia, closely followed by Julia Smith from Britain. P26

3. You think that there may have been a mistake. P26

4. Not all cultures greet each other the same way, nor are they comfortable touching strangers or being too close or too far away. P26

5. In the same way that people communicate with spoken language, they also express their feelings using unspoken “language” through keeping physical distance, actions or posture. P26

6. People from places like Spain, Italy or ... others closely and are more likely to touch them. P26

7. ... nodding the head shows agreement, while shaking

the head means that you do not agree, ... P30

Ⅲ. 教材分析和教材重组

1. 教材分析

本单元以Body Language--“体态语”为中心话题,具体涉及什么是“体态语”,如何理解“体态语”,以及“体态语”的跨文化性等。本单元的语言技能和语言知识也都是围绕“体态语”这一中心话题设计的,旨在通过单元教学,用听、说、读、写、做(表演)等多种形式,让学生正确认识和掌握“体态语”在交际中的作用和意义,使学生明确“体态语”在人类交际中的重要性,了解“体态语”在不同民族、不同文化交际中的多样性;使学生在今后的日常生活、学习、工作和交往中尽量减少或避免运用“体态语”时可能产生的误解,提高他们的“语言交际”能力和“非语言交际”能力。

1.1 WARMING UP 以列表对比(填充及增补)的形式,并通过WARMING UP的活动,让学生了解有声语言与“体态语”的对应关系,了解语言意义与行为意义(“体态语”)在交际中具有同等重要的作用。同时,学生在听、说、做(即表演“体态语”的动作)中能够增进对语言交际的感性认识,为他们在阅读过程中上升到对语言交际的理性认识打下基础。

1.2 PRE-READING 通过提供三个关于不同文化背景下“体态语”的问题,启发学生思考我们所学习的“语言”的目的、形式、功能。通过引导学生联系自己日常生活的实际,提高学生努力学习英语的积极性和自觉性;同时培养学生留心社会、关注生活的洞察力,为引导学生进一步“阅读”作好准备。

1.3 READING 是一篇介绍性(记叙文)体裁的文章,主要介绍了各种文化背景下的“体态语”的异同,为学生提供了来自不同国度、不同语言文化背景的“体态语”及其在交际中的异同和影响的具体例证。学生也可以结合自己在语言交际中所遇到的实际例子来进一步理解“交际,毫无问题可言吗?”这一主题。

1.4 COMPREHENDING 包括八个问题(前5个旨在检查学生对阅读材料细节的理解,6~7旨在引导学生对“体态语”的意义及文化差异的思考,第8个检查学生能否通过细节进行推理判断),通过对来自不同国度、不同语言文化背景的六个角色对待男女不同性别所使用的“体态语”异同的(学生在老师指导下的自我或小组讨论后的)归纳,进一步熟悉和掌握“体态语”在不同语言文化交际中的作用和意义。

1.5 LEARNING ABOUT LANGUAGE 分词汇和语法两部分。词汇部分由“本单元重点词汇英文释义”,“词语填空”和“词性变换”三项内容构成,语法部分由两大方面组成:一是让学生自己通过在课文中寻找相关语法的句子并按其语法功能分类,二是根据学生的认知规律安排该语法项目的练习让学生进行操练。整个项目通过三个练习和一个游戏,以及语法结构讲练,进一步巩固本单元所学词汇(尤其是课文中的黑体字),学习“现在分词”结构用作定语和状语,并通过操练,以收到“学以致用”、“熟练生巧”的效果。

1.6 USING LANGUAGE 通过增加阅读篇目“Showing Our Feelings”来拓展学生在“体态语”方面的知识视野,并通过“True” or “False”判断练习和问题讨论,使学生进一步明确“体态语”对人们在日常交际中了解对方情感、思想、态度等方面所起的作用。同时要让学生认真对待自己的“体态语”,并在日常交际中“听其言”(Listen to them)、“观其行”(Watch them)。此外,该部分还通过听、说、读、写四个方面来巩固本单元所学内容和语言交际项目。

1.7 SUMMING UP 师生从话题、词汇和结构三个方面来共同总结本单元所学的单词和短语,语言及语法项目,总结本单元所学的主要内容和收获。

1.8 LEARNING TIPS 建议学生关注实用交际技巧,学会“体态语”;建议学生在看英语电影时或与以英语为母语的人士交谈时,观察对方面部表情和体态姿势,观察对方的“言”、“行”,进而形成有效的口笔头语言及“体态语”的交际能力。

2. 教材重组

2.1 听力:Using language中的Listening, Workbook中的Listening和Listening Task这三部分的任务及话题较为接近,将这三个部分整合在一起上一堂听力课。

2.2 口语:Warming up, Using language中的Reading and Talking, Speaking和Workbook中的Talking,Speaking Task以及Learning about language中的Discovering useful words and expressions 4, “Play a game in group of four”均紧扣本单元话题,同时涉及到本单元的功能句,教师可指导学生通过“说”(用英语发出与“体态语”相关的指令)与“做”(用“体态语”表达指令)结合来进行口语训练,这将是一节生动有趣的口语课。

2.3 精读:把Pre-reading,Reading和Comprehending三部分整合为一节阅读课。

2.4 泛读:把Using Language中的Reading和Workbook中的Reading Task整合为一节拓展学生视野的泛读课。

2.5 语言学习:深入处理Learning about language中的Discovering useful words and expressions, Discovering useful structures; Workbook中的Using Words and Expressions和Using Structures。重点学习Discovering useful structures中“-ing (现在分词)”在句中做定语和状语的用法。

2.6 语言运用:处理Using Language中的Reading and Writing和Workbook中的Writing Task。指导学生写一篇有关“The Body Language I Know”短文,反映其在不同文化背景、不同语言环境中的运用情况,及所造成的理解上的困难、障碍甚至误解等。

3. 课型设计与课时分配

1st period Speaking

2nd period Reading (I)

3rd period Reading(II)

4th period Language Study

5th period Listening

6th period Writing

Ⅳ. 分课时教案

The First Period Speaking

Teaching goals 教学目标

1. Target Language目标语言

a. 重点词汇和短语

misunderstand, similar, facial, expression, agreement, yawn, chest, gesture, adult, punish

b. 重点句型或交际用语

Act out the following meanings, please.

Please guess what I mean.

Please show the actions, using body language.

Now it is your turn to show the action / gesture.

Please use either spoken words or body language to express your ideas.

Please use both spoken words and body language to express your ideas.

2. Ability goals能力目标

a. Enable the students to understand what a certain gesture of the body language means in a given situation.

b. Enable the students to act out some meanings, requirements, requests or situations given in the target language.

c. Enable the students to express with the target language the meanings given in body language.

3. Learning ability goals 学能目标

a. Help the students learn how to express themselves in body language when needed.

b. Help the students understand others when body language is being used.

Teaching important points教学重点

a. Teach the students how to understand body language used in different countries or cultures as well as in different occasions.

b. Teach the students how to use body language in the most appropriate occasions.

Teaching difficult points 教学难点

a. Enable the students to realize the importance of body language in communication so that little or no misunderstanding may occur.

b. Let the students know that there is both positive body language and negative body language.

Teaching methods教学方法

a. Individual work, pair work and group work.

b. Acting out by imitation, mime or with gestures and body movement.

Teaching aids教具准备

A computer, a projector and some pictures.

Teaching procedures & ways教学过程与方式

Step I Lead-in

The teacher shows some pictures on screen. These pictures are from the Evening Party Celebrating the coming Lunar New Year of the Rooster of 2005.

Ss: Yes, Thousands of Hands Kwan-yin.

T: But do you know who she is? Yes, she was the leading dancer of the program. Her name is Tai Lihua(邰丽华). She is called a Fairy of Peach blossom(桃花仙子) by people. You know she is a deaf girl, but she is a wise, diligent, charming and energetic girl. She studied very hard and got two degrees of bachelors in university. She was famous as an artist for her wonderful performance. She is deaf and dumb. But how did she get that great achievement and became a successful person? She loves life very much. We should learn from her spirit. Besides her hard working, body language plays a very important part in her life. We are all healthy people, sometimes we can use body language to express ourselves. So we should pay more attention to learning body languages.

Step II Introduction

T: Now let’s do some TPR (Total Physical Response) activities together, I hope you will enjoy them and have fun as well.

Touch your head / face / eyes / nose / mouth / ears / cheeks / forehead / shoulders / stomach / legs / feet / toes ...

Shake your head / arm / hand ...

Wave your arm / hand ...

Open your eyes / arms /mouth ...

Close your eyes / mouth ...

Twist your wrist / waist.

Cross your arms / fingers.

Nod your head. Bow your head.

Make a face to each other.

Bend / cry / shout / scream / smile / laugh ...

T: All right. Now let’s do them a little bit difficult. Let’s play a game together. Those who fail to follow the rule of the game will be dropped out. The game is: “Simon says”. For example, if I say “Simon says, touch your head”, then you touch your head. If not, you shouldn’t touch your head but remain still. Clear? Ready? Now let’s start.

3 or 5 minutes for the game.

T: Ok. It’s time to take up the lesson. Please look at the screen. Let’s take a look at the following gestures:

Gesture Action Meaning

A handshake You are welcome.

A clap of hand Come on; be cheerful.

A V-shape of the fore-finger and middle finger May you succeed!

Or congratulations on your success!

A half-closed hand with thumb down I am not in favor of your idea or I’ll have to refuse you.

A wrinkling of the brow in thought or displeasure or a scowl She is worried.

Tears coming out of his eyes. He is very sad.

All smiles on her face She is very happy.

Waving their hands They are waving goodbye to people around.

A hand stretched out forward with strength He is stopping a tank.

People jump with their both hands stretched open in the air. They are cheering for the victory.

T: What are the actions of the above gestures? What do they mean?

S4: The first gesture is a handshake, which means “You’re welcome”.

S5: The second is a handclap, which means “Come on” or “Be cheerful” or something like that.

S6: The third one is a V-shaped posture of the first finger and the middle finger, which suggests a wish for the other or others to succeed.

S7: The fourth is a half-closed hand with the thumb down. It means the one who gives this gesture is against the other’s idea or simply refuses the request.

S8: The fifth is a worried look of a woman. She wrinkles her brows or frowns. It also seems that she scowls. It shows that she is worried or sad. In other words, she is unhappy.

S9: The sixth is a man shedding tears. Tears were running down his cheeks. He is very sad for losing his relatives or sad for his failure.

S10: The seventh is a smiling face. It is easy to see that she is very happy.

S11: The eighth is a gesture of waving hands. They are waving goodbye to people who are around to see them off.

S12: The ninth is a hand stretched out forward with great strength. The boy is trying to stop a tank from entering into his homeland.

S13: The tenth is hands stretched out upward. They are all very cheerful. They are wild with joy; maybe they have just won a game. So we can see that they are cheering for their victory.

T: You have all done a good job. So you see that there are many cases or situations in which body language can convey meanings as well as spoken or written languages. If you want to know more about it, let’s come to Unit 4 Body Language.

Step Ⅲ Practice

T: Look at the chart on Page 25. Here is a list. On the left side are feelings or ideas. You are asked to add three of your own. Make notes on the right side of the chart and then act them out to see how you would make someone understand these feelings and ideas without speaking. Do it with your partner first. And then some of you will be asked to the front of the classroom to act them out.

Meaning Action

1. You are welcome. A smile and a handshake.

2. I am worried. A frowned or upset look.

3. I ate too much Putting a hand on the stomach, patting or rubbing.

4. I am sorry that I did something wrong. Drooping or hanging the head.

5. I’m so happy. A loud laughter with a shining face or smiling with arms open and head back.

6. You did a good job. A thumb up.

7. You are angry. Turning your back to someone on purpose.

8. Stop here. Putting the left palm on the forefinger of the right hand.

Demonstration:

The students can be allowed to act out the feelings or ideas without following the order in the chart so that it may be more challenging as well as more interesting.

Step Ⅳ Time for Fun

T: Now let’s play a game in groups of four. One thinks of a situation and asks the others to show some actions using body language. When the one chooses the action that is most likely, it is his or her turn to think of some other situation for the others to show the actions so that the game may go on for a few rounds. Clear?

Ss: Yes. That’s funny!

T: Try to make the situations as interesting and enjoyable as you can. And show the situation as lively as possible. Besides, make sure that everyone has a turn.

Ss: All right.

S1: What are you likely to do if it rains?

(Actions) S2: reads a book;

S3: puts on a raincoat;

S4: cleans the house.

S1: Ok. I think S3 seems the most likely, so it is his turn.

S3: What are you likely to do if the river floods?

(Actions) S1: runs away as fast as he can;

S2: helps the younger or elder to escape as soon as possible;

S4: climbs on to a tree.

S3: Ok. I think S2 seems the most likely, so it is her turn.

S2: What are you likely to do if the house catches fire?

(Actions) S1: fetches some water;

S3: tries to put it out with blooms;

S4: runs away as quickly as he can.

S2: Ok. I think S4 seems the most likely, so it is his turn.

S4: What are you likely to do if you meet with a fierce dog?

(Actions) S1: remains where he is and bends down, looking at the dog;

S3: tries to scare it away with small stones;

S4: runs away as quickly as possible.

S2: Ok. I think S1 seems the most likely, so we all have done a good job.

T: Yes. I couldn’t agree with you. Now, one more group.

Step V Talking

Get the students to work in pairs. The situation is that you are worried about Lin Pei, who is not friendly any more, and does not want to talk to you or her other friends. She seems to be sad. She stays alone. She is not doing her homework and the teacher is not pleased with her. She doesn’t seem to care about how she looks and behaves.

T: Now class, work in pair. Discuss Lin Pei’s behavior. Think about the problems she might have. Describe her “body language” or the behavior that shows how she feels. Three minutes for you.

T: All right, who’d like to describe or act out Lin Pei’s behavior?

S1: I think there is something wrong with her. When I saw her recently, she would turn away from me and would not speak to me. (Miming the action)

S2: Yes, when I saw her in class, she looked as if she had been crying. And she would not even look at me. She just looked straight out of the window. She seemed as if she could see nobody in her eyes. (Miming the action)

S3: I quite agree. When I met her at the school gate and tried to have a word with her, she just bent down her head and passed me as if she hadn’t noticed me. (Miming the action)

S4: I couldn’t agree with you more! This morning, when I went close to her, trying to start a conversation between us, she crossed her arms in front of her and didn’t look at me. And then she turned away immediately. (Miming the action)

T: Good job. Now class, let’s try to think of a way to help her out, OK?

Ss: Yes, Sir.

Step Ⅵ Role Play (Speaking task on P67)

T: Now, there’s still a little time left. Let’s come to Speaking Task on Page 67. We’re given two situations. For each situation, prepare a role-play with your partner. Use both spoken words and body language to express your ideas. Then explain to the class what the differences are in Western and Chinese languages, and what they mean. The first two sentences have been given in the text.

Work in pairs

1. You fall and hurt your foot while you are hiking on a

lonely path. You need help, and see someone in the distance.

S1-You, S2-Passer-by

S1: Help! Help! Please come over here! (waving and crooking your hand toward the place where you are lying)

S2: What do you want? I can’t hear you! (hand behind your ear)

S1: Can you see me? Please come here! (waving and crooking your hand again toward the place where you are lying)

S2: Why? I can’t understand you. (with a forefinger on the right side of the head)

S1: I hurt my foot when I fell. (pointing to your injured foot)

S2: All right. I am coming! (running)

Work in group of three

2. You are visiting a strange city and need to buy some tea and oranges. You only know a little English and want to know where you can get them and how much they cost.

S1-You, S2-Passer-by, S3-Shopkeeper

S1: Can you help me please? I need some tea and some oranges. (smiling and leaning forward)

S2: Pardon? What do you need?

S1: Tea (taking out the little sample) and oranges (using thumb and the forefinger to form a round shape). Where can I get some? (miming the question)

S2: Oh, this is tea. And some oranges, right?

S1: (Nodding your head) Yes. Where can I buy some? (repeating the mime)

S2: (Showing the way) This way, please.

S1: Thanks. (acting out the Chinese way to show thanks)

S2: Here you are.

(They are entering the grocery store.)

S3: Can I help you?

S2: He wants to buy some tea and oranges.

S3: No problem. (To S1) How much tea do you need? And how many oranges?

S1: (Sticking out five fingers to show half kilo of tea, and two hands to show ten oranges)

S3: Here you are.

S1: How much are they? ( drawing the sign of the US dollar-$)

S3: (Working on the calculator) $9 in all including taxes.

S1: Here is ten dollars. (handing the ten-dollar note)

S3: Here is the change.

S1: Thanks. (nodding your thanks) Bye!

Step Ⅶ Homework

1. Team work: Discuss the importance of body language.

2. Go over the Reading:

1) Communication: No Problem?

2) Showing our feeling.

T: I think you must have known something about these pictures. Yes, they are from a program of CCTV, the Evening Party Celebrating the Spring Festival of 2005, the coming Lunar New Year of the Rooster. I think that was the best program. Do you remember the name of this program?

详细内容请订阅

《名师说课》

Unit 3 A taste of English humour

I. 单元教学目标

技能目标Skill Goals

Talk about different types of humour; a taste of English humour

Learn how to express one’s emotions

Learn the -ing form as the Predicative, Attribute && Object Complement

Learn to write humorous stories

II. 目标语言

功 能 句 式 情感(Emotions)

I enjoy this very much because ...

I laugh at that kind of thing because ...

This is fun because ...

How wonderful/ surprising!

It surprises me that ...

I’m pleased we were both amused at ...

I felt happy because ...

It’s amusing that ...

词 汇

1. 四会词汇

slide, skin, cruel, content, astonish, particular, entertain, failure, entertaining, throughout, homeless, worn-out, overcome, difficulty, boil, fortunate, snowstorm, bottom, chew, mouthful, direct, star, outstanding, Switzerland, fortune, swing, pancake, mountainous, whisper, vast, sense

2. 认知词汇

verbal, nonverbal, mime, farce, Charlie Chaplin, Edward Lear, bump, poverty, charming, tramp, lace, enjoyment, Oscar, costume, Sherlock Holmes

3. 词组

be content with, badly off, pick out, star in, knock into

语 法 构词法:名词与形容词之间的转化 动词的-ing形式作表语、定语和宾语补足语的用法(The -ing form as predicative, attribute and object complement)

重 点 句 子 Do you find it funny to see someone sliding on a banana skin, bumping into someone else round a corner, or falling down a hole in the road? P17

Perhaps it makes us feel more content with our life ... P17

He became famous for using a particular form of acting, including mime and farce. P17

But he was lived by all who watched the films for his determination in overcoming difficulties and being kind even when people were unkind to him.

P18

Imagine you are hungry and all there is to eat is a boiled shoe. P18

That was the problem facing Charlie Chaplin in one of his most famous films. P18

He solved it by using nonverbal humour. P18

Their job is “panning for gold”. P18

Finally he tries cutting and eating the bottom of the shoe. P18

Ⅲ. 教材分析与教材重组

1.教材分析

本单元的中心话题是“感受英语幽默”,其中涉及到了幽默的种类及其代表人物,并就中外幽默进行了粗略的比较,以此让学生感受英语幽默的内涵。

1.1 WARMING UP中提出了三个问题:How many kinds of humour do you know?Do you know these kinds of humour? Do you have other kinds of humour in China?这三个问题直指本单元中心话题,为下一步的阅读理解作了准备。

1.2 PRE-READING在WARMING UP 的基础上提出了另外三个问题:What do you like to laugh at? What does humour mean? Is humour always kind?这三个问题进一步让学生了解幽默的含义,即把缺陷与完美、荒唐与合理、愚笨与机敏等两极对立的属性不动声色地结合起来,在对立统一中见其深刻的意义。

1.3 READING以美国著名喜剧大师Charlie Chaplin的表演为例,为学生展示了幽默的内涵。第一段以常见的踩香蕉皮滑倒为例,指出了幽默的内涵之一:“Perhaps it makes us feel more content with our life because we feel there is someone else worse off than ourselves”.从第二段开始介绍卓别林以其独特的表现方式成为著名的幽默大师,文中列举了两部他的喜剧片,一部是The Little Trump,另一部是The Gold Rush。前者以其穿着及行为而受到了人们的喜爱;后者通过吃皮鞋这一片段,让人领略了他的无与伦比的想象力与幽默感。卓别林将滑稽的相貌、夸张的穿戴和离奇的想象完美地结合起来,出于现实而又超脱现实。令人在捧腹大笑的同时,感到了他对待苦难的积极态度,和对下层小人物的同情。这篇文章揭示了幽默的内涵,给学生留下了思考的余地:Is humour always kind?

1.4 COMPREHENDING分为两部分。第一部分以填写表格的形式让学生练习写阅读笔记,同时提示他们人物传记的写法,让学生了解文章结构。第二部分练习课文中出现的生词。

1.5 LEARNING ABOUT LANGUAGE包括词汇和语法两部分。词汇部分强调用英语来解释词汇,并在实际情景中使用所学词汇。 语法部分主要通过大量的例句和习题来实现让学生自主学习的目的,总结-ing形式在句中作表语、宾语和宾语补足语的用法。

1.6 USING LANGUAGE部分, 从听、说、读、写四个方面来学习和巩固所学语言知识,全面体现语言运用能力。

2. 教材重组

2.1 将WARMING UP(P17), READING(P22)与SPEAKING(P23)整合在一起上一堂口语课。

2.2 将PRE-READING,READING (P17), COMPREHENDING (P18)及LEARNING ABOUT LANGUAGE中的练习一和练习二整合在一起上一堂阅读课。从字、词、句、和篇章几个方面掌握目标语言。

2.3 将LEARNING ABOUT LANGUAGE (P20)中的剩余练习及USING LANGUAGE (P56)中的所有练习整合成语法课来练习ing形式在句中作表语、宾语和宾语补足语的用法。

2.4 将LISTENING(P23), LISTENING(P55) 和LISTENING TASK(P58)整合在一起上一堂听力课。

2.5 将WRITING(P23),TALKING(P55)和SPEAKING AND WRITING(P60)整合成一堂写作课。

2.6 将USING WORDS AND EXPRESSIONS(P56),READING TASK(P59),PROJECT(P61)和 SUMMING UP(P24)整合在一起上一堂复习课,总结这个单元所学全部内容。

3. 课时分配

1st period Speaking

2nd period Reading

3rd period Grammar

4th period Listening

5th period Writing

6th period Summary

Ⅳ. 分课时教案

The First Period Speaking

Teaching goals 教学目标

1. Target language 目标语言

a. 重点词汇

verbal, nonverbal, mime, farce, pancakes, mountainous, whisper

b. 重点句型

I think how short life is and how long the universe has lasted. P22

2. Ability goals 能力目标

Enable the students to talk about some types of English humour and Chinese humour.

3. Learning ability goals 学能目标

a. Help the students learn how to talk about some types of English and Chinese humour, and then find their differences.

b. Let the students listen, read, and then imitate the jokes, so that they can realize that humour is to let people to be optimistic about everything around.

Teaching important points 教学重点

Help the students learn how to understand and enjoy English humors.

Teaching difficult points 教学难点

Help the students know the differences between English and Chinese in humours.

Teaching methods 教学方法

Using pictures, discussion, reading and imitation.

Teaching aids 教学准备

A recorder and a projector.

Teaching procedures & ways 教学过程与方式

Step ⅠRevision

Have a dictation about the words and expressions that appeared in Unit 2.

Step Ⅱ Warming up

Start the new unit by showing the students a picture:

T: Look! What do you think of the picture?

Ss: It’s very funny! A wolf or a dog is jumping across the back of a sheep!

T: Yeah! It’s so funny that we cannot help laughing about their acting. It makes us feel nice. Today, we are going to learn something about humour. The title is A taste of English humour. Do you know something about English humour?

S1: I’m sorry.

S2: I know an English humour.

T: Really? Please read it to us.

S2: I’ll try. One day a patient went to see his doctor. He said to the doctor: “Doctor, I see double.” The doctor said: “Sit on the chair please.” And then the patient asked the doctor: “Which one?”

T: That’s really interesting! Thank you! In fact this is a kind of English humour, which we call verbal joke. Ok, here are some pictures. Look, who are they?

(1) (2) (3) (4)

S3: It’s Charlie Chaplin. And I know picture one is from a film called The Gold Rush.

T: Right. Who know the man in picture 3?

S4: I dare say that everyone know him. He’s Mr. Bean, one of the most famous and successful British actor.

T: You are right. He’s now recognized as the most popular British comedy expert. And how about the last one?

S5: It’s difficult to say. I guess he’s an American because the picture behind him looks like an American flag.

T: Right. He is Mark Twain, the famous American writer. Do you know something about him?

S6: He liked to make jokes with other people.

T: Have you once read some?

S6: Only a few.

T: Can you bring us some next time?

S6: Let me try.

T: OK, now, let’s look at the chart on Page 17. What does it tell us?

S7: From the table we can see that Charlie Chaplin is good at nonverbal humour; Mr. Bean is famous for his mime and farce; while Mark Twain was good at tell some funny stories. But I don’t know Edward Lear.

T: Right. Edward Lear is a famous British poet. His poems are funny. But they were all from daily life. Until now people also read them and enjoy them. Here is one of his short poems. Please look at the screen:

There was an old Man with a bread

There was an old man with a bread,

Who said, “It’s just as I feared!

Two owls and a hen,

Four larks and a wren,

Have all built their nests in my bread!”

T: In these two poems we can see that Edward Lear used a kind of magnification to make his poem funny. But because the sense of humour of English and Chinese is different, sometimes what they feel funny would not sound funny to us. But if you want to make fun of one of your friends, you can send them to him/her. They will be surprise to see these. Well, do you know these persons in the pictures? What are they good at? Nonverbal, mime and farce, funny stories or funny poems?

(1) (2) (3) (4)

S8: Picture 1 is Chen Peisi. I think he is famous for his mime and farce.

S9: Picture 2 is Zhao Benshan. He is famous for his Xiao pin. And he is also for his mime, I think.

S10: The two persons in picture 4 are Liu Quanhe and Liu Quanlin. They are good at Ya ju (哑剧).

T: Do you know the third person? No? He is the famous cross talk actor-Hou Baolin. When he was living, he was the most popular actor. Many of his works are the classic. OK, now can you finish the last column of the chart?

The Suggested answers:

English humour

Nonverbal

Mime and farce

Verbal jokes

Funny stories

Funny poems Chinese humour

Pantomime (哑剧) 刘全和、刘全林

Funny plays 陈佩斯、赵本山

Cross talk 侯宝林、马季

Jokes

Doggerel (打油诗)

Step Ⅲ Reading on P22

The purpose of this reading is to introduce the kind of humour we can laugh at -verbal jokes. They use a “play on words” to be funny. Let the students read the three jokes and then match the joke with the explanation.

T: Well, boys and girls, just now we learned something about English and Chinese jokes. Now let’s read some English jokes on Page 22. I’ll give three minutes for you to read them and then match the joke with the explanation. If you like, you may have a discussion. And then we’ll check the answer. OK, read them.

The students read and finish their task, and the teacher can show some other jokes on the screen. After they have finished the task, check the answer and ask them to enjoy the jokes on the screen.

T: Have you finished the reading? Are the jokes funny?

Ss: Yes, they are very funny. We’ve never found that English jokes so funny.

T: What’s the answer?

S11: The answer is 1 to B, 2 to C and 3 to A.

T: Good. Now, please look at the screen. Here are more jokes on it. Read them and enjoy them. If you have some troubles in understanding, discuss, or ask me.

Give the students some time to read the jokes.

Patient: Doctor, I’ve lost my memory.

Doctor: When did this happen?

Patient: When did what happen?

Anisha: Thank you doctor. My fever is gone.

Doctor: Don’t thank me. Thank god.

Anisha: Then I’ll pay the fees to god.

A man with two red ears went to see his doctor.

Doctor: What happened to your ears?

Man: I was ironing a shirt and the phone rang but instead of picking up the phone, I accidentally picked up the iron and stuck it to my ear.

Doctor: Oh Dear! But ... what happened to your other ear?

Man: The scoundrel (恶棍) called back!

T: Funny?

Ss: We’re laughing to death!

T: Don’t do that, another joke is waiting for you. Please read the neat joke on Page 22. And then finish the question followed.

Give the students three minutes to do it.

T: Now decide which of these two kinds of jokes you like better. Give your reason.

S12: I find the first kind jokes are easier to understand.

S13: Those jokes on the screen are the funnies ones, I think.

S14: We must understand the background of the funny story at first, and then we can know what a humor Sherlock Holmes was. I think to understand this kind of jokes needs wisdom to understand. We must know that he was a detective, so he was always thinking of the things such as stealing.

T: What you said is reasonable. Now let’s listen to the tape, pay attention to the intonation, and try to bring out the humorous meaning.

If time permits, the teacher can ask some students to act out the jokes.

Step IV Speaking

T: Now, we’ve learned some jokes and listened to some too. How about speaking out what you feel funny in class? I’ll give you five minutes to prepare this task, and then ask some of you to tell us your story. There are some steps for you to finish the task. If you think they are useful, follow them.

Five minutes later.

S15: My story is one day Lian Hong was standing by the window, talking with other students. Ren Xinglian came up. She wanted to make a joke with Lian and gave her a surprise. So she rushed towards Lian and kicked her at the same. But to all of us surprise, Ren slipped on the floor! Everybody laughed to bend their backs, me too.

T: Me too! OK, this class is full of joy. We know that in our life, there are full of happiness, sorrows, boredoms, and joys. When we meet with sorrows or boredoms, don’t forget to read these jokes. Maybe they can bring you sunshine. Am I right?

Ss: Yes. Thank you.

Step V Homework

T: Today’s homework is to preview the Reading material and finish the Comprehending ahead. And I have a wish that at the beginning of each class, one of our classmates can give us a joke, to bring smile into the classroom. Do you agree?

Ss: That’s a good idea.

T: Let’s begin from Group one. One of you will tell a joke to us at the beginning of next class. Don’t forget it. Ok, class is over. See you next time.

Ss: See you.

详细内容请订阅

《名师说课》

Unit 2 Working the land

I.单元教学目标

技能目标Skill Goals

Talk about agriculture: a pioneer in farming -Yuan Longping

Talk about organic farming & green food

How to write a brief summary

Try to consolidate how to express suggestions & advice

Master the usage of the -ing form as the subject and object

Learn how to design English posters

II. 目标语言

式 建议( Suggestions & advice)

I would rather ...

If I have a choice I’d choose because ...

I don’t like ... because ...

You need to ...

I’d prefer ... because ...

May I suggest ...

It’s a great pity that ...

Let me suggest Leng Jianli because...

Should I/We ...?

Perhaps we should consider Leng Jianli because...

It’s better to ...

But what/how about ...

汇 1. 四会词汇

hunger, sunburn, struggle, super, output, expand, circulate, satisfied, equip, freedom, violin, motorcycle, grain, export, suitable, chemical, confuse, mineral, reduce, supply, bacteria, pest, level, whatever, summary, exchange, nutrition, certain

2. 认读词汇

hybrid, strain, sorghum, peanut, darken, organic, fertilizer, fertile, soybean

3. 词组

rid ... of, be satisfied with, lead a ... life, would rather, refer to, search for, thanks to, rather than, with the hope of ...

法 动词的 -ing 形式作主语和宾语的用法

(The -ing form as the subject & object)

a. Wishing for things, however, costs nothing.

b. His other hobbies include playing mah-jong,swimming and reading.

重 点 句 子 1. However, he cares little about spending the money on himself or leading a comfortable life. P10

2.His other hobbies include playing mah-jong, swimming and reading. P10

3. Wishing for things, however, costs nothing.P10

4. It also refers to crops growing with natural rather than chemical fertilizers. P13

5. Putting this in their fields, they argue, makes the soil ... P13

6. This is important because developing a healthy soil reduces diseases ...P13

7. However, using chemical fertilizers is a big problem. P13

8. Instead, organic farmers insist on changing crops every two or three years.P14

9. These put the minerals back into the soil, making it rich and healthy ...P14

10. ... make sure that what is left in the ground after harvesting becomes a ...P14

11. He advised farmers to clear weeds from the ground before planting crops. P52

12. He suggested changing crops in the field every year. P52

Ⅲ. 教材分析与教材重组

1. 教材分析

本单元的中心话题是“农业”, 学生通过讨论和阅读了解有关农业、农村和农作物种植的内容。让学生了解农业在整个人类生活中的重要性,了解农村生活,了解中国农民的生活现状,提高他们对农业的认识,并且帮助他们更深刻地理解农业科学家袁隆平的科学研究的价值。同时让学生了解organic farming 以及它对人们生活的重要性,进一步扩大学生的关于农业方面的词汇量,并通过写一则海报提高学生的写作水平。

1.1 WARMING-UP 通过提问有关农业、农村和农作物种植的内容,让学生谈谈自己对农村和农业劳动的认识或经验。教师可通过讨论让学生互相学习,相互交流经验以增加他们的农业知识。

1.2 PRE-READING 部分有两组问题。在第一组问题中,讨论大米在东亚和东南亚国家人民生活中的重要性;而第二组问题则提出世界部分地区所面临的饥饿问题。由此激发学生对世界的关注,培养学生的同情心。

1.3 READING 部分介绍中国著名的农业科学家袁隆平的生平和他的杂交水稻。第一段描述了袁博士的外表--他更象一个农民而不象一个科学家,农村就是他做科研的殿堂。他的科研成果就是超级杂交水稻。 第二段描述他的家庭出身,学业,献身水稻科研的原因及所取得的成就。第三段告诉我们袁博士过着跟普通人一样的生活却干着伟大的事业。即使在功成名就之后,他也淡泊名利, 有着无私奉献的高尚精神。

1.4 COMPREHENDING 部分设计了三个练习。第一个是判断练习,学生根据课文中理解和收集的信息做出判断,甚至通过讨论才能做出判断。第二个是词语理解题。第三个练习提出问题,要求学生在阅读课文后作出回答,以检验他们的理解力和训练他们的归纳总结能力。

1.5 LEARNING ABOUT LANGUAGE 部分学习本单元重点词汇和语法项目。词语学习部分采用给出词义而让学生从课文中找出与之匹配的词,然后用所找的词汇完成第二个练习中的短文,以及用课文中意义相近的词汇替换练习三句中划线部分。通过这三种练习帮助学生理解并能熟练应用课文中所学的词汇。语法部分通过从课文中找同义句引出动词的-ing 形式,教师此时可引导学生找出其他的句子,以启发学生理解-ing形式的句法功能。练习二通过模仿例句,用-ing形式做主语代替动词不定式改写句子。练习三要求学生连接短语造句,让学生学习ing形式作宾语的用法,并列举后面接动词-ing形式作宾语的动词。练习四则训练学生v-ing形式在实际生活中的应用能力。练习五则设计了一个游戏以丰富学生的想象力。

1.6 USING LANGUAGE 部分综合训练学生的听说读写能力。第一部分读写结合,学生先阅读文章,文章写的是 Organic Farming or green food,读完后要求学生写一个摘要。在此教师要首先强调写摘要时学生一定要抓住文章的主题并且运用所学的重要词语。听力部分通过回答问题来提高学生的理解能力和理解的正确性。Reading, speaking and writing 部分把读,说和写有机地结合在一起。假设你是一个“绿色食品” farmer,通过背景阅读,你要有充分的理由,利用所提供的句型,以对话的形式说服他人购买你的食品。最后为你的食品设计一个有说服力的广告。

1.7 SUMMING UP部分要求学生归纳总结本单元内容、词汇和语法结构三个方面。

1.8 LEARNING TIPS 部分对如何提高表达能力提出建议。

2. 教材重组

2.1 把Warming up 和Pre-reading 作为reading 的导入内容,将这三部分与Comprehending整合成一节阅读课。

2.2 将 Learning about Language on Page 11, USING STRUCTURES (P50)设计成一节词汇和语法课。

2.3 将 Using Language 中的 Reading 和 READING TASK in Workbook (P51) 还有USING WORDS AND EXPRESSIONS on P51设计成一节泛读课。

2.4 将Using Language 中的Listening(P14),LISTENING TASK(P50)和LISTENING(P48)设计成一节听力课。

2.5 将 Speaking and Writing(P15)和SPEAKING AND WRITING TASK(P53)及TALKING(P48)设计成一节写作课。

2.6将 SUMMING UP (P16), USING WORDS AND EXPRESSIONS (P49), PROJECT和CHECKING YOURSELF (P47) 设计成一节复习课。

3. 课型设计与课时分配 (经过教材分析,本单元可用五课时完成。)

1st period Reading

2nd period Words and grammar

3rd period Reading

4th period Listening

5th period Writing

6th period Summary

Ⅳ. 分课时教案

The First Period Reading

Teaching goals 教学目标

1. Target Language 目标语言

a. 词汇和短语

sunburn, struggle, super, expand, circulate, equip, export, rid ... of, be satisfied with, lead a ... life, search for, would rather, thanks to, with the hope of, rather than

b. 重点句子

This special strain of rice makes it possible to produce one-third more of the crop in the same fields. P10

He cares little about spending the money on himself or leading a comfortable life. P10

He also doesn’t care about being famous. P10

He feels it gives him less freedom to do his research. P10

His other hobbies include playing mah-jong, swimming and reading. P10

Wishing for things, however, costs nothing. P10

2. Ability goals 能力目标

Enable Ss to learn more about agriculture, countryside and farming. By talking they can exchange their experience with each other. By reading they will realize the role that agriculture plays in human life. In fact this world faces a serious problem-starvation. So after reading the passage about Dr Yuan students will know the importance of his achievement to man. Of course they will learn from Dr Yuan some noble character.

3. Learning ability goals 学能目标

Help Ss learn how to describe Dr Yuan Longping including his personality.

Teaching important points 教学重点

a. Help to comprehend the text and grasp the main idea of the text.

b. Grasp the usage of some words and expressions.

c. How to help students make up their minds to make contributions to motherland in the future like Dr Yuan.

Teaching difficult points 教学难点

a. How to help students learn more about agriculture.

b. Help students really master the usage of words and expressions.

Teaching methods 教学方法

Talking, questioning-and-answering activity and reading.

Teaching aids 教具准备

A tape recorder, a projector and a computer.

Teaching procedures && ways 教学过程与方式

Step Ⅰ Greeting and leading in

T: Hello, everyone.

Ss: Hello, teacher.

T: In last unit we learnt some great women. Today we’ll learn a famous man. Who will it be? At first let’s look at the two pictures on Page 9. What are the people doing?

Ss: They are planting rice.

T: Can you tell me something about rice?

S: Rice grows in the south.

S: But in some place of the north we can also find rice.

T: Yeah. You are right. In fact rice is a cereal grain that has been grown for at least 5,000 years and is eaten by 2.4 billion people everyday throughout the world. In Australia, farmers have had to struggle with their harsh environment to grow rice.

Ss: Really?

Step Ⅱ Warming up

T: Have you ever grown any plants? If so, what did you do to grow them? If not, what kind of plant would you like to grow? How will you grow it?

S: I have ever grown corn and potatoes. In autumn, my father and I ploughed the soil deep for the first time, then in the next spring, we ploughed the soil for a second time, this time I put the corn seeds into the tunnel following my father. Finally my father covered the corn seeds by ploughing again.

S: I never grow any plant. I’d like to plant sunflowers. They look beautiful. They always face the sun when they are young. I dig some holes in my garden, put some sunflower seeds in them, water them and finally cover them with some more soil.

T: Very well. Have you ever been to the countryside? What did you do there?

S5: Yes, I went there to see my grandfather. In the village I played with other boys in the little stream and caught little fish. I even helped my grandfather get in the corn by cutting the corn stems, which made me tired.

T: Are you from a farmer’s family? What do you know about farming?

S: Yes, my father is a farmer. In my view, farming is hard work. People have to plant crops, smooth away weeds and get in the crops at the right time. They have to get up early to work in the field so as to protect themselves from the sunshine.

T: That’s right. In the north, the biggest worry that farmers have is the drought. When it doesn’t rain, and they can’t irrigate the crops, the crops will die and they will have nothing after hard working.

Step Ⅲ Pre-reading

The purpose of this step is to let students know the importance of rice. By answering the two questions, students can easily understand why we call Dr Yuan Longping a pioneer for all people, and why he devotes all his life to the rice research.

T: Food is the basic need for man. Rice is a main food in all Eastern Asian and Southeastern Asian countries. It is said that there are 2.4 billion people to eat rice everyday throughout the world. What do you think would happen if tomorrow there was suddenly no rice to eat?

S: I think if that happened, people there would suffer from starvation. They would be panic and the whole country would get into trouble. Maybe the situation that human beings eat human beings will happen.

T: That’s too terrible. But this kind of thing once happened in history. Well, if you had the chance to do one thing to help end famine in the world, what would you do?

S: I would invent a new kind of plant to produce more food.

S: I’ll make a kind of fertilizer to give rice enough nutrition and let them grow quickly and have high product. But first without pollution to our environment.

T: A great idea! Your idea is just the same with Dr Yuan Longping. Do you know Yuan Longping?

S: I heard that he is an expert on agriculture.

T: Yeah, today we are going to read a passage about him. Let’s see how he helped the world to solve the problem- starvation. Please open your books to Page 9.

Step Ⅳ Fast Reading

The reading material is about an agricultural pioneer named Yuan Longping who worked hard at a new strain of rice. It has proved so successful that his technology spread into other countries. The purpose of fast reading is to let students find some useful information, and get familiar with the text. So in this step, teacher can design some questions for students, so that they can easily find the answers and finish the reading task.

T: Please scan the passage and find out the answers to the questions on the screen. Then I’d like to ask you to answer them.

Show the questions on the screen and give students three minutes to read the text quickly.

1. What does Dr Yuan look like?

2. What’s his achievement?

3. What do you think of him?

Three minutes later.

T: Now who’s the first volunteer to answer Question 1?

S: He has a sunburnt face and arms and a slim, strong body. He is more like a farmer than a scientist.

T: Good! What about his achievement?

S: He grows what is called super hybrid rice, which makes it possible to produce one-third more of the crop in the same fields. Thanks to his research, the UN is trying to rid the world of hunger. Using his hybrid rice farmers’ producing harvests twice as large as before.

T: What do you think of Dr Yuan?

S: It isn’t a quick question. I think Dr Yuan doesn’t like money. He gives millions of yuan to equip others for their research in agriculture. He doesn’t like fame too. Because he feels it gives him less freedom to do his research, and he would rather keep time for his hobbies. Besides, he is a man with colourful dreams. He wants to produce a kind of rice that could feed more people, and he can export his rice so that it can be grown all of the world.

T: I think that your eyes are like a scanning machine. You can find so many good points of Dr Yuan Longping in such a short time. That’s very good. But I can describe Dr Yuan in one word. Guess which word?

S: I don’t know.

T: Wise. In this world, many people warship material and fame. But just as you said Dr Yuan didn’t like money and fame. Because he knows he can’t own these things forever. All the money and fames are chains, which can trip a person’s happiness and freedom. So he is a wise man. Giving up all the fame and money means liberation. Here I’d like to praise him using a Chinese poem. That is “有如莲花出于水, 又如日月不住空。”. Don’t you agree with me?

Ss: Yes, we agree with you.

T: Thank you. Now let’s read the text again to find the main idea of the text. Doing this we can find how the writer designed the text. This can give us an idea to write an biography.

Step Ⅴ Careful Reading and Explanation

Give students 3 minutes to read and find the main idea of the text. While students are doing this, teacher can show the chart on the screen. After they have finished their task, ask them to look at the screen and fill in it.

T: Well. In last unit, we learn how to make a poster to tell everyone about a theme. Do you remember? Make a large heading, then make a smaller heading giving a little more information. Write down most of the information using the smallest size writing. Now, let’s practice it again. Look at the chart on the screen, in which I have written the large heading of each paragraph. What you should do is to fill in the smaller headings to finish the poster. Now, let’s begin. You may work in pairs to have a discussion to see what you should fill in. Should I give you some suggestions to finish this task?

Ss: Yes.

T: OK, 5 minutes is enough, I think.

Show the chart on the screen:

A PIONEER FOR ALL PEOPLE

1. He wants everyone to call him a farmer.

2. His biography.

3. His personality.

4. His dreams.

Five minutes later, teacher can ask some of them to fulfil the chart. They can use words, phrases, or sentences to do this. Here is a sample for teacher to refer to.

A PIONEER FOR ALL PEOPLE

1. He wants everyone to call him a farmer.

1) A scientist works the land.

2) Sunburnt face and arms, slim, strong body.

3) Grow hybrid rice.

4) The first agricultural pioneer.

2. His biography.

1) In 1931, born.

2) In 1953, graduated and devoted his life to finding ways to grow rice.

3) Last year, twenty billion tons of rice was produced. Now, Dr Yuan is circulating his knowledge.

3. His personality.

He is satisfied with his life. Because he doesn’t like

money and fame.

4. His dreams.

1) The first dream.

2) The second dream.

T: Wonderful! I believe that you have mastered the way to write a biography. Now do you have any trouble in understanding the sentences? Please go ahead.

S1: Yes, I don’t understand the sentence “... for that’s how he regards himself”.

S2: Can you explain the sentence “... has more, rather than fewer troubles.”?

T: OK, the phrase, “how he regards himself”, means how he thinks of himself. It refers to a person’s self-image; while“... has more, rather than fewer troubles” means that you expect fewer troubles but in fact you get more than you thought you would.

T: Now please look at the screen. Here are some explanations about the boldface words in our text. Copy the English explanation of these words and read the examples.

Show the following points on the screen.

1. struggle v to make great efforts

e.g. They have struggled for years to free their country from the enemy.

I’m struggling to finish the huge helping you gave me.

2. sunburnt adj sun-tanned

e.g. His sunburnt skin looks healthy.

3. super adj (infml) excellent; splendid

e.g. You’ll like her, she’s super.

You look super in your new clothes.

It was super of you to help.

4. expand v

(cause sth to) become greater in size, number or importance

e.g. Metals expand when they are heated.

Why not try to expand your story into a novel?

5. circulate v

(cause sth to ) pass from one person, place, etc to another

e.g. People who circulate false news are to be blamed.

Yet reports of this kind have been circulated by our newspapers.

The news of the enemy’s defeat quickly circulated round the town.

6. equip v

supply sb/sth (with what is needed, for a particular purpose)

e.g. Now all fishing boats are radio-equipped.

They can’t afford to equip their army properly.

Please equip yourself with a sharp pencil and a rubber for the exam.

7. export v

send (goods) to another country for sale

e.g. India exports tea and cotton to many different countries.

This company has a large home market but doesn’t export.

8. rid ... of make sb/ sth free from (sb/ sth unpleasant)

e.g. We all wish that we would rid the world of famine.

The farmer recently tried to rid the house of rats.

9. lead ... a life, live ... a life

e.g. Now we are leading a happy life.

In the old days farmers led a terrible life in the country.

10. be satisfied with, be content with

e.g. The young lady isn’t satisfied with the peaceful life.

Are you satisfied with his answers?

11. would rather, prefer to

e.g. I’d rather walk than take a bus.

I’d rather you knew that now, than afterwards.

Step Ⅵ Listening and Post-reading

At first, let students listen to the tape, and then finish the exercise in Comprehending. In Step Ⅳ and Ⅴ, we have involved some questions in Exercise 3, so teacher can choose some questions to do. For Ex 1 and 2, teacher can leave some time for students to finish and then check the answers with the whole class.

Step Ⅶ Summary and Homework

T: Today we talked about agriculture. And we also read about Dr Yuan Longping. We have known much about the great scientist. Of course we have learned some words and expressions about farming. Please try to grasp these words and expressions after class. Now please look at the poem on the screen:

Farmers weeding at noon,

Sweat down the field soon.

Who knows food on a tray,

Due to their toiling day?

T: Do you know it? Read it and say what does it mean?

Ss: Of course. It’s 悯农 written by Li Shen.

T: Right. The title is A HARD - WORKING FARMER. This is my gift to you. Please read it together. OK, hope you can remember it when you are having your dinners. Besides, I’d like you to think: even if Dr Yuan’s dreams come true, can this really solve the starvation? Why? This is the homework. Think it over. Next time I’ll ask some of you to give your opinion in the class. Another one is to finish the exercises in Learning about Language. Exercise 1, 2 and 3 are about useful words and expressions. Finish them. Next time we’ll check the answers. Ok, class is over. See you next time.

附件:

课文复述

Retell the text in about 150 words.

Notes:

1. Use the first person to retell the story.

2. Try to use the proper conjunctions.

3. Refer to the chart while retelling.

4. The possible version below can be used as a material for both retelling and dictation.

One possible version:

I’m Yuan Longping. Look at my sunburnt face and arms and my slim, strong body and you will think I’m more like a farmer than a scientist. In fact I have struggled for the past five decades to help farmers. In 1974, I began to grow a so-called super hybrid rice. This special strain of rice makes it possible to produce one-third more of the crop in the same fields.

I was born into a poor farmer’s family in 1931. When I was young, I saw many people go hungry often. So I have devoted myself to finding ways to increasing rice harvest without expanding the area of fields since I graduated from Southwest Agriculture College in 1953. Now more than 60 % of the rice produced in China each year is from this hybrid strain. I am circulating this knowledge in India, Vietnam and other less developed countries to increase their harvest. Perhaps you think I am rich. Actually I live a simple life. I care little for money. In my opinion a person with too much money will have more troubles. I don’t want to be famous because I prefer to have more time to do my research. In my free time I love listening to music, playing mah-jong and reading. I once had a dream, in which I saw rice plants as tall as sorghum and each ear of rice was as big as an ear of corn and each grain of rice was as huge as a peanut. Now I have another dream-to export my rice so that it can be grown all over the world.

详细内容请订阅

《名师说课》

Unit19词汇

1﹑merchant商人

The Merchant of Venice,

He is a dishonest merchant.

Merchantable adj. 可买卖的, 有销路的merchantable goods有销路的商品

dealer. 经销商, 商人 wholesale dealer批发商

2、uneasy 不安的,忧虑的

feel/be uneasy about 对……感到不安

He was uneasy about my decision.他对我的决定感到不安。

3、deny(denied,denying) 否认,拒绝给予

deny sth He didn't deny the facts.

deny doing sth He denied having seen these watches before.

deny that I do not deny that is a serious blow.

There’s no denying (the fact) that quicker action could have saved them.

事实不可否认...

deny sb. admission 拒绝某人入场

4、pay back报答;偿还, 报复

pay sth/sb back How can we pay you back

for your great help?

pay back sth pay back the money=pay off

pay sb back sth Have you paid me back the money?

pay sth back to sb

报复 I’ll pay him back for the trick he played on me.

pay for 因...受到惩罚;为...付出代价,为……付款He'll

have to pay for what he has done.

Off 清偿债务, He has paid off all his debts.

取得成功;得到好结果 Did his plan pay off? 他的计划成功了吗?

Out 为某事付巨款I had to pay out $500 to get my car repaired.

Up 付清全部欠款 If you don't pay up at once, we'll see you in court!

5、matserpiece[C] a world matserpiece世界名著

6、Mercy

(1)[U]慈悲,怜悯;仁慈,宽容

have mercy on sb/sth ; show mercy on/to sb/sth 对……怜悯

The commander showed (little/no)mercy to the prisoners of war.

Beg for mercy乞求/请求宽恕;at the mercy of 任由……摆布

A sailor is at the mercy of the weather.

水手受到天气的摆布。

Without mercy毫不留情地,残忍地 throw oneself on sb's mercy恳求某人帮忙(宽恕)

mercy killing 安乐死

(2)[C]幸运,侥幸

It was a mercy(幸运的是)that the whole family survived the earthquake.

adj. merciful仁慈的,慈悲的;

a merciful judge

一位仁慈的法官

merciless 无情的;残酷的;毫无慈悲心的

7、Enemy

1. 敌人,仇敌[C]

Don't make an enemy of him.

不要与他为敌。

2. 敌军[the S][G]

The enemy was/were attacking the town.

敌军正在攻打该城。

8、go about doing sth着手干;做=get down to doing sth/ sth=set out to do sth=set about doing

How shall we go about solving the problem? go about to do sth 设法做某事

go about 四处走动He didn't go about much.他不常外出。

9、As/so far as I know/can see,to my knowlege 就我所知

As/so far as I know/can see, he is honest.

As far as就……而言,远到 as far as i can/possible 尽我所能

As far as today/present=so far

10、Reasonable-----unreasonable

11、Weakness

(1. )虚弱;软弱;薄弱[U]

Weakness compelled him to retire early.

他因身体虚弱而较早退休。

(2. )弱点;缺点[C]

We all have our little weaknesses.

我们大家都有自己的小毛病。

12、Judgement

Make a judgement on 对……作出判断 in one's judgement 依某人看来

pass judgement on sb对某人宣判

对a man of good judgement 判断力强的人

13、Gentleman Ladies and gentlemen

14、Greeting

Offer/send greetings to sb向……问候

He sent his greetings to you in the letter.

他在这封信里向你致以问候。

15、Envy

1.VT envy sb sb's +n妒忌;羡慕某人的……

I envy you your good luck/.your health.

2.n

1. 妒忌;羡慕[U]

She said it out of envy.

她出于嫉妒说了这话。

2. 妒忌的对象;羡慕的目标[the S][(+of)]

He is the envy of others ( 嫉妒对象).

3.feel envy at sb=envy

He feels envy at my success.

他嫉妒我的成功.

嫉妒的;羡慕的[(+of)]

Do not be envious of your neighbors

16、accuse

vt.

1. 指控,控告[(+of)]

She accused him of stealing her watch.

她控告他偷她的表。=charge……with (doing )sth

He accused his boss of carelessness .

他指责老板粗心。

He was accused of murder.

有人指控他谋杀。

He was charged with stealing.

2. 指责,把...归咎(于)[O]

Man often accuses nature for his own misfortunes.

人类常把自己的不幸归咎于天。

the accused 被告 accuser 谴责者,起诉者

17、consequence 结果,后果,影响

He is a man of great consequence.

他是一个很重要的人物。

in consequence of 由于…的缘故 in consequence take the consequence承担后果

18、fortune. fortunately

1. 财产,财富;巨款[C][U]

He received a large fortune when his uncle died.

他在叔父去世时得到了一大笔财产。

2. 好运,幸运[U][+to-v]

He did not deserve such fortune.

他不配得到这种好运气。

Seek one's fortune/opportunity寻找发迹的机会/碰运气

make one's fortune发财make a big fortune 发大财

19、Bargain

N (1). 买卖,交易

Clement made a satisfactory /good/bad bargain with him.

克莱门特和他作了一次满意的交易。

(2). 特价商品,便宜货

These toys are a real bargain at such low prices.

这些玩具的价格这么便宜,真划得来。

(3). Buy sth at a bargain price 廉价买东西

VI谈判,讨价还价 bargain with sb over/about/for sth=quarrel讨价还价

she bargained with the fishmonger over the price.

她与鱼贩讲价钱。

20、bless blest blest祝福, 保佑

1.保佑,庇护

Good-bye, and may God bless you.

再见,愿上帝保佑你。

2. 赞美(神);感谢,对...感激

They blessed her for her kindness.

他们感谢她的好意。

21、Legal, illegal

1. 法律上的,有关法律的[B]

He intends to take legal action.

他打算提出诉讼。

2. 合法的,正当的

Gambling is not legal here.

这里赌博是不合法的。

3. 法定的

When you drive, you must not exceed the legal limit.

你开车时不能超过法定的速度。

22、tear up

1. 撕破;撕碎

She tore up the letter and threw it into the waste basket.

2.取消(合同)agreement

tear down撕下来,拆毁 tear to pieces 撕成碎片tear across 撕成两块tear Off 快速脱下 tear one's hair生气,着急,难过

23、Deed

do a good deed 做好事

Thanks very much in deed.实际上

24、Requirement

(1)需要[+v-ing]

The roof requires repairing.

屋顶需要修理了。

This project will require less money.

这项工程所需的投资较少。

(2)True marriage requires us to show trust and loyalty

(3). 要求,命令[+that]

The director required that we should work all night.

主任要求我们通宵工作。

25、Declare

1) 宣布,宣告 They will declare the results of the election soon.

America declared war on / against Iraq.

declare sb/sth (to be)宣布成为……

The judge him (to be) the winner of the race.

2) 断言,宣称,声明 He declared that he was innocent.

The Declaration of Independence

26、Court

N.朝廷;朝臣庭院,院子;(网球等的)场地

Bring sth to court提交法庭审判 take sb to court对某人起诉

appear in court 出庭 go to court 起诉

27、go/get down on one’s knees

They will never go down on their knees before the enemy.

He went down on one knee before her.

28、Worthy

(1)The place is worth visiting. The place is worthy of being visited.

The place is worthy to be visited.It’s worthwhile to visit/visiting the place.

(2)She is worthy to receive such honor.

她应该得到此荣誉

29、Punish

punish sb for sth/doing sth; be punished for

The teacher punished her students for cheating in the exam.

~ sth (by / with sth)

In those days murder was always punished with the death penalty.

My parents used to punish me by not letting me watch TV.

n. punishment

30、Order

Vt

1. 命令;指挥

The general ordered that a bridge(should) be built over the river at once.

He ordered her to go.

It's ordered that (should) do

2.定购;叫(菜或饮料)

Order sb sth, order sth for sb

Please order me a copy.

请给我定购一本。

in order1整齐,有条理Put the books in order.

2 状况;良好的状况 Everything is in order.

in the order of 按…的顺序; out of order 混乱,出毛病,坏了

place an order for 订购 in order that in order to

M7U4 Reading(II) Language points

1. distinction (Line 2) n. 分类区别,不同之处,差别,荣誉

学术上的荣誉

男女不同之处

2. boundary n. -- the edge (Line5) 边界,分界线

这座山成为两国间的国界线。

____________________________________________________________

篱笆作为两个建筑物之间的分界。

____________________________________________________________

3. historic: adj. -- having importance in or influence on history (Line 6)

历史上著名的,有历史性的

1918年是具历史性的一天,因为它代表一战的结束。

____________________________________________________________

你能告诉我两位伟大领导之间的历史性会议是什么时候举行的?

____________________________________________________________

4. choke (Line8) v. 窒息;堵塞;阻塞

choke off 中止,放弃;批评,责备,训斥

卡罗尔未经允许就借了汽车被他的父亲斥责了一顿。

____________________________________________________________

引申: chock back 忍住,抑制

choke down 硬咽,压制

chock up 哽咽,因激动而未做好;阻塞,充满,长满

During the rush hours the roads are usually _____ up with traffic.

A. chocked B. crowded C. blocked D. checked

5. link up (Line21): to form a connection, especially in order to work or operate together: 联系,连接

两条公路在这里衔接起来。

____________________________________________________________

这个组织的目的是将全国遭受疾病的人们联系起来。

____________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________

6. function as: serve as ( Line42)

我的起居室还用作书房。

____________________________________________________________

这片美丽的叶子当作书签来使用。

____________________________________________________________

7. honor (Line50) n. a quality that combines respect, pride and honesty:

我们为祖国的荣誉而战。

____________________________________________________________

in honor of sth. in order to celebrate or show great respect for someone or sth.为了纪念

纪念总统的宴会________________________________

去年十月,为了纪念五十周年校庆,我们学校举办了一次庆典活动。

____________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________

My sister was against my suggestion while my brother was ______ it. (2006陕西)

A. in favor of B. in memory of C. in honour of D. in search of

A collection of some phrases beginning with “in”:

in honour of in need of in memory of

in search of in favor of in charge of

8. permit (Line57) v. -tt- [T] to allow sth.:

1). + ing/ n.

地铁车厢里不允许抽烟。

____________________________________________________________

我想他们不会准许这事。

____________________________________________________________

2). ~ sb. to do sth.

警察允许他在那里停车。

____________________________________________________________

没有正确的密码安全系统是不会允许你进入的。

____________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________

3). ~ of sth. 认可,容忍

情势刻不容缓。

____________________________________________________________

I. 翻译短语

1. 城市的远郊 ____________________________________

2. 对……造成损失 ____________________________________

3. 古建筑 ____________________________________

4. 阻塞交通 ____________________________________;

5. 加快……的速度 ____________________________________

6. 对……负责 ____________________________________

7. 售票处 ____________________________________

8. 旅行卡 ____________________________________

II. Fill in the blanks with proper words according to the text.

1. Welcome to the London Underground, or as it is ________ known, The Tube. (common)

2. This problem with traffic led to the ________ of the underground system. (develop)

3. It has the ________ of being the oldest and most complex underground system in the world. (distinct)

4. However, most trains into London only went to the ________ (distance) boundary of the city because building railway tracks into the city would have caused damage to many ________ (history) buildings.

5.Passengers were transported in carriages without windows, which were pulled through ________ narrow tunnels by steam engines. (compare)

6. As more ________ ways of digging tunnels were developed, the first railway tunnel under the River Thames was dug in 1884. (advance)

7. Over the next twenty-five years, six ________ deep underground lines were made.(depend)

8. Travelling on these lines was ________, though, as each line was separately owned and many were very far from each other. (convenience)

9. After his ________ of the lines, each one was given a name and most of the names are still used today. (acquire)

10. Between 1918 and 1938, there was much ________ as new connections were built between train lines, and new stations were built. (expand)

11. The last line added was the Jubilee Line in 1977 in honour of the twenty-fifth ________ of Queen Elizabeth’s crowning. (annual)

12. The London underground system is working to transport millions of people ________ as it has done for many years. (effect)

III. Rewrite the following sentences with the phrases and expressions in this article

1. During the rush hours the increased number of vehicles often block Ganjiang Road.

During the rush hours the increased number of vehicles often ________ Ganjiang Road.

2. The last line added was the Jubilee Line in 1977 in honour of the twenty-fifth anniversary of Queen Elizabeth’s crowning.

The last line ________ added was the Jubilee Line in 1977 in order to ________ the twenty-fifth anniversary of Queen Elizabeth’s crowning.

3. Do you know who is in charge of the design for the Three Gorges Dam Project?

Do you know who is ________ the Three Gorges Dam Project?

4. This new sofa can also serve as a bed.

This new sofa can also ________ a bed.

5. The government held this conference to speed up the pace of educational reforms.

The government held this conference to ________ educational reforms.

Participles 分词

1. 分词的构成

分词分为现在分词和过去分词。现在分词构成为V+ing, 过去分词构成为V+ed。分词也有一般式、过去式、完成式及主动和被动等各种形式。

2. 现在分词和过去分词的区别

1) 在时态上,现在分词表示正在进行,而过去分词表示已经完成。

Developing countries 发展中国家

The developed countries 发达国家

Boiling water 沸腾的水

Boiled water 开水

2) 在语态上,现在分词表示主动,而过去分词表示被动。

The oppressing class 压迫阶级

The oppressed class 被压迫阶级

Burning fire 燃烧的火焰

Burned skin 烧伤的皮肤

3. 分词的时态与语态

1) 一般式(主动、被动)

分词的一般式的主动式所表示的动作与谓语动词表示的动作同时发生,或在谓语动词表示的动作之前发生。其被动式表示这个动作正在发生或与谓语动作同时发生,主要充当定语、状语或宾补。

E.g. I found him reading when I entered the room.

当我进入房间时我发现他在读书。

I found the flowers watered. 我发现花已浇过了。

He found the matter being talked everywhere. 他发现到处都在谈论这件事。

The building being repaired is a hospital. 正在修建的建筑物是一家医院。

Being surrounded, the enemies were forced to put down their guns. 敌人被包围,不得不缴械投降。

2) 完成式(主动、被动)

分词的完成式表示分词的动作发生在谓语动作之前。完成时态的分词在句中常作状语,一般不作定语。

E.g. Not having made adequate preparation, we postponed the sports meet.

由于没做好充分的准备,我们推迟了运动会。

Having been given such a good chance, how could he give it up?

给了这样好的机会,他怎能放弃呢?

3) 现在分词的被动式与过去分词的区别

过去分词表示动作已完成,不强调时间概念,而现在分词的被动式强调某一动作正在进行中。

E.g. The building repaired is library. 修建过的那个建筑物是我们的图书馆。

The building being repaired is our library. 正在修建的那个建筑物是我们的图书馆。

4) 延续性动词和终止性动词的现在分词在时间含义上的区别

延续性动词的现在分词结构相当于一个过去进行时时态的句子,

而终止性动词的现在分词结构相当于一个一般过去时的从句。

E.g. Walking in the street the other day (=While I was walking in the street the other day), I came across an old friend of mine. 那天我在马路上走时,突然碰到了我的一个老朋友。

Arriving at the airport (=When I arrived at the airport), I found my light had taken off. 到达机场时,我发现我的班机已经起飞了。

4. 分词的独立结构

分词(短语)作状语时,尽管在形式上它没有主语,但其逻辑上的主语必须和谓语动词的主语保持一致。

E.g. Studying in the college (=When I studied in the college), I learned a lot from my teachers.在大学学习时,我从老师那里学到了很多东西。

但是,分词有时也有自己独立的逻辑上的主语,这种结构称为分词的独立结构。它可以表示时间,原因,条件,伴随的动作,有时还可用介词with, without 来引导。

E.g. His mother being ill, he is absent today. 他的母亲病了,他今天没来。(原因)

Time permitting, they will start to do a new job. 如果时间允许,他们会开始做一项新工作。(条件)

He rushed into the room, his face covered with sweat. 他满脸是汗地冲进了房间。(伴随)

They traveled a whole day, without any food eaten. 他们饿着肚子旅行了一整天。(伴随)

注意:分词用于独立结构时,如果分词是没有实际意义的being或 having been done形式时, being或having been可以省略。

E.g. The old man was in a bad condition, his temperature (being) over 40℃ and his pulse (being) weak and rapid. 那位老人处于不好的状况,他的体温超过40℃,脉搏既弱又快。

The report (having been) read, a discussion began. 读完报告,开始讨论。

The experiment (having been) finished, we left the lab and went home. 实验结束后,我们离开了实验室回家了。

Practice 检测一下吧!

I. Fill in the blanks:

1.She caught the student___________(cheat) in exams.

2.When I got there, I found him______________(repair) farm tools.

3.When I got there, I found the farm tools_________________. (repair)

4.Just then he heard someone___________________(call) for help.

5.He worked so hard that he got his pay___________________. (raise)

6.The missing boys were last seen____________(play) near the river.

7.___________(compare) with the old one, the new building looks more beautiful.

8.The workers had the machines ___________(run) all night long to finish the work on time.

9.People in the south have their houses _______________(make of ) bamboo.

10.____________(lose) in thought, he almost ran into the car in front of him. 

II. Multiple choices:

1. All things ____, the planned trip will have to be called off.

 A. considered B. be considered

 C. considering D. having considered

2. This crop has similar qualities to the previous one, ____both wind-resistant and adapted to the same type of soil.

 A. being B. been C. to be D. having been

3. ____in this way, the situation doesn't seem so disappointing.

 A. To look B. Looking at C. Looked at D. To be looked at

4. You will see this product ____ wherever you go.

 A. to be advertised B. advertised C. advertise D. advertising

5. ____in a recent science competition, the three students were awarded scholarship totaling 21,000 dollars.

 A. To be judged the best B. having judged the best

 C. Judged the best D. Judging the best

6. From the date____ on the plates, we decided that they were made in Song Dynasty.

 A. marking B. having been marked C. marked D. to be marked

7. She stood by the window, _____________.

 A. thinking B. think C. thought D. thinks

8. Anna was reading a piece of science fiction, completely ____ to the outside world.

A. being lost B. losing C. having lost D. lost

9. ____ to meet anybody, he went in from the back door.

 A. Not wishing B. Wishing C. Not wished D. No wishing

10. _________ with the size of the whole earth, the highest mountain does not seem high at all.

 A. When compared B. While comparing C. Compare D. Comparing

11. _________ three times in a row, the boxer decide to give up fighting.

 A. having defeated B. To have defeated

C. having been defeated D. To have been defeated

12. ____ in Beijing for quite a few years, Mr. Park had little difficulty understanding Chinese.

 A. having lived B. Lived C. Living D. To live

13. ____ mainly for the invention of the telephone, Alexander Graham Bell devoted his life to helping the deaf.

 A. He is remembered B. While being remembered

 C. To be remembered D. Though remembered

14. ____ on a clear day, far from the city crowds, the mountains give him a sense of infinite peace.

 A. If walking B. While walking

 C. Walking D. When one is walking

15. Any packet ____ properly will not be accepted by the post office.

 A. not to be wrapped B. not being wrapped

 C. not wrapped D. not having been wrapped

16. It ____ now pretty late, we took our things and retired to our room.

 A. is B. being C. turned D. got

17. All the exam papers ____, the teacher sent the class home.

 A. having been handed in B. having handed in

 C. handing in D. being handed in

18. There _________ no fresh drinking water and no good farm land, it was not a comfortable place in which to live.

 A. be B. was C. were D. being

19. The old man came upstairs with great strength, his right hand ____ a stick for support.

 A. held B. holding C. being holding D. was holding

20. Peter is a good student, ____ his best subject.

 A. as English B. English as

 C. being English D. English being

Key

I. cheating; repairing; repaired; calling; raised;

playing; compared; running; made; lost

II. AACBC CADAA CADDC BADBD

 Key

I. cheating; repairing; repaired; calling; raised;

playing; compared; running; made; lost

II. AACBC CADAA CADDC BADBD

Key

I. cheating; repairing; repaired; calling; raised;

playing; compared; running; made; lost

II. AACBC CADAA CADDC BADBD

Key

I. cheating; repairing; repaired; calling; raised;

playing; compared; running; made; lost

II. AACBC CADAA CADDC BADBD

Key

I. cheating; repairing; repaired; calling; raised;

playing; compared; running; made; lost

II. AACBC CADAA CADDC BADBD

Key

I. cheating; repairing; repaired; calling; raised;

playing; compared; running; made; lost

II. AACBC CADAA CADDC BADBD

M7 U4 Project Traffic accidents and road safety

I. 重难点解析

1. The storms washed away soil along the road and part of the road is still under repair.

暴风雨冲掉了沿途的泥土,部分路段目前仍在修建中。(page 59)

wash away 冲走,冲掉

当人们意识到发生什么事,海浪已经把游泳者冲走了。

雨水冲走了表面的土壤,只留下沙砾。

under repair 在修理中

我的车还在维修,所以我只好乘出租车去上班。

体育馆正在修建中,有望在明年年底前完工。

2. The number of road accidents and the deaths arising from those accidents has increased greatly over the past year. ( page 62, L 1-2 )

在过去的一年中,交通事故数量以及由交通事故所引发的死亡人数急遽上升。

arise from (arose arisen) 由……引起,由……产生,起源于

事故往往缘于疏忽大意。

因缺乏交流而引发的家庭问题现在越来越多。

3. This notice is aimed at increasing people’s awareness of the problem because it has become quite extreme. ( page 62, L 2-3 )

此通告的目的在于提高人们对这一问题的认识,因为该问题已相当严重。

be aimed at 目的是,旨在,针对

我们的政策旨在提高人们的生活水平。

旨在帮助残疾人的节目很成功。

aim at 致力于,打算

我们必须致力于提高学生们的思考和创新能力。

4. This is true of everyone as accidents affect drivers of vehicles as well as cyclists and pedestrians. ( page 62, L 5-6 )

这对每个人都尤为重要,因为事故不只是影响到车辆驾驶员,而且影响到骑执行车的人和行人。

be true of 符合于……,对……适用

这部新电影相当枯燥,其中的音乐也是一样(枯燥)。

对于其他它各例而言,也是如此。

5. When drivers do not pay attention to surrounding traffic, they are not prepared when another driver does not something wrong, like changing lanes without signaling or giving wrong signals. ( page 62, L 10-12 )

当司机没有注意周围的交通状况,对另一个司机出了差错,如未打信号灯或给出了错误的信号而突然变道等情况毫无准备。

signal v. 发信号,用信号通知

signal that……, signal to do, signal to sb. to do ……, signal to sb. for sth.

我发信号叫侍者拿烟灰缸来。

他向乐队示意开始演奏。

6. If you are with someone else who has been drinking alcohol, even if they have had just a couple of beers, do not allow them to drive. ( page 62, L 22-23 )

如果你和一直在喝酒的人在一起,即使对方只喝了几杯啤酒,也不要让他开车。

a couple of 两三个,几个

老师说他的作文除了几个拼写错误之外,还是很好的。

雨使我们又等了几天。

7. This lack of control is an invitation to accidents. ( page 62, L 43-44 )

车身失控就会诱发事故。

Invitation ( to ) 诱发,导致,引诱,怂恿

不锁门会导致盗窃案的发生。

II. 翻译短语

1. 交通拥堵,塞车 ________________________________

2. 增进人们的……的意识________________________________

3. 意识到________________________________

4. 有责任做……________________________________

5. 负起做……的责任________________________________

6. 也________________________________

7. 做错事________________________________

8. 吸引某人的注意力________________________________

9. 违法________________________________

10. 冒着某人的生命危险________________________________

11. 当心________________________________

12. 可能有________________________________

13. 做出假设________________________________

14. 适用于________________________________

15. 在人行道上________________________________

16. 在车上装个灯________________________________

17. 使……处于好的状态________________________________

18. 有序地________________________________

19. 变成绿色________________________________

20. 由某人决定做某事________________________________

M7 U4 Project Traffic accidents and road safety

I. 重难点解析

1. The storms washed away soil along the road and part of the road is still under repair.

暴风雨冲掉了沿途的泥土,部分路段目前仍在修建中。(page 59)

wash away 冲走,冲掉

当人们意识到发生什么事,海浪已经把游泳者冲走了。

When people realized what happened, the waves had washed the swimmer away.

雨水冲走了表面的土壤,只留下沙砾。

The rain has washed away the soil on the surface, leaving only sand.

under repair 在修理中

我的车还在维修,所以我只好乘出租车去上班。

I had to go to work by taxi because my car was under repair.

体育馆正在修建中,有望在明年年底前完工。

The stadium is still under repair and hopefully it will be completed by the end of the year.

2. The number of road accidents and the deaths arising from those accidents has increased greatly over the past year. ( page 62, L 1-2 )

在过去的一年中,交通事故数量以及由交通事故所引发的死亡人数急遽上升。

arise from (arose arisen) 由……引起,由……产生,起源于

事故往往缘于疏忽大意。

Accidents often arise from carelessness.

因缺乏交流而引发的家庭问题现在越来越多。

There are more and more family problems arising from the lack of communication.

3. This notice is aimed at increasing people’s awareness of the problem because it has become quite extreme. ( page 62, L 2-3 )

此通告的目的在于提高人们对这一问题的认识,因为该问题已相当严重。

be aimed at 目的是,旨在,针对

我们的政策旨在提高人们的生活水平。

Our policy is aimed at improving the living conditions of people.

旨在帮助残疾人的节目很成功。

The programme (which was) aimed at helping the disabled was a great success.

aim at 致力于,打算

我们必须致力于提高学生们的思考和创新能力。

We must aim at increasing students’ abilities of thinking and innovating.

4. This is true of everyone as accidents affect drivers of vehicles as well as cyclists and pedestrians. ( page 62, L 5-6 )

这对每个人都尤为重要,因为事故不只是影响到车辆驾驶员,而且影响到骑执行车的人和行人。

be true of 符合于……,对……适用

这部新电影相当枯燥,其中的音乐也是一样(枯燥)。

The new film is very boring and the same is true of its music.

对于其他它各例而言,也是如此。

The same is true of all other cases.

5. When drivers do not pay attention to surrounding traffic, they are not prepared when another driver does not something wrong, like changing lanes without signaling or giving wrong signals. ( page 62, L 10-12 )

当司机没有注意周围的交通状况,对另一个司机出了差错,如未打信号灯或给出了错误的信号而突然变道等情况毫无准备。

signal v. 发信号,用信号通知

signal that……, signal to do, signal to sb. to do ……, signal to sb. for sth.

我发信号叫侍者拿烟灰缸来。

I signaled to the waiter for an ashtray.

他向乐队示意开始演奏。

He signaled to the band to start playing.

6. If you are with someone else who has been drinking alcohol, even if they have had just a couple of beers, do not allow them to drive. ( page 62, L 22-23 )

如果你和一直在喝酒的人在一起,即使对方只喝了几杯啤酒,也不要让他开车。

a couple of 两三个,几个

老师说他的作文除了几个拼写错误之外,还是很好的。

The teacher said his composition was very good except for a couple of spelling mistakes.

雨使我们又等了几天。

The rain kept us waiting for a couple of days.

7. This lack of control is an invitation to accidents. ( page 62, L 43-44 )

车身失控就会诱发事故。

Invitation ( to ) 诱发,导致,引诱,怂恿

不锁门会导致盗窃案的发生。

An unlocked door is an invitation to theft.

II. 翻译短语

1. 交通拥堵,塞车 traffic jam

2. 增进人们的……的意识 increase people’s awareness of

3. 意识到 be aware of

4. 有责任做…… have a responsibility to do sth.

5. 负起做……的责任 take the responsibility to do sth.

6. 也 as well as

7. 做错事 do something wrong

8. 吸引某人的注意力 take/draw/call one’s attention

9. 违法 violate/break the law

10. 冒着某人的生命危险 risk one’s own life

11. 当心 watch/look out for

12. 可能有 there is/are/was/were likely to be

13. 做出假设 make the assumption that

14. 适用于 apply to

15. 在人行道上 on the pavement

16. 在车上装个灯 have a light on one’s bike

17. 使……处于好的状态 keep sth. in good condition

18. 有序地 in an orderly way

19. 变成绿色 turn to green

20. 由某人决定做某事 It’s up to sb. to do sth.

高一英语必修1-4册教材总复习(译林牛津版高一英语必修四教案教学设计)

文章来源: http://www.mogenzh.com文章标题: 高一英语必修1-4册教材总复习(译林牛津版高一英

原文地址:http://www.mogenzh.com/dsgx/6007.html

上一篇:喜洋洋和灰太狼的故事作
下一篇:没有了
热门文章
日榜 周榜
1 高一英语必修1-4册教材总复习(译林牛津版

高一英语必修1-4册教材总复习(译林牛津版高一英语必修四教案教学设计)第一章重点词汇第一节...

2 喜洋洋和灰太狼的故事作文350字

喜洋洋和灰太狼的故事作文350字喜洋洋和灰太狼的故事作文350字有一天,喜羊羊跑到外面去玩...

3 读书心得体会感想作文

读书心得体会感想作文读书心得体会感想作文5篇书,是你的朋友也是你的老师。一本好书就是...

4 苟延残喘的同义词

苟延残喘的同义词苟延残喘,含贬义,苟:苟且,勉强;延:延续;残喘:临死前的喘息。勉强拖...

5 马字开头的成语

马字开头的成语马首是瞻:瞻:往前或向上看。看着我马头的方向,决定进退。比喻追随某人行...

6 盼望着,盼望着抒情散文

盼望着,盼望着抒情散文盼望着,盼望着抒情散文“盼望着,盼望着,东风来了,春天的脚步近了...

7 金牌主持人台词

金牌主持人台词作为一名主持人,我们应该怎么样去书写主持词呢?在此,小编为大家准备好...

8 折叠的近义词是什么

折叠的近义词是什么折叠的近义词是什么折叠的近义词是什么呢?近义词是我们需要学习的,...

9 笼罩的近义词是什么

笼罩的近义词是什么一、【近义词】覆盖、包围、掩盖、弥漫二、【基本解释】[释义](动)像笼...

10 课文猫的教案设计

课文猫的教案设计课文猫的教案设计教材特点:这是一篇讲读课文。运用对比的方法写猫的古...

1 高一英语必修1-4册教材总复习(译林牛津版

高一英语必修1-4册教材总复习(译林牛津版高一英语必修四教案教学设计)第一章重点词汇第一节...

2 喜洋洋和灰太狼的故事作文350字

喜洋洋和灰太狼的故事作文350字喜洋洋和灰太狼的故事作文350字有一天,喜羊羊跑到外面去玩...

3 读书心得体会感想作文

读书心得体会感想作文读书心得体会感想作文5篇书,是你的朋友也是你的老师。一本好书就是...

4 苟延残喘的同义词

苟延残喘的同义词苟延残喘,含贬义,苟:苟且,勉强;延:延续;残喘:临死前的喘息。勉强拖...

5 马字开头的成语

马字开头的成语马首是瞻:瞻:往前或向上看。看着我马头的方向,决定进退。比喻追随某人行...

6 盼望着,盼望着抒情散文

盼望着,盼望着抒情散文盼望着,盼望着抒情散文“盼望着,盼望着,东风来了,春天的脚步近了...

7 金牌主持人台词

金牌主持人台词作为一名主持人,我们应该怎么样去书写主持词呢?在此,小编为大家准备好...

8 折叠的近义词是什么

折叠的近义词是什么折叠的近义词是什么折叠的近义词是什么呢?近义词是我们需要学习的,...

9 笼罩的近义词是什么

笼罩的近义词是什么一、【近义词】覆盖、包围、掩盖、弥漫二、【基本解释】[释义](动)像笼...

10 课文猫的教案设计

课文猫的教案设计课文猫的教案设计教材特点:这是一篇讲读课文。运用对比的方法写猫的古...

热门视频

赞美祖国 | 雁的诗句 | 歌名网名 | 爱心故事 | 读书感想 |

感恩诗句网-伤感短文-实训小结 Copyright © 2021-2022 感恩诗句网 http://www.mogenzh.com